(?arneU Hntoetaitg ffiibrarg Stiiaca, S!tm Qntk The date shows when fhis vohime was taken. To renew tiiis book copy the call No. and give to the ubramn. HOME USE RULES All Books subject to recall All borrowers must regis- ter in the library to borrow books for home use. All books must be re- turned at end of college year for inspection and , repairs. Limited books must be returned within the four week limit and not renewed. , ■ " Students must return all ^ books before leaving town, , Officers should arrange for the return of-books wanted during their absence from • town. Volumes of periodicals and of pamphlets are held in the library as much as possible. For special pur- __ poses they are given out for a limited time. ' Borrowers should not use their library privileges for * the benefit of other persons. Books of special value and gift books, when the giver wishes it, are not allowed to circulate. Readers are asked tore- port all cases of books marked or mutilated. Do not defaoa books by marks and writing. ^:.:-- UC403 .AS^fSig ""'""* '■"'"'^ + "ll?ll'l«llllfi»llll]||«iii?''"*'™''''°" "'"'Sion of t .. 3 1924 030 748 713 °"" Overs Cornell University Library The original of this book is in the Cornell University Library. There are no known copyright restrictions in the United States on the use of the text. http://www.archive.org/details/cu31924030748713 ,,,., MANUAL OF THE CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OF THE ARMY .,flni?'r/' SECTION C ENGINEERING DIVISION 19 18 REVISED, JUNE 1, 1919 Consolidated Supply Co., Printers Wa shington ' 19 1 9 '\, Section C. CONTENTS CAMP PLANNING PAGE Recommendations and Considerations of Design ^"1^ Cantonment Grounds, Schedule of Typical Rans 1* List of Plates: FhATt Camp McClellan, General Plan ' Camp Dix, General Plan ' ° N. A. Cantonments, Block Pluns • ^ Cantonment Grounds; Typical Plan for All Units 10 Typical Layouts— Division Headq'rt's, Train Headq'rfs and Military Police ... 11 Typical Regiment of In f try. Brigade Ifeadq'rfs and-Mach' Gun Batt'l'n 12 Typical Regiment of Light Artillery .....'. : 13 Typical Regiment of Heavy Artillery 14 Typical Layout — Cam,p Center ' • 15 Typical Layout — Depot Brigade 16 Typical Layout- — Railroad Terminal : 17 Typical Layout — Quarantine Camp for 1,000 Men 18 ROADS AND RAILROADS ROADS PAGE Width 13 Thickness 13 Type 13 Grades 14 Alignment 14 -Curvature 14 Materials : Cement , 14 Sand 14 Screenings 14 Grout Sand 15 Cushion Sand 15 Stone 15 Gravel 15 Slag 15 Bituminous Material ^ 15 Paving Bricks and Blocks 15 Granite Blocks , 16 Vitrified Pipe, Under Drains 16 Metal Reinforcement, Castings 16 Wooden Guard Railing 16 IV CONTENTS Section C. Methods of Construction: PAGE Preliminary 16 Fill ; Grading 16 Concrete Mixing and Placing 17 Forms 17 Freezing 17 Concrete Proportions 17 Rip-Rap ....:. ". 17 Gutters 18 Concrete Edging and Curb 18 Concrete Foundation Course 18 Bottom Course 18 Old Macadam Surface 18 Broken Stone, Slag, or Gravel Bottom Course 18 Cement Concrete Pavements: Details of Construction 18 Brick Pavements: Type 1 Details of Construction 19 Brick Pavements: Type 2 Details of Construction 30. Granite Block Pavements : Details of Construction , 30 Asphaltic Concrete: Preliminary 21 Materials 21 Mineral Aggregate 21 Stone 31 Sand 31 Dust or Filler '■ 21 Asphaltic Cement 21 Asphaltic Cement Binder 21 Proportions 23 Bitumen and Filler 22 Mixing 22 Laying 22 List of Plates: (Roads) PLATE Typical Cross Sections: Cement Concrete Pavements; Brick Pavements; Asphaltic Concrete Pavements; Bituminous Macadam, Penetration Method 19 Bituminous Macadam: PAGE Details of Construction 23 Waterbound Macadam: Details of Construction 33 Section C. CONTENTS Gravel Roads: ^^^^ Details of Construction 'Z. First Course , . Wearing Course " PLATE List of Plates : (Roads) Typical Cross Sections: Water Bound Macadam Pavements, Gravel, and Cinder Roads; Warehouse Roads. : 30 Quantity of Material *-^ Concrete Walks: ^^^^ Details of Construction : ■ • • *^ RAILROADS I/Ocation, Grade, Curvature 26 Yard Tracks 36 Controlling Distances 26 Grade of. Side Tracks ■ 26 List of Plates : u^'hf^y? Standard Railway Trestle '. • . '" 22 Standard Railway Coal Trestle : 33 Standard Timber Coal Pocket . 24 No. 8 Turnout and Crossover — Raihvays .'.v. . ' 25 Standard Trestle Bumper — Railways 36 Road-Bed Sections — Railways ...•,..;,., 37 Materials and Methods : page Preliminary ; . 1 ' 36 Ditching 36 Shrinkage .....:..;... ; 37 Culverts : ; . . ; 37 Ballast' ; 37 Ties 27 Switch Timbers 27 Rails 27 ■ Frogs, Switches, Joints 27 Spikes 27 Track Laying : : 28 Crossing 28 WATER SUPPLY Preliminary Notes gg Quality 29 Quantity 29 Pressure 29 VI CONTENTS Section C. PAGE ■' Materials 30 Wood Stave Pipe 30 Deflections and Intersections 30 L,ead Joints 30 Service Pipes 3i Gate Valves 31 Fire Hydrants ; 32 Trenches and Pipe Laying 32 Tests of Wood Stave Pipe 33 Reservoirs or Tanks 33 Pumping Equipment 33 . Piping at Pumping Station and Reservoirs 34 Painting Water Pipes 34 List of Plates : plate Lead Joint for Connecting Redwood or Fir Stave Pipe to Cast Iron Pipe, Valves, or Fittings 28 90° Curve with Wood Stave Pipe — Existing and New Wood Stave Mains — Stand- ard Setting for Altitude Valve 29 Standard Details of Protection for Fire Hydrants; Hydrant Wrench; Connecting Service Pipe to Wood Main; Frost Proofing for Vertical Portion of Service Pipe between Ground and Floor of Building 30 Details: Wood Stave Pipe; Branch Lines; Valves, Valve Boxes 31 Typical Arrangement for Pumping Station ' 32 Water and Sezver Lines — Conventional Signs 32-A PROVISIONS FOR FIRE PREVENTION PAGE Preliminary 35 Clearing Site 35 Location of Buildings 35 Storage of Materials 35 Lights and Wiring. 35 Machinery, Boilers, Etc 36 Heating Devices, Stoves and Ranges. 36 Painting • • 37 Rubbish 37 Smoking • • • •, ''^ Miscellaneous 37 Structural Features: Note 37 Roofing 38 Boarding Down Building 38 Ventilators 38 Ladders 38 VII Section C. CONTENTS PAGE 38 netting Stoves and Ranges Concealed Spaces ^^ Brackets and Shelves for Pire Appliances. — 38 ; Existing Available Fire Protection ^8 Fire Apparatus and Appliances: Note 38 Type, Use and Distribution •••••■• 38 iPire Pails • — ■•••;; 38 Water Barrels ;..,....... 38 Extinguishers: Two and One-Half Gallon 39 Extinguishers: One Quart Carbon Tetra-Chloride 39 Hand Pump Tanks 39 Hand Hose Carts 39 Eire Hose 39 Temporary and Emergency Equipment 39 Painting Water Pipes 39 SEWERS AND SEWAGE TREATMENT PLANTS Preliminary Notes 4:0 Sewer Pipe Lines: General Considerations ,. 40 Ta,ble of Minimum Gradients 41 Table of Maximum Rates of Discharge 41 Vitrified Clay Pipe '. 42 Concrete Pipe 43 Excavations 43 Embankments 43 Pipe Laying 43 Joints 43 Back Filling 43 Manholes 43 Grease Traps , 44 Sewage Treatment Plants: Preliminary Notes 44 Sewage Tanks ; 44 Sprinkling Filters ; 44 Siphon Chambers 45 Sludge Beds '.: 45 Humus and Chlorinating Tanks 45 Materials : Gate Valves 45 Nozzles ; 45 Cast Iron Pipe 45 Filtering Material ; Transporting and Placing. 45 VIII CONTENTS Section C. Methods of Construction: page Clearing and Excavating. ^ 46 Forms 46 Concrete 46 Finish of Concrete 47 Reinforcement 47 Incinerators : Uses ••:•••: : 47 Relative Economy of Incineration and Reduction 47 Types : 47 Design 48 Location 48 Size 48 Operation 49 Standard Drawings ■. 49 Garbage Cans 49 Cleaning Cans 49 List of Plates : pi,ate Standard Manhole: Concrete or Brick 33 Sewage Tank , 34 Siphon Chamber for Sprinkling Filter ; ' 35 Sprinkling Filter ....:..: ; 36 Humus and Chlorinating Tank 37 Sludge Bed V 38 Standard Concrete and Wood Grease Traps 38 A Standard Wood Grease Trap !'.:.. 39 Concrete Grease Trap 40 U. S. Standard Incinerator: 10-Ton Capacity 41 BUILDINGS CONSTRUCTION NOTES Preliminary 50 Unit Stresses and Loads : ' Structural Steel .. 50 Note : . . ;^ . 50 Unit Stresses .:;.... 50 Columns and Struts i iV.l . 5] Compression Flanges of Beams and Girders 51 Cast Iron 5] Material ...'. . . . 51 Unit Stresses 51 IX SEcnoN C. CONTENTS PAGE Reinforced Concrete Footings and Bearing Value of Soil • ^^ Walls and Piers ■ ^f' Lumber (Fir or Yellow Pine) ,.....-.. 5;! General Notes ^^ Design : ■ ^'' Live Loads 53 Weight of Materials • • • 53 Wind Pressure ^'. ..... v 54 Fire Prevention 54 Salvage ■■ • • ■ • • 54 Materials and Methods: Location ; . . . 54 Excavation, Fill and Grading 54 Cement 55 Lime 55 Sand 55 Stone or Gravel 55 Slag :'. 55 Note: Slag, Use of 55 Proportions of Concrete '56 Concrete : Mixing and Placing 56 Note: Fireproof Roof Construction other than Concrete , 56 Forms , 56 Waterproofing Concrete 57 Steel Reinforcement 57 Cement Floors 57 Mortar ' 57 Brickwork 57 Hollow Tile and Flue Linings 58 Cleaning and Pointing 58 Exterior Cement Plaster and Stucco 58 Inside Cement Plaster 58 Inside Wall Plaster 58 Note: Plaster Grounds. 59 Fiber Wall Board : General Use 59 Composition 59 Thickness 59 Widths ^ 59 Lengths 59 Weight 59 Texture 59 Application ,. 59 Gypsum Wall Board : General Use 59 Thickness '. , . 59 X (X)NTENTS SECTION C. PAGE Widths 59 Lengths 59 Note: Special Lengths 59 Weight 59 Finished Product 59 Application 60 Gypsum Plaster Board: General Use 60 Thickness 60 Width 60 Lengths 60 Note: Special Lengths. 60 Weight 60 Finished Product 60 Application 60 Roofing : Preparation 60 Temporary Buildings 60 Note: Vertical Siding, "One-Ply" Covering 60 Warehouses, etc >....- , • • ■ , 60 Materials for Built-Up Roofing ^ '61 Application of 3-Ply Built-tjp Roofing, Over Boards 61 Application of 3-Ply Built-Up Roofing, Over Concrete 61 Application of 5-Ply Built-Up Roofing, Over Boards 61 Application of 5-Ply BuiU~U.p Rooftng, Over Concrete 62 Flashings and Trimmings - • • • ■ 63 Sheet Metal Work : Preliminary 63 Gutters and Leaders 63 Note: Roof Drainage Areas, etc 63 Ventilators 63 Corrugated Steel 63 Painting 63 Skylights : For Temporary Construction 63 Glass 63 Wood Framing and Carpentry : Materials 64 Foundation Posts and Footings 64 Sills and Girders ..:<.. I ... 1 64 Studding 64 Joist 64 Bracing 64 Trusses and Rafters 64 Framing and Nailing ,,.......; 64 Siding, Under Floors^ Roofing Boards 64 Drop Siding ^ 65 XI ' Section C. CONTENTS PAGE One-Ply Covering and Battens • • ■ ■ : ■ • • vt Sheathing, Inside Walls and Partitions o5 Finished Flooring •.•■••. ■■.•.•.■•••.■.••• zX Draft Stops .,■.•.•••. °^ Building Paper •, -. -. • ■ ■ • ^^ Insulation •.■.•. ■ ■. "6 Millwork : Finish in General "^ Panel Doors • • °^ Sash Doors "" Batten Doors ^6 Exterior Door and Window Frames 66 Window Sash and Transoms • ■ • 66 Stairs ■ • • 66 Painting : Preliminary 66 Note: Sheet Metal 66 Painting Pipes 66 , Hardware for Standard Cantonment Buildings and Hospitals ; Note •• 67 Locks for Outside Doors CT Locks for Inside Doors. :. . . '. ...... ^ 67 Butt Hinges for Outside and Inside Doors. ....'..; 67 Spring Butt Hinges for Single and Douhle-Acting Doors 67 Butt Hinges for Transoms over Interior Doors 67 Spring Hinges for W. C. Doors , 67 Door Bolts 67 Spring Bolts for Windows 67 Transom Chain 67 Transom Catch 67 Screen Door Hardware 67 Hardware for Engine Houses, Stables, and Warehouses : Swinging Doors 68 Warehouse Sliding Doors 68 .. ' Hitching Rings 68 Swing Bar Chains 68 Screens 68 1-b . . :. . , ^ , , . , i'-' CANTONMENT BUILDINGS . Preliminary .'.\ . 68 General Considerations 69 PORTABLE BUILDINGS '' Drawings and Considerations 69 XII CONTENTS vSfecTiON C. HOUSING ; ; PAGE Types of Buildings and Grouping 71 List of Plates : pirate Typical Buildings for Camps and Cantonments: (Schedules) : Description and Reference Drawings 43-44 Northern and Southern Construction Zones: {Map) . . .'. 45 Typical Buildings : Details of One-Story Buildings , 46 Details of Two-Story Buildings; Northern- Construction ' 47 Details of Two-Story Buildings; Southern Construction .'. , . 48 66-Men Barrack : . . ' - 49 Two-Story Officers' Quarters with Lavatory and Mess ;.,...'.... 50 Mess Building ..; 51 Lavatories 53 Lavatory Details 53 Window Details: Horizontal Sliding ^ 54 Window Details: Double Sliding Plank 55 Divisional Storehouse — Non-Insulated , \ . . . .,. 56 Divisional Storehouse — Insulated 57 Closed Stable .............'.;..'.. 58 Detention Hut and Kitchen for Detention and Quarantine Camps 59 Details of Standard Roof Trusses , ; 60 Galvanised Steel Vents., Mess Tables, Shower Stalls and Window Guards. ... 61 Recruit Examination Building 62 Remount Station (for 7,500 animals) : Typical Plan for Grounds. : 63 Typical Gate and Fence Details 64 Cutting-Out Pen, Branding Chute, and Receiving Corral 65 Shelter Shed, Water Trough and Saddle Rack , ' 66 -Miscella,neous ^Buildings : (Schedule) : Description and Reference Drawings 67 Standard Laundry: Capacity 10,000 to 20,000 Men 68 Types of Delousing Plants: Varying Capacities 69 Dormitories with Mess 777."'.'.". 77 .7 70 Dormitories and Detached Mess Building 71 Standard Magazines: Types No. 1 and No: 2 73 Standard Steel and Wood Hangars 73 Auditorium, 200 by 300 feet 74 HOSPITALS ■; ,i^AGE . . General Considerations ;' 73 Base Hospitals ••;■■, [' ■-. 73 General Hospitals ' :'..'.' ■', 73 ' ' General Arrangfement .'.." \ 73 Classification 73 XIII SECTION C. CONTENTS List of Plates : Pavilion Type: Base Hospital: plate Schematic Layout • 75 Camp Gordon, Ga., N. A '^6 Camp Mac Arthur, Texas, N. G '^'^ General Hospital: Colonia, No.S.N. J.. 78 Debarkation Hospital: Pox Hills, No. 2, Staten Island, N. Y 79 Special Type: General Hospital, No. 21, Denver, Col ■ .. • 80 Head House Type: Base Hospital: Schematic Layout 81 Camp Knox, Ky 83 Camp Mills^. N. Y 83 Departmental Hospital: Port Sheridan, III 84 Typical Hospital Buildings: (Schedule) Description and Reference Drawings'. 85 Administration Buildings 86 Laboratory :...... 87 Operating Pavilion 88 Kitchen and Mess 89-90 Receiving Building 91 Ward , 93 Wards — Head House Types 93-94 Physical-Therapy Building , 95 Amusement Buildimg^ . ; , 95 Details: Prame and Stucco Building "f .... 96 Tile Building '^. .-;... . ; . . 9(7-98 WAREHOUSES AND PORT TERMINALS PAGE General ly^ Interior Warehouses and Depots 74 Port Terminals , 74 Classification of Construction ' ' " ' wg *fype of Structure 75 Site ... .... ... ;.. ._ ........... 75 Railroad Facilities ' \\ lyg Equipment Utilities '.'..''' 76 Designs and Materials ......! . ; . . . 77 XIV CONTENTS Section C. List of Plates : Terminals: General Plans: platb Charleston Q. M. and Ordnance Terminal 99 Norfolk Q. M. Terminal ' 100 Philadelphia Q. M. Terminal 101 Schenectady Army Reserve Depot , . . 100 Standard Piers and Warehouses, Cross Sections 102 ". Standard Timber Wharves, Cross Sections. 103 Reinforced Concrete Wharf, Cross Section 104 - , Typical Emergency' Storage Warehouses: Typical' Compartment and Group Plan 105 Administration Building .' _ 106 Open Shed — Plan, Section and Details.^ 107 Warehouses — Contstruction Details 108 Door Details 109 Sprinkler Valve House 110 Wood Skylight Details '. Ill Standard Toilet Rooms 112 Chicago; Interior Permanent Storage Warehouses 113 Standard Lighters: Derrick Lighters, Details ;.......:.... 114 Covered Lighters, Plan and Elevation.- ....'..; .'. . .- 115 Standard Lighters, Details. . . . . . . .• .■ .■ .• ......'..'.:.... 116-117 FUEL-OIL AND GASOLINE TANKS Capacities and Construction : page Drawings 78 Gasoline Storage Tanks; Additional Instructions 78-79 List of Plates : fixate Concrete, Gasoline, or Oil Tank; Capacity 2,000 Gallons 118 ELECTRIC POWER AND ILLUMINATION (Standards for Electrical Construction) General: page Preliminary Note i 80 Supply- of Energy 80 Extension of Transmission Lines 81 Materials and Apparatus ; Installation. 81 Sub-Stations 81 Generating Plants >..... 82 Outside Wiring: ,, , Primary Distribution .!............. 82 , , , . Secondary Distnbiiti'^n .,,. 83 XV Section C. CONTENTS , ' :, :,?AGE Pole Lines • ^^ ' Poles ; • ■■■ 83 Cross Arms, Hardware and Fittings. . .'.' .■ • • • 84 Guys and Anchors , . . . . 84 ;'; Wire •,:•-• 84 Wire Positions -,- • •. • ■ • 84 Lightning Arresters '. • • • • • 85 ' Grounding .:•■!•■■ ^^ Transformers 85 Distributing ■ •■ ; ■ ' ^^ Constant Current • • ■ • 86 '"' Street Lighting ■ 86 Protecting Lighting • ■ ■ • t ,• :,-, 86 Underground Construction ..'... ... ..... . . . 87 Allowable Voltage Drop • r,-,^- • • ■ • 87 Interior Wiring: General ... ■ • ■ 87-88 Installations 89 Knob and Tube, and Cleat 89 Rigid Conduit 89 Permanent Army Post . . . v 89 Camps and Cantonments 90 Theatres 90 Miscellaneous Buildings 91 Hospitals 91 General 91 X-Ray Equipment ' 91 Nurses' Call System 91 Warehouses and Terminals 92 Battery Charging Stations 93 Machine and Repair Shops , 93 Housing Projects 93 Powder Magazines 93 Lightning Protection 93 Lighting 94 Tents 94 List of Plates : Typical High Tension Outdoor Substation: plate Details of Protective Pence Lighting 119 Electric Wiring Conventions: Typical Interior Panel, 3-Phase, ^-Wire Transformer Connections ; , .,. . 130 : ■, Outdoor Electrical Distribution: >:- I ■: Primary and Street Lighting Systems i ......;. i ....... . 121 Secondary Lines and Services 133 Laundry for 10.000 to 20,000 Men: Electric Wiring for Light and Power I33 Hospital Wards: Nurses' Silent Call System ..'. . .'. .... 134 Semi-Fireproof Terminal Warehouses: ,. "' \ Outdoor EUctrical Distribution 135 XVI CONTENTS vSection C. Semi-Pireproof Warehouse: plate Electric Wiring 126 ' Fireproof Terminal. Warehouse: 137 Blectric Wiring for Light and Power. . 'Typical Battery Charging Station for Twenty Standard Tractors .,.,s. , 138 Protection of Buildings from Lightning: ' Details of Apparatus 139 Construction on Poles, Jointly Used for Supply Mid Communication Circuits; (Office of the Chief Signal Officer, Engineering Department) Specification No. 601. PAGE General 94 Drawings 94 Pole Sizes for Joint Use 94 Stepped Poles 95 Vertical Clearances and Climbing Space 95 Insulation of Communication Circuit Wire . . . . : 95 Position of Supply and Communication Circuits ' 95 , Fixtures for Supply and Communication Circuits 96 Service Taps to Supply Lines 96 Service Taps to Communication Circuits 97 Locations and Clearances for Guys 97 Strain Insulators: Location of 97 Mechanical Strength of. 98 Insulating Requirements of 98 List of Plates : plate Construction on Poles, Jointly Used for Suply and Communication Circuits .130-131 PLUMBING AND HEATING PLUMBING PAGE Preliminary Notes 99 Fixtures : Water Closets 99 Notes: Hospitals 99 Urinal Troughs 100 Note: Hospitals lOO Lavatory Troughs , . lOO Drinking Fountains lOO Ploor Drains ; . . . . 100 Shower Heads , 100 Storage Tanks and Heaters lOO XVII Section C. CONTENTS Piping: page Soil, Waste and Vent 10^ Floor Flanges ■ 10" Roof Drainage l^l « Requirements for Conservation 1^1 Water 101 List of Plates: pi-ate Urinals; Lavatories; Water-Closets; etc^ for Typical Buildings 132 Scullery Sinks; Sinks; Hot Water Supply for Typical Buildings.. 133 KITCHENS AND BAKERIES PAGE Preliminary Note 101 Kitchen Classification • 101 Standard Cantonment Kitchens: Ranges • 103 Refrigerators 102 Table of Sizes and Capacities: Refrigerators 102 Hospital Mess and Kitchens : Set-up Mess 102 Cafeteria Service 102 Ward Service 103 Officers' or Nurses' Mess and Kitchen {Note) 103 Cafeteria Classification: Hospitals 103 Housing 103 Counter Service 103 Equipment 103 Bakeries : Bquipment Schedule 103 List of Plates : plate {Schedules) : Standard Kitchen Bquipment for Hospitals, Cafeterias, etc. ; Capacity, 25 to 5,000 134-135 Typical Steam Table, Details ........' 136 , .^.ospital Buildings: Typical Kitchen and Pantry Layouts 137-138 HEATING ' PAGE Gjeneral 104 Cjamputation of Heat Loss 104 Tjeitiiperature Zones 105 Steam Heating: * ■ ; Classification :'V.'.\ . . . i . ; . . 105 ' • ' Central Plants ;.....;...'. 106 ]■''[ Boiler Plants; Bquipment; Peed Water Heaters; Boiler Feed Pumps; Srnoke Stacks '.';:'. V. . . ; ; jQg XVIII CONTENTS SECTION C. PAGE Main Distributing Piping, Return Mains 106 Insulation 106 Heating Systems in Buildings 107 Automatic Temperature Control : Notes 107 Indirect Heating and Ventilation : Notes 107 Individual Plants: Notef 108 Boiler Houses 108 Piping ,. , . 108 Pipe Schedules (Steam) : One-Pipe System Two-Pipe System • • • • • 108 Pressure- Reducing Valves. .' ;...'.... 109 List of Plates: pi,ate Temperature Map 139 Setting Details for Battery 150 HP Boilers 140 Typical Details: Boiler House Piping and Equipment .141-143 Boiler House Piping Specifications and Notes 143 Typical Details: US-Inch Smoke Stacks; Hood^ Flashing, etc (a) 144 36-Inch Smoke Stacks; Hood, Flashing, etc (b) 144 Two-Pipe Vacuum Heating System (c) 144 One-Pipe Gravity Steam Heating System (d) 144 Overhead Steam Main Support (a) 145 Pole Hanger (b) 145 Concrete Blow-Off Tank (c) 145 Receiving Tank .- (d) 145 Connections for Boiler Feed Pump (a) 146 Pipe Connections for F^^^-Water Heater (b) 146 Connections for Vacuum Pum.p (p) 146 Damper, Operator, Guide and Lever (d) 146 PAGE Stove and Furnace Heating 109 Room Heaters 109 Warm Air Furnaces and Pipeless Furnaces ... 109 Cannon Stoves '. ; 110 Capacity Tables : Room Heaters and Cannon Stoves , 110 Capacities of Warm Air Furnaces and Pipeless Furnaces ^ . . . 110 Installations: Ranges, Heaters^ etc.. 110 List of Plates: plate Details: Foundations; Hearths; Thimbles; Flue Supports; Deflector Plates; Smoke ' Pipe Flashings 147 Casings: Warm Air Furnace; Room Heater; Pipeless Furnace 148 Castings: Cast Iron Smoke Pipe Tee; Cannon Stoves; Heater and Furnace 149 XIX Section C. COirTENTS LAUNDRIES Camps and Cantonments : page Buildings ^ • • m Table of Capacities HI Steam Required ' ' Ill Mquipment : HI REFRIGERATION Preliminaty ; . ; ...;.......... 112 Cold Storage Plants. .' '-. . .... . 113 Ice-Making Equipment .,.,,....,.,; 113 Ice Storage !,, ... ....... 1 113 Power 113 Cold Storage and Ice-Making Plants for the American Expeditionary Forces 113 List of Plates: plate (Schedule) : Description of Refrigerating and Ice-Making Plants 150 Refrigerating and Ice-Making Plant, Type "M" 151 Cold Storage and Ice-Making Plant, A. B. P., France. . '.'. 153 Sharp Preezer and Preezer Storage and Ice-Making pic^nt 153 ESTIMATES PAGE Preliminary 114 Functions of the Estimator : ■ 114 Data Necessary for Making and Checking Estimates 115 Field Estimates , . ; 115 Variables to be Considered V .' 115 Methods ; 115 Sub-Divisions, Indication Sheet 1 ... J 116 SCHEDULES OF MATERIALS (Character and Purpose) Class A : Schedules for Authorized or Contemplated Projects 117 , Class B : V , Schedules for Individual Buildings: .'. .......;...;. : 117 XX SECTION CPLAT^ A 1 *■ LNGlNLLmNG DIVI5 ON (administrative.) PERSONNEL MAIL AND FILLS. 1 LXPLDITING OFFICE.R ( EXECUTIVE ) ■ 1 ( ADVISORY ENCII*EtR5' > ( E:XPn)ITlNG ENGINEERS ) ( Aovisoirr ehgiheers) ARCHITECT CAMPS AND CANTONMENTS POWER AND ILLUMINATION CAMP PLANNING HOSPITALS PLUMBING AND HEATING ' ROADS AND RAILROADS Q.M. storage: AND . TERMINALS ' REFRIGERATION ; WATER SUPPLY MILITARY ARE0NAUTIC5 & AIR CRAFT PRODUCTION, HOUSING, MI3CCLUNE0U3. MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT HRE PROTECTION ORDNANCE. DEF0T5, MF'G. PLANTS &, PROVING GRaUNDS. ESTIMATES SEWERS AND SANITATION REGULAR ARMY AND COAST ART POSTS MATERIAL SCHEDULES p j ^ GENLRAL DRAFTING ROOM. PLANS, FILES, . BLUE PRINTING. CIVIL EN.G1NEER5, DRAFTING ROOM, 5URVEY5 &, MAPS. ORGANIZATION CHART EINGINELERING DIVISION OF THE CONSTF?UCT10N DIVISION Of THE. ARM>f AS OF NOVEIvlBER I2,J9I8 esoz -1S5 5E.CT10N O PLATE A-A ENGINEERING DIVISION ADMINISTRATIVE PRINCIPAL ENGINEER EXECUTIVE EXPEDITER HOSPITALS, CAMPS, HS.O.DIV.,R.A.«. C.A POST-5 ADVISORY ARCHITECT 5UPERVI51NG ARCHITECT CAMP PLANNING WATER SUPPLY ' & FIRE PROTECTION MAP5& SURVEYS ROADS* RAILROADS DOCKS DRAFTING SECTION EXPEDITER ORDNANCE DEPT D.MA. STORAGE e, TRAFFIC MISCELLANEOUS SANITATION HEATING & PLUMBING ELECTRICAL POWER ■ 8, ILLUMINATION MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT & REFRIGERATION SPECIFICATIONS ESTIMATES & SCHEDULES RECORDS FILES LIBRARY & PRINTING n ORGANIZATION CHART ENGINEERIMG DIVISION OF THE _CDN5TRUCTI0M DIVISION OF THE ARMY AS OF JUNE I : 313 Page 1. Section C. MANUAL OF THE CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OF THE ARMY SECTION C ENGINEERING DIVISION FOREWARD The technical section of the Manual for the Construction Division has been compiled for the purpose ;of making generally available the fundamental principles and standards which have been adopted- for emergency construction. The,st9,ndards and the resulting drawings and speci- fication data are not: furnished as solutions of the various problems, nor as conforming to peace- time commercial standards, for they have been influenced by the emergency conditions requiring speed, economy of construction, and the conservation of certain materials. The Manual is intended for the guidance of forces engaged in the preparation of plans for emergency construction work, also to aid constructing officers in interpreting the plans which are furnished for a particular project, and in preparing details consistent with principles gov- erning design. It will also serve ^s a guide to the constructing officier who, being isolated from the central office, may determine for himself the designs and methods required to meet the needs of his particular problem. It is desirable that constructing officers avail themselves of drawings already prepared, which are available for almost any sort of structure that may be needed for emergency use, and many that are suitable for perrnanent' use. Reference should therefore be made to the lists of stand- ard and special drawings included in this Manual before preparing others. The text for this Manual was prepared for war emergency use during the active war pe- riod, At the time the armistice was signed the text was largely completed, and the material was considered to be of sufficient yalue. to warrant its publication in, the form ip which it .wa,s pre- pared. The methods, details and data here furnished are not considered as representing the only way, iibi- the best way, in which such work can be done," but they do Represent what was actually: used successfully during the war. No attempt is made to give complete specifications, and such specifications as are included in this Manual are not to be corisidered as adequate in connection w;ith lump sum contracts ; but arc mainly for use in connection with the emergency form of contract, which was on a cost plus per- centage basis, and which permitted changes in plans without disturbing the contract relations. Section C. Page 3. GENERAL FUNCTIONS Preliminary Notes. It is not practicable, nor is it desirable, for the Engineering Division to furnish complete de- tail plans for all projects, and consequently the work of this Division consists chiefly in establish- ing fundamental formulas, principles, policies and standards to govern all engineering work (whether done by field forces or by outside agencies), and in preparing drawings and specifica- tions for general application. The general functions of this Division are indicated by the fol- lowing: ' . .r (a) Standard drawings and specifications have been prepared for camp plans, hospital and miscellaneous buildings, plumbing, sewers, sewage-disposal plants, heating, water supply, electric lighting, refrigeration, roads, railroads, terminals, etc., many of which are included in this Manual. (b) Standard specifications, instructions and requirements have been developed, the more important items of which are included in this Manual. (c) In co-operation with the War Industries Board, certain restrictions have been imposed regarding the war-time use of materials ; those readily obtained being substituted wherever prac- ticable for those subject to shortage. (d) General data and instructions are furnished for the guidance of field forces in the prep- aration of drawings for individual projects. (e) The Engineering Division makes preliminary surveys and special investigations regard- ing the suitability of proposed sites, also regarding proposed new work or additions to existing structures. (f ) The number, type and sizes of buildings are determined and plot plans are made showing the most suitable locations. (g) Estimates prepared by outside agencies are checked by this Division, and original esti- mates are furnished on requests properly authorized. (h) Drawings and lists of materials are made for special structures on formal request, based on requirements furnished by the Bureau or Department concerned. (i) Preliminary drawings and lists of materials are prepared in advance of actual authoriza- tion, when practicable, in order that the work of construction may begin without delay. (j) Inasmuch as the Construction Division is responsible for all Army construction work, within the United States, the Engineering Division inspects and approves all drawings and specifications prepared by, outside; engineers and architects, and by other bureaus of the govern- ment, and lays down the fundatnental data under which these drawings and specifications are to be made. . ' (k) This Division furnishes general consulting engineering service pertaining to unusual or difficult problems that arise during the progress of building operations. Section C. Page 3. (1) This Division is charged with the. responsibiHty of providing complete records, showing the character, extent and details, of the executed project. (m) Thisi Division furnishes to other bureaus which may be involved, such preliminary in- formation as may be available for their use. This includes approximate bills of material and other statistical information. (n) This Division aids and advises, when requested, in negotiations of contracts for serv- ices ; such as water supply, electric power, etc., etc. ORGANIZATION. The Engineering Division consists of a group of experts called advisory engineers, and includes a Supervising Architect, Advisory Architect, Expediting Engineers, drafting forces, estimators, special engineers, and field survey parties, under an administrative head known as the Officer in Charge. The activities of all these agencies are correlated by the Principal En- gineer and his assistants, who constitute the executive force of the Engineering Division. THE PRINCIPAL ENGINEER AND EXPEDITING OFFICER. The function of the Principal Engineer is to correlate the activities of the various units that compose the Engineering Division, to furnish advisory Engineering service not otherwise provided for, and to act as general engineering executive. One or more expediting engineers are assigned to the work pertaining to each of the six sec- tions into which the Building Division is divided. These expediting engineers are the points of contact between the Engineering Division and the Building' Division ; on the one hand receiving the data from the Building Division or other sources, and on the other hand delivering plans, speci- fications, bills of materials and other data, to the various sections of the Building Division. As soon as the requirements for any particular piece of work are sufficiently developed to warrant making estimates or starting the preparation of plans, the Building Division will call the expediting engineer into the case, if it is considered of sufficient magnitude or importance, or if the field forces are for any reason not in position to do the work properly. It is desirable that such information be obtained and furnished to the expediting engineers at as early a period as is practicable, in order that some considerable portion of the work may be ready for starting con- struction at the time of authorization. The expediting engineer, having received the data and requirements, is then responsible for the development of the engineering work. It is generally found expedient at this stage to place the expediting engineer in touch with the representative of the client bureau, for the purpose of developing detail requirements. It is the duty of the expediting engineers to direct and co-ordi- nate the preparation of plans, to the end that all portions of the work will be completed as soon as practicable, and that no essential feature will be lacking. The expediting engineers will call upon the advisory engineers, the drafting forces and the field survey parties for such work as those agencies are responsible for, furnishing them with all available information. They will keep a record of the engineering history and progress of each job. Upon the receipt of sufficient information the Expediting Officer will issue an advance infor- mation sheet, which serves to notify all concerned that this particular work is contemplated, and gives an approximate list of the principal materials, and other information required by the Re- quirements Division, War Industries Board, and other agencies of the Government. Section C. Page 4. Usually the first step in developing a project is to secure a survey. It is important to get this started quickly, as it takes time. The design of many of the utilities and the layout of buildings depend on the survey. The. Engineering Division has equipment and men for survey work, but if it does not have sufficient force available, it may make arrangements with outside engineers for doing this work. Such outside service will generally be arranged for by conference between the Principal Engineer and the Section Chief concerned of the Building Division. Experiencfe indi- cates the desirability of using the Engineering Division force whenever available. Provided the requirements are sufficiently definite, plans for buildings usually can be started at the same time that the survey is started, although in many projects some features of certain buildings will be dependent on topography. The expediting engineer assigns the preparation of the building plans to the drafting forces and directs their development. As soon as the plans for the building construction have progressed far enough ' copies will be furnished to the advisory engineers for the design of the inside utilities. Nothing can be done on the lighting, heating, and plumbing of the buildings until the plans of the buildings thernselves are determined. Before beginning the preparation of plans for any building, the Expediting Engineer deter- mines whether standard plans can be used. These can always be used for the construction of quarters for troops. Standard drawings are also available for a great many other structures. Such standard buildings as are useful in the project can at once be listed and schedules of build- ing materials and inside xitilities ordered. The general location plan of the buildings having been determined and the survey received, the case is put into the hands of the Advisory Engineer on, Camp Planning for the purpose of fitting the structures to the ground. In doing this he co-operates with the Advisory Engujeer on Roads and Railroads, in order that advantage may be taken of the topography, both f nr the ar- rangement of the buildings and the laying out of roads and railroads. The next step, after determining the layout of the buildings and grounds, is to provide for the outside utilities. Prints of the map, together with data regarding the buildings, are furnished to the Advisory Engineers on Water .Supjply, Sewerage and Electric Lighting for use in develop- ing their parts of the project. The Expediting Engineer directs the development of the various steps of the project and furnishes data to the successive engineers interested, as quickly as the progress of the drawings will permit. When requested to do so by the Building Division, the Expediting Engineer has estimates prepared by the Engineer on Estimating, with the total cost distributed among the various ac- counts. In the case of plans prepared by outside engineers and architects and by other bureaus the Principal Engineer will see that the plans are in conformity with Construction Division stand- ards and requirements. If practicable, the Principal Engineer or some one especially assigned for the purpose, will keep in touch with the development of the plans so that they may be approved immediately upon completion. The Principal Engineer will make special investigations relating to new projects of unusual character, or to engineering questions arising at the inception of the work or during the progress thereof. For these purposes, engineers familiar with the work and policies of the Construction Division are assigned. Section C. Page 5- ADVISORY ENGINEERS. Following is a list of the advisory engineers, each of whom has a force of competent as- sistants : ' ! Supervising Architect. Advisory Architect. Engineer in Charge of Surveys. Advisory Engineer on Camp Planning. Advisory Engitieer on Roads and Ra.ilroads, Advisory Engineer on Water Supply. Advisory Engineers on Fire Protection. Advisory Engineer on Sewerage and Sanitaon. Advisory Engineer on Electric Power and Illumination. Advisory Engineer on Plumbing and Heating. Advisory Engineer on Refrigeration. Advisory Engineer on Mechanical Equipment. Engineer in Charge of Estimates. Engineer in Charge of Schedules. Engineer in Charge of Specifications. It is the function of the advisory engineers to prepare drawings, estimates, reports,' recom- mendations and, if necessary, schedules of materials. They also prepare standard drawings and specifications and general instructions to govern the work in the field. Detail drawings and sched- ules of materials will not be prepared when field engineers are available, except on request of the Building Division. The special functions of the advisory engineers may be enumerated as follows : , StfPERVISING ARCHITECT. The Supervising Architect is the medium through whom building requirements, furnished through the ofifice of the Principal Engineer, are developed into working drawings.' He is re- sponsible for architectural design. . ' "ADVISORY ARCHITECT. The advisory architect's ofifice will determine the size, character and arrangement of build- ings to fit the needs of the various military units ; will make recommendations regarding the neces- sity of proposed additi6nal construction ; and will pass on the location of additional structures in efxisting carnps, cantonments and army posts. The location of such structures may be selected by the constructing officer, with the approval of the commanding officer, subject to certain restric- tions and the principles set forth in this Manual. ENGINEER IN CHARGE OF SURVEYS. This ofifice makes the survey of property which forms a basis for the definite layout of a project. For this purpose maps are provided. These maps may be made by others than em- ployees of this ofifice, but should conform to uniform standards, and for this reason surveys and maps made by, or under the direction of this ofifice, are desirable. Maps show topography, exist- ing roads, railroads, waterways and all other physical characteristics. Reports are made, in con- nection with surveys, covering all data not conveniently indicated on maps, such as geological characteristics, electric power, water supply, drainage, character of roads, land values, and char- acter of outlying surroundings. ADVISORY ENGINEER ON CAMP PLANNING. The function of this ofifice is to prepare typical layout plans and lists of buildings for the ac- commodation of army personnel in camps, cantonments and hospitals; and to develop final lay- out plans for each project, showing the location of buildings and other structures, as adapted to the actual topography and to existing main thoroughfares, railroads, drainage and other local Section C. Page 6. conditions. It is also the function of this office to prepare record plans for projects as actually built, and schedules of capacities actually provided in the plans. Consulting service is furnished on plans for housing and other military projects. ADVISORY ENGINEER ON TRANSPORTATION. The work of this office includes the design and layout of roads and pavements ; also railroad tracks, turnouts, yards, trestles and coal storage facilities. Investigations and reports are made regarding the advisability and economy of installing industrial railroads for the transportation of camp supplies. Assistance is given to the Advisory Engineer on Camp Planning in the loca- tion of roads, railroads, coal trestles, warehouses and other buildings requiring transportation facilities. ADVISORY ENGINEER ON WATER SUPPLY. The work of this office includes the preparation of standard plans and specifications for water supply and water works construction ; the securing of data on quality and quantity of available water supply, whether from underground or surface sources ; reports on extensions to existing, privately or municipally owned, water systems, with a view to providing additional sup- ply for Government activities from these systems ; general layout plans of water distribution sys- tems, including all necessary mains, valves, hydrants and connections, with especial reference to fire protection; and detail plans for piping and connections at important points, such as in the vicinity of pumping stations, wells, reservoirs, or the like. Lists of all water supply materials are furnished to the Engineer in Charge of Schedules. Consulting services are furnished to super- vising constructing officers. This office also advises with municipal water departments and pri- vate water companies as to methods of conservation of water ; with the Maintenance and Repair Section on replacements and extensions, methods, of operation, and conservation of supply; with the Contract Section on matters relating to contracts for water supply or for water works con- struction ; and with other departments, such as the Navy, Marine Corps, Housing Corporation and Shipping Board, on water supply problems of mutual interest. ADVISORY ENGINEERS ON FIRE PROTECTION. The functions of this office include the determination of the proper spacing of buildings with reference to niaterial and fire hazard ; location of fire-breaks, fire stops in walls and partitions ; and materials and construction to be used under various circumstances of hazard. This office has charge of matters pertaining to fire-fighting appliances, fire stations, motor and hand-drawn fire apparatus, and the personnel for the equipment. This office has charge of the approval of plans for sprinkler systems, and arranges the provisions for them, and for fire alarm systems. The type and method of installation of heating and lighting apparatus, location of gasoline tanks and other fire risks, is subject to the approval of this office. ADVISORY ENGINEER ON SEWERAGE lAND SANITATION. The work of this office includes the preparation of preliminary layouts of sewerage systems; consulting engineering services in connection with the installation and operation of sewage treat- ment and garbage incinerating plants ; the preparation of detailed drawings and specificatiens for sewage pumping stations, sewage treatment plants, and surface and sub-soil drainage systems ; the preparation of drawings for installation and operation of grease intercepting tanks for the reclamation of grease from kitchen waste liquids ; and the preparation of detailed drawings and specifications' for transfer stations for waste materials, garbage can washing equipment and gar- Section C. Page 7. bage incinerating plants. This office aiso, througn the oiilicer in charge of estimating, furnishes estimates of cost for construction under this heading. Schedules of materials, likewise, are fur- nished through the officer in charge of materials schedules. ADVrSORY ENGINEER ON ELECTRIC POWER AND ILLUMINATION. The work of this office includes lighting and power installations for all projects ; power houses and sub-stations ; selection of special equipment, such as storage battery charging outfits and motor-operated cargo winches; advisory studies of engineering characteristics in the pur- chase of materials ; consulting services relating to negotiations with central station companies, covering the purchases of -electrical energy and the arangement of transmission lines and other facilities; the inspection of electric systems in plans; and stiidies of poWer facilities. ADVISORY ENGINEER ON PLUMBING AND HEATING. The work of this office includes steam-generating, plants for heating, and steam requirements for general utilities ; heating and ventilating systems, including the selection of heating stoves, hot-air and other furnaces, kitchen ranges, steam radiators and special equipment ; plumbing in- side of buildings, including hot and cold water supply ; water filtration and sterilization plants ; steam, hot and cold water and heating requirements for laundries; and the selection of kitchen and bakery equipment, including portable refrigerators. It furnishes consulting services in con- nection with the selection of special equipment and apparatus, negotiations for purchase of steam service, inspection of power, heating and ventilating systems, and' studies of power facilities. ADVISORY ENGINEER ON REFRIGERATION. The work of this office includes cold storage and ice-making plants for the Army, both in the United States and overseas, freezer. and refrigeration facilities, and the design and construc- tion of , ice-cooled refrigeration houses. Consulting services are furnished in connection with the selection of machinery, equipment, building and insulation materials. Studies and recommenda- tions are made concerning existing ice-making and cold-storage facilities. ADVISORY ENGINEER ON MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT. The work of this office includes the selection and design of machinery and mechanical equip- ment for projects such as warehouses, industrial plants, power houses, etc. This work includes the selection and design of engines and boilers, coal and aslvbajidling machinery, stokers, power conveyors, elevators, locomotive gantry and jib cranes, and barge hoisting, freight hauling and weighing machinery. " ' ENGINEER IN CHARGE OF ESTIMATES. This office prepares all estimates of cost, except such as may be made by the section engineers of the Building Division, or in the field, in which case they are checked through this office. Esti- mates are also prepared for the comparative cost of djflferent types of construction. This office secures estimates of the cost of utilities and specialequipmeht from the several advisory engi- neers, and incorporates them into the complete estimate for the job. Itif ormation regarding these requirements upon which estimates are based, are furnished to this office thi-ough the Principal Engineer. Sl^CTlON C. Page 8. ENGINEER IN CHARGE OF MATERIAI. SCHEDULES. This office, upon request of the expediting engineers, who furnish the necessary, data, pre- pares schedules of materials required foir the various projects. It issues such material schedules as may be prepared by the advisory engineers. These schedules are assembled and distributed to the proper officer of the Building Division. ENGINEER IN CHARGE OF SPECIFICATIONS. Emergency construction con,tracts are. of such nature that elaborate specifications are un- necessary. Such as are provided are confined chiefly to notes on drawings, except irl the case of some of the utilities, _ , ! ,. ; , Specifications are prepared under the direction of the Engineer in Charge of Specifications, for permanent construction, and wherever lump sum contracts are necessary. SURVEYS AND MAPS Topographic Surveys. It is essential that one or more base lines be established from which the required measure- ments, are taken. The base lines should be located so as to command the best view of the area to be surveyed, the distance between the same to depend on the topography. On comparatively open level country the base lines should be as far apart as possible, depending on the accuracy re- quired for the particular construction contemplated, while in rough wooded country, or where greater accuracy is required, they should be closer together. All points on base lines from which topography is taken, should be accurately located by means of transit and, chain. Where more than one line is used they should form a closed traverse. In running the lines, the bearings of each course should be calculated and recorded, and the magnetic bearings taken a^ a check. From points on the base line topographic features and required measiirements are' taken. For emergency, operations the elevation of the ground, and the locations of topographic features, may be obtained by measuring horizontal and vertical angles, and computing distances from sta' dia rod readings. To avoid errors in reading or recording, all horizontal angles should read clockwise from degrees to 360 degrees. For operations where great accuracy is required, the survey is made using transit for lines, level and level rods for elevations, and chain for distances. This method is used in surveying built- up property^ as in towns or cities, or in making surveys from which the detail plans for some par- ticular structure are made. The personnel ofj a' topographic party consists of a Chief of Party, Recorder, Transitman, and as many rodmen, chainmen and axmen as can be used to advantage. In locating land or property lines, all available data in deeds and maps, together with all property lines as indicated by fences, etc., and corners on the ground, should be used. The survey lines, wherever possible, should coincide with t:)ie property lines, and permanent corners should be marked by standard monuments. Hydrographic StJRVEYS. ' . , Relative elevations ' are obtained by taking soundings at, points locaifed by angles turned from a base line on the shore, and foir this woi-k two transits are required. Data as to the character of materials forming the bottom is obtained by wash borings, and the bearing power is deter- mined from results obtained by driving test piles. SeCTlONl C. PLATE 1. CONVENTIONAL TRANS fT NOTES f 5f\> '^ l^d- iA^\£l ^^:_ — -f'ff- ^ >' c ^ . vW-c'i'c'A: i ^* J -i\j- E- -, - -, - -,^^^^- » :::"::""S^iit:::::::: ~iVy^::::::". ^ ^^^' ^?i::::::::::d I_^ 1 9i0hk I 1 y Conventional level notes Sia/Jon ■^Si^hf HI. -smf Pod f/3rk 5 fsr:^ BM 4.67 r04.£7 moo OasSi mGna/ v^5A ne/Q'} 7/!faf SAszo 0+OOi \ JSO m/7 orr'A 'i.rna. / 9.6 /02./ 2 Z.S to/s / *B0 S.O 99.7 Bed. Vr.Pf^ ^ / f 3 3.0 /0/7 •• /o »W 4- 7.0 97.7 rf>+20 2.SS 98.00 &23 95.42 s 6.5 915 6 7.0 mo MO SO 93,0 Ce/7A rr/ltA f^.-- \ — TP7+0L 735 9a6S TP5, vkein iyoak: f»»^ kf^ai ^l/rHt V J CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OP THE ARMY CONVLNTIONAL SURVEY NOTES TCFOGF?APHICAL AND LAND SUPVE.YS secTioiM c. plate: a. CONVENTIONAL STADIA TRAVERSE NOTES | 1 'if.afion Olia^fTa Hr/lndM^rAnik MsfABi 1 1 .Ctsst Coo/. 0.\Jon3S.-//)sf: | CsJkSia,' :i>rDishfee/\Elav\Ram3r/<3. ^S^fXh'.^. 'A' ' "Occc a/ae^'"' 33*4S '/S.onAtSj 1 ]fMA A./ 'iS /AS A4^ a'oo' ■ o'od MfAS/V fi03f^J¥ 000 A)i-:^ <^/Q'* S40- ^7'4d -rsQ- weladfv fV/^/V yRSi^/ 'ff'i \'Occu, ^Ccf { •/?Son ^^' ^ Ji "Sa'- •A- SAO' O'OO' */VO' \sj6'boi ^26 •C" 3BCf SOTyo' -z'to- vs/iioi AlSn^ ->^55£S • •- ^ J NoM!AifAn0/es shef/hena&Gf^ths/P^^ifVhanpossihk ose Zero Ibrf/ca/An^e. CONVENTIONAL STADIA TOPOGRAPHY NOTES f Siaf/on Qfsjbna Ver^ \krJlndk CoirDiat. iarmSi t Elev. /?an i/S/a. mS/ni//7-//o/a^ Coo/ 0. Jonaa-Zra/. /o»*otk 1 3^. arikS* ;o«7^i/7i 5'. Sty-iLl- O'OO' -O'AO' t SAO- 347'a6 -rso- -/?.*, 3R i .hnsttTir.u t^ - _ _ 2 3S0' 33/^0 -Z'/O' ./4.S Jl K » ft HA $fO' //?»/?' -A'^' ■4tA J> tf 7 4 §so- ss'//' -O'Btf -3.8 5i M- ! S 270' 2SS'AS -Z'AO' -/e.e 3.t.lO 4'i':^/'a.'A t HHa 6/0' /gewi -A'OO' -AS4- 5.'C 7 hv'ce Ca', s^/Tce /7o/msch ormr/-/e3/Af/7aAs AtssM&n^ 1 CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OP THE ARMY CONVENTIONAL SURVEY NOTES TOPOGRAPH CAL AND LAND SURVLYS SECTION C. PLATE. 3a>. SECTION d; -PLATE 3 b. Stream Springs andS/nks LaAes sndPonch ra//s and Rspia/s tVaferLina Marsh Cana/s ^4AMtt. ^^ CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OF THE ARMY HYDROGRAPHY RAILWAY TRACK MAPS SECTION C. PLATE 3c. flo/i'fica/Div/sionsiSf'Sk.Counfy B.th.iT . «a- w< v n.coji»K . or Tannah/p Lines. p...^ Twp-AJ.mJzsra: Property Linea GoverrjmerjfSLin/e\K./iav^MarJ. &^csvt«.n.ti\i..i'* eK. a^ifdnnsti/flSec/Kioar/t^rtirLha^"'^-'''.''*-^'^-*"'''"- laaoiziai I ni — 11—1 1 — II — II _lJtjL_ nn Survey Lines City Vi/iage City Limit^s fire Limits Section Corner Section Center Trien^uiation Station orT^nsitfiint A Benc/i /^^rf<. s.Mi^i25E . , , Stone D Monument.3 Iron m 17 IS 20 21 CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OF THE ARMY BOUNDARY AND SURVEY LINE.5 RAILWAY TRACK MAPS Contour System Sand C/ifTs Steam Rai/nvays e/ectr/c Street I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I L I I I I i: CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OF THE ARMY RELIEF RAILWAY TRACK MAPS 3ECT10N C. PLATE 3d. Stone CH Frame cn Brick CSl Cor)erefe Corrugated /ron E3 Inc/icaf Usa and ffijmber ofSforias Bricl< Passep^er Station 1rsi £/ectrfca/ Sub rStaf/on la Lightning Arrestorttausi P/atform or Drivei^ay 1 [^ rnclic3f«Kina&.Chsrscfer 1 Ash Pit rs:sD Coat ChuteCMechanica/) g" CONSTRUCTION' DIVISION OF THE ARMY BUILDINGS RAILWAY TRACK MAPS SECTION C pt.»arE.4.a. SECTION C. PLATE 4 /?a//iv<9y Track 0/e/Trsckfobe taken up Proposed Tracks Proposed (Fufur^ Tracks :: figre/gn Tracks Co/or of/>ar fhtn ^d or TumoufandSivifc/i Stand \ s^ /nter/ocked Sivitcfy =:ffl; Doub/e 3 tip Sivitch S/hg/e S//p Syvitch Dera// Bumping Post CONSTRUCTION QVISION OPTML^VRMY ROADWAt' INDCATIONS FJAILWAf TRACK MAPS /^,/ePoat Section Post Sec. 5 6 Yard Limits C V I.. ) ttig/iway Crossing Be// s F/enger S/Jn © iVhist/e Post ® Crossing 3ign >< Te//-Ta/e m^ H Boom Crane ■^^ CONSTRUCTION DIVI5I0N OF THE ARMY ROADWAY INDICATIONS RAILWAY TRACK MAPS SECTION C. PLATE -^a. Cut iii iiuim iiii iiiiiil llLt:::a> Embankment amrniHWlHlllmr ■ embankment Wl l UlU i milimia ' Top oF3/ope ^isasi-! Bottom ofS/ope ''^' StreetB/ockorPropertyLine Center Lines Company Property Line Fence (on Streetline) . =^f"^r^'<-if'^ , FencefonConp.snyPh}pLine)^^^^:^:^^-^!^— Stone Fence , 1 , 1 , 1 ,1, 1 , 1 , 1 , 1 , 1 ,1, 1 , 1 . 1 , 1, Board Fence . ■ t''"'/*" ' t>'' , ■ Picket Fence .•, & .., CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OF THE ARMY ROADWAY INDICATIONS RAILWAY TRACK MAPS SECTION C. PLATE 4 d Barb IVire Fence Psil Fence WorrnFence yVoven IVire fence Snotv Fence Snoiv Shed Turntable Cett/e Guard Girder Truss TresHe • Signs/ Bridge lift Span :^ \ tf/W TVvOg , =^N= ffiwrfpe.^ CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OPTWE ARMY ROADWAY INDICATIONS RMLWAiT TRACK MAPS ■SECTION C. PLATE Sa aECTION C. PLATE 5 b Pub/i'c end Main Roads -^ y ^ PrivBM sndSecond^ /foods =:'==;rz=^==-- Trai/s ^~^v— ■'^""V Prfvafe AbadCrossing ^ Road Crossing af- Grade // " " under " yV " overhead ^J Crossing Gafe "J*' Tumsfi/e -"f*---*--?^ Farm Safe «_a.ji_o.o— »-•-<■ CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OP THE ARMY HIGHWAYS AND CROSSINGS F2AILWAYTR^CK MAPS SECTION C. PLATE 5 c. 3lagBa//aaf Br6ken3fon«Ball3sf Po/eJVire Lines RailResf- Garrfry Crane Arc Lamp Ofherl^mps RaiAyay Titnne/ Dinriens/on Lines Cribbing AbutmentWai/andRer ) I Track Sca/es IVagon Sca/es I I NofshMm wutfan tpMa/am s. X- jXnte -o- j(,i^ — BlacA.- C0N5TRUCTI0N DIV6I0N OF THE ARMY ROADW/Y INDICATIONS RAJLWAt' TRACK MAPS Bascu/e, Doub/eLeaf Bascu/e, Sin^/eLeaf Drsi^ Span IVa^er Co/umrt Track Pan ' £arfh Ba/Jasi- Sand " Cinder " S/ag Screenings " Bcirnf C/sy •• C/^a/s " Gra^ei <• UjUUOUjUjLULU SAwctm CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OF THE ARMY Vi.QAUNf^ INDICATIONS RAILWV TRACK MAPS SECTION C. PLATE 5d /%>// Crane True and f^agne fie Meridian Grapt^ic Sca/es Signa/ Tbiver Traffic Direcfion Signal PbnerSfaHon Signai Sub- Station Coa/ Chute Circu/ar£ngine House Square£ngine/louse N-<- r....... .x_!f BJp- lOO yg^ ZOO' -npOTg r?im ^ CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OF THE ARMY ROADWAY INDICATIONS RAILWAY TRACK MAPS Section C; - Page 0. ■ In order that field notes may be readily platted, a form of notes as nearly standard as is con- sistent should be used. Specimens of conventional forms of notes are shown on Plates 1 and 8- For the details and routine of , all ordinary -work, the methods described in generally accepted handrbooks for engineers are used. Reports. All maps should be accompanied by reports which should include all pertinent information relative to electrical power, water supply, sewers, roads, railroads which may serve the project, and all towns or cities within or contiguous to the area surveyed. Reports should also include data as to the geology of the area surveyed, value of lands, and all other data which cannot be shown on riiaps. " Maps. ',"' Maps made from surveys are ordinarily platted on a scale of 1 inch to 100 feet. This scale will ordinarily allow sufficient detail, although for more important structures, or where greater detail is required, ,a larger scale is desirable. Smaller scale maps are of value in that they con- vey general ideas of larger projects. The contour interval is one foot, two feet, five feet, ten feet, depending on the character of the ground, or improvements to be made. In making maps to be used for developing building layouts, railroads, etc., topographical features should be drawn on the back, of the tracing, leaving the other side to show proposed work. Convention symbols, shown on Plates 3 to 6, inclusive, are used on all topographic and railroad maps. CAMP PLANNING The Camp Planning Section of the Engineering Division has been established to prepare plans for the layout of grounds and list of buildings for camps, cantonments, and hospitals, in- tended for the use of Army personnel. The Advisory Engineer on Camp Planiiirig may be called upon for consultation in connection with war emergency housing projects and the de- velopment of quarters for all military establishments. In camp planning, three distinct problems are involved. First, the selection of sites and the determination of the character, number, size and groupings of buildings desired, roads, yards, open spaces, and other features required for the project; second, the preparation of typical plans showing proposed development subject to later modifications ; and third, the preparation of plans for actual construction, adapted to meet the lines of approach and transportation, drain- age conditions, and the topography of the site. The locations of the first 32 camps were selected by the commanders of the six terri- torial departments of the United States, in accordance with instructions set forth in memoran- dum of May 4, 1917, prepared by the War College, and issued to them May 10th. This mem- orandum read as follows : "The department commanders should be guided in their selections, and boards of officers in their investigations and recommendations, by the following general rules : "(1) Property owned or leased by the United States and controlled by the War Department should be utilized wherever suitable and available. "(2) Whenever practicable troops should be grouped by divisions; therefore, sites should be selected which will accommodate a complete division. SjEjCTION C. Page 10>._ "(3)j In case, it is impracticable lo secure^divisional sites, effort should be made to select 'sites for :brigades or larger parts of a division, so located with respect to one another as to facilitate supply from one central point land the administration and the 'suiiervision and co-ordmation of the training of the division from its headquarters. This objefct will have been attamed when no two camp sites of units of any division are more than 15 miles apart. "(4) Sites for commands smaller than a brigade will not be selected unless it is impracticatle to; secure brigade camp sites..':'!' 'f' ■''' '"'^''' ' .ri.-i .'•,•■ •';>/;. .. ,; "(5) It, is impracticable to specify the amount of terrain that will be required for the training ol.icommands.pf the various sizes,,, L,ocaJ,: conditions and the differences in terrain will.haye tO; be considered in each case by the department commanders and the boards concerned.; It is essen- - tial, however, that each camp site — (a) Be of sufficient size to accommodate the command without crowding. ,y (b) Have an adequate water supply for both the men and animals to be encamped thereon. ' (c) Contain within itsdf , or be located within convenient distance of an adequate training area. ' - i - _ (d) Contain within itself, or be located within convenient distance of suitable ground for target practice. , (e) Be located upon or near a railroad of sufficient capacity to insure the convenient supply of the command aind its prompt movement in case of ii6ed.' ' (f ) Can be leased (if not already owned or leased by the: government) for one or two years, with the option of renewal from year to year for about five years. ■'■ (g) Be immune from floods and inundations. "(6) The following very desirable features should be secured whenever practicable: (a) The soil should be sandy loam with good drainage. (b) The surroundings should be healthful. ' - - (c) An "A" and a "B" range within convenient distance. (d) An artillery range within convenient distance. .■, ■ .. , (e) The site should afford natural bathing facilities, such as streams, lakes or the sea, , (f ) The site should be adjacent to a city or large town containing facilities for health- ful , and attractive recreation. - , "(7) The following desirable features are not so important as those enumerated under' (6), but they should not be overlooked as they tend tpward efficiency, economy and the welfarp; and contentment of the command : ;, i n .i :■ (a) Roads, good or potentially good.i (b) Infrequent interruptions to training by inclement weather. (c) Grazing for animals within convenient distance.., (d) Absence of insect pests. (e) Good strategical location. , (f) Location central with respect to training area. (g) Material for temporary shelter locally obtainable in sufficient quantities at reason- able prices. , , , , (h) Mechanical, skilled and common labor locally obtainable at reasonable wages. (i) Site and training areas donated or offered at low rental. (j) Good markets at reasonable prices. ' , - ; . < (k) Adequate local control of social evil and the liquor traffic. (1) Adequate local fegulations of monopolies and price-discriminatioti." The Construction division has had direct connection with the selection of many of the sites for camps built since the 33 original camps were chosen. Section C. Page 11. Since, in most cases, emergency camps must be built before general layout plans for actual areas can be prepared, typical plans for each unit and for each camp as a whole, have been designed and used as a guide and measure for the development of actual plans for starting the work. These typical plans, the latest of which are listed on page 12 and some of which are illustrated in this Manual, Plates 10 through 18, are based on schedules of personnel, showing the total numbe^,and character of units to be;accommoda,ted, and for each unit the number of persons, animals and vehicles, as determined after consultation with the various authorities in- terested. These schedules form a definite skeleton organization, which simplifies greatly the problems of detailed planning. The plans have been completed to show typical arrangements for water and sewer systems, roads, and other utilities. Based on the schedules of personnel, a list of buildings and other structures required for the accommodation of each uiiit has been prepared, together with a complete schedule of general features, such as warehouses, railroads, yards, laundry, utilities buildings, construction buildings, post-ofiiice, library, hospitals, remount station and rifle ranges necessary: for the camp ias.a whole. :' : . ,i , ! ., The unit of camp personnel has been based on the 350 man company to be l;ioused in. four two-story 66 man barracks with separate mess and lavatory buildings. For the proposed group- ing and spacing of buildings for each unit and in order to simplify the grouping or interchang- ing of units, a standard area has been adopted,, based primarily on a town block about 450 feet by 800 feet, with streets on four sides. In this block, 8 companies of 250 men can be accom- modated. Outside of the block at one end, space is reserved for officers, and outside of the block at the other end, space is reserved for animals and vehicles. By th^ repetition of blocks indefinite expansion is possible, and where located in open areas, indefinite increase at each block is also possible for officers and administration at one end and for animals and vehicles at the other. By the adoption of one or more of these blocks for each tpyical military unit, it has been possible to lay out a sufficient number of blocks for a camp and to determine in advance all general features as to water, sewer, roads, and location of buildings, so that work can be begun at once before local details have been determined, By thiS; means, both the area required and a practical « method of using land selected for construction purposes ha^ been established in a very short time. In addition to the typical plans for each unit, typical general layout plans to show possible grouping of units and of all general buildings g.jid utilities have been prepared for the sites where actual surveys have not been at once available. (See plate 10.) These layout plans serve as a basis for estimates of cost, and also as a measure for the selection of areas required. On the typical layout plan the ideal grouping of units and the most desirable relation of units to lines of approach, general utilities, and other features of the plan are indicated as far as possi- ble. In the grouping of units, space is left at frequent intervals for fire protection, on a general basis that where two rows of units are built there sha,ll be not less than 500 feet distance, pref- erably 1,000 feet, between, the , nearest structures of the two rows, and that in each row of units there shall be not more than two;blocks, nor more than; 4,000 or 5,000 persons in one group, separated from the nearest buildings of the next group by, not less than 300 feet. The need for these open spaces, primarily for .fire protection among wooden buildings where a large number of lives are involved, has been accepted as a njinimum measure for public open space to be provided within the camp, whereas various other uses for exercise and drill purposes have proved ample- justification for reservation of such areas in addition to the needs for fire pro- tection. , In preparation of plans for the large cantonments, special Camp Planning Engineers were employed in the field, to take the typical plans and general instructions from Washington and to develop actual working plans to meet conditions found in the field. As soon as possible after sites were selected and the work twas started, , general plans, based on a,ctual surveys and adapted to local conditions such as main thoroughfares, railroads, drainage and other topographical features, were prepared which determined the controlling features of each project. Copies of such general plans for Camp McClellan, a tent camp ; and Camp Dix, a cantonment, are shown on Plates 7 and 8. SUCTWN C. Page 1». LATEST TYPICAL PLANS FOR CANTONMENT GROUNDS. Job No. Plan No. Typical plan for complete cantonment ■ 610 340 " Division headquarters i : . ... " 231 Regt. of Infantry Brigade H'dq't'rs and Inf. M. G. B " 232 Machiine Gun Batt'n (Division) 2 Co.'s motorized " 233 Typical Field Sigtlal Battalion ; " 234 Regiment of Light Artillery ... " 225 Regiment of Heavy Artillery. " 226 Train Headquarters and Military Police " 227 Ammunition Train and Mobile Ordnance Repair Shop " 238 Supply Train ...:.. ... . . " 229 Sanitary Train " 230 . Regiment of Engineers and Engineers' Train " 231 Plan for Camp Center " 232 Plan for Depot Brigade and Depot Brigade Headquarters " 233 Typical Plan for Barracks in two (2) training battalions " 235 Layout for railroad terminal ... l " 338 Regt. of Heavy Artillery (to be' housed in terlts) " 266 Regt. of Light Artillery (to be housed in tehts) .'.;.. ;....-... " 267 (Special) Regt. of Heavy Art. & Art. Brigade Headquarters " 368 (Special) Regt. of Light Art. & Art. Brigade Headquarters. " 369 Ammunition Train and Mobile Ordnance Repair Shop " 372 Plan for Quarantine Camp for 1,000 men " 374 Plan for Detention, Camp for 3,000 men " 375 Artillery Park ... '. .' . . : " 376 Labor Battalion ....]' ; /. " 377 Layout for Air Service Training Brigade (to be housed 'in tents) ..... " 378 Special Plan for Two Balloon Co.'s and one Aero Squadron " 381 Typical Ammunition Train' and Mobile Ordnance Repair Shop (in tents) .... " 283 Depot Brigade and Depot Brigade Headquarters (tq be houSed in tents) " 388 Typical Plan for Depot Brigade .with Latrine and Bath Houses (in tents) .... " 391 Special Plan for one Balloon Co. and one Aero Squadron (m tents) " 397 Special Plan for Artillery Park (to be housed n tents) " 398 Typical Plan for Labor Battalion: (to be hodsed in tents) " 390 Special Layout for Regt. of Engineers' Train " 301 Typical Plan for Officers' Training School , 634 \qq Remount Station for 7,500 animals .' 404 48 Rifle Range— Ground Plan for A-4 Targets 416 7 Rifle Range— Ground Plan for 6" x 6" Sliding Targets '.....'..;. 416 8 Rifle Range— Ground Plan for 6". x 10" SJLiding Targets ....*..:. ' 416 9 Machine Gun Range — Ground Plan for Machiie Gun Targets, 416 10 Tvpical Arrangement of Rifle and Machine Gun Target Ranges 416 18 Typical Plan for Hospital Layout '. . 633 500 SF.GTION C.PLATE 7. SECTION C PLATE. 8 SECTION C. PLATE, 9. CAMP CUSTER CAMP DtVENS CAMP DIX CAMP DODGE CAMP FUNSTON 'H ^ m/M % CAMP GORDON CAMP GRANT CAMP JACKSOM CAMP LEE CAMP LEWIS CAMP PIKE CAMP SHERMAN CAMP TAYLOR II* CAMP TRAVIS CAMP UPTOM (APPROXIMATKLr TYPICAL LAYOUTJ APPROXIMJJE NORTH CAMP MEADE. CONSTRUCTION DIViaON OF THE ARMY BLOCK PLANS OF N. A. CANTONMENTS sFr.TinN r plate -J <^ i o" lU ^,» U a '5 «nn«(nfl#>»iiftn)0DJOrtwniO'«T*'»» ^lNC•*n^ W'*"-tnj _> SSsSss I 2 Of O : 5 2': 8 S l| f e/ <^ $ : SECPON C. PLATE ie ^.^^^^ ? \ \Jr\ ^L --y('"-'-/r V'*-!^ "J.-OS^-* \ — :r L 1 E3 ~yk- B a 5 t a 3 C n ' ^" ^ ' C ^.l»p - UO/ 11001 0trO31, vy\ if- 5S< - Tot 2 ,5(-o g ^ uj >z; - 3 ?^ i^ ° O U-I ■J If i ^5if Ml |=8|l, j I I I i 1 5 iSliiS 5 ;3 3,^1 1:^1 =-5 3 ?? S^S.c »>^ 1^ ** O^Ti -^ .3 'O -i '^ ■* SECTION C. PLATE d VD ^?i 1 a 3cnoH -3^t-J^ ■3Iie TliOH r- + v. I I dVD ^■a I J sa=i?ivnoav3H uoisiAia uJ °J o ! ;S f f "as > p ^^aililfwlt T?H»uZ c So : K i ^s ^3^3! a a p 0; ■ da Q D a D 01^ n i^iS as° jfe]!! Q D D q sL S B :^, @ :^ r *fe:t S D 0|a 0: '0 qi0 D D r D iii0 D D n| ,0 qfs D D D 0S| '*-Tl' 0000000 f Q0aQaQ0p Jj^B d^Q D D D a i if-a qja"0 D a Q p G il — »-oef - S ° s 1 I I i 1 5 I K 2 5_--iS -2 1-^0 Section C Page 13. ROADS AND RAIROADS ROADS. Width. ; The widths of roads should be governed by the number of lines of traffic which must b accommodated, and the speed at which they move ; more clearance being required for traffi moving at high speed, which is defined as speed greater than fifteen miles per hour. The 5-toi truck used by the Army has over-all dimensions of 7 feet 6 inches by 31 feet. Trucks of thes' maximum dimensions require at least 3 feet tV inches for clearance at a speed of twelve miles pe hour, which fixes the widths of roadway for this kind of traffic at 30 feet. Where mule teams or light automobiles constitute a large percentage of the traffic, and whert the width of vehicles is not above 6 feet 3 inches, a width of roadway of 18 feet is sufficiem Widths less than 18 feet should not be used unless traffic be light, slow-moving, and the roadwa; constructed with substantial shoulders of bituminous or gravel macadam ; the consideration bein that any light traffic roadway may suddenly be used by heavy traffic, due to its use as a detour, o a change in conditions. There is considerable difference of opinion as to the location and width needed for warehous' roads. A 5-ton truck when backed up square to a warehouse platform, requires 33 feet in whicl to turn. A maximum width of 43 feet, therefore, is sufficient for backing and turning; and fo this class of traffic, the main road should have a width of 34 feet with wings of 18 feet oppo site the platforms. Manure loading platforms require a width sufficient for one line of traffi only, as do the coal trestles and ordnance storehouses. Roads to trestles, incinerators and can-washing plants should be arranged in loops to afiorc continuous movement of traffic with ample loading space. At all curves of less radius than 400 feet, the width of the pavement should be increasec from two (2) to four (4) feet or more, and the surface should be banked. Thickness. Thickness of concrete pavement should be governed by width, traffic, usage and foundatioi conditions. In conection with foundations, the following items should be considered: (a' density of soil; (b) tendency towards shrinkage; (c) tendency toward settlement in fills; (d' drainage and danger of washouts; (e) elevation of ground water. Limits of thickness for differ ent widths of roads are shown on cross-section. Type. In the selection of the kind of pavement to be used, consideration should be given first t( availability of material, with a view to avoiding, as far as possible, transportation of material or machinery by rail for long distances. Secondly, the material ; concrete, brick, asphaltic con Section C. Page 14. Crete, bituminous macadam, and waterbound macadam of gravel or broken stone, should be se- lected in the order named, with reference to the estimated density of traffic. At the divisional warehouses, where much turning of vehicles occurs, concrete, brick or other hard surfaced pave- ment is to be preferred. At incinerators, fire stations, etc., where vehicles are washed, or at ma- nure loading platforms, concrete or brick is preferable for sanitary reasons. Grades. No definite limit as to the maximum grades permissible on roads within Army camps has been fixed. It has been the practice to favor the location of roads in such a manner that cuts or fills of more than 3 feet in depth would be avoided. A cut or fill of greater depth than 3 feet may be justified, however, if thereby a short, steep grade of 4 per cent or more, or a long grade of 5 per cent or more may be avoided. No grade steeper than 5 per cent is permissible on roads to be traversed by horse-drawn artillery. ALIGNMENT. ,' ' \In general, roads. should be located on the most direct line between the points to be served, where the topography is such that the above-mentioned limit? as to the maximum permissible' cuts and fills can be followed. At sharp curves or intersections where the view of the roadway is obscured by high banks, trees, hedges, or buildings, the road should be widened and, as far as possible, all obstructions cleared. Roads should never be located so near buildings that there is insufficient room for road gutters. Curvature. The radius of curvature at intersections should not be less than 1-5 feet, while on main traffic roads it should not be less than 200 feet. The traffic is presumed to move at a speed of 15 miles per hour. MATERIALS. Note- — These instructions are not to be considered as adequate specifications for ma- terials to be furnished or for work to be done under the lump sum form of contract. Detailed specifications for use in connection with lump sum contracts for road work will be furnished on request by the Washington office. Cement. Cement is to conform to the requirements of the "U. S. Government Specifications for Portland Cement," adopted January 1, 1917, and any subsequent amendments thereto. Sand. / The sand, or its substitutes, for concrete is to be of such quality that the strength of a 1-3 mix will be that of a similar mix made of "Standard Sand." Screenings. Screenings may be substituted for a portion' of the concrete pavement sand, providing they are obtained from hard, tough, durable roCk, well-graded from fine to coarse with the coarse SectiOxN C. Page 15. particles predominating, and free from dust coating and other dirt. All sand and screenings shall pass a J4" mesh screen. GROtTT Sand. Grout sand is to be a sand of which 100 pe- cent passes a No. 20 sieve and not over 30 per cent a No. 100 sieve. It should not contain mo-e than 5 per cent loam or silt. ■Cushion Sand. Cushion sand is to be a sand of which 100 per cent passes a No. 6 sieve, and 90 per cent passes a No. 20 sieve ; an excessively fine sand should not be used, nor should it contain more than 15 per cent loam or silt. Stone. ,, : , The broken stone or gravel for concrete should be of durable rock, and should not be greater in any dimension than 2j^ inches and of such size as to be retained on a ^-ipch mesh screen. • / G-RAVKIv. ' ■ Gravel for concrete pavements should be meshed or screened if necessary, and the coarse and fine aggregates suitably proportioned so as to produce a well-graded material. Sl,AG. Slag used for concrete aggregate should be air-cooled blast furnace slag and should be free from lumps of iron, rubbish or foreign matter. In size the slag should range from rhat pass- ing a 3j^2-inch ring to that retained on a i^"'"*^^ screen. BiTuitiNOus Material. Bituminous material should be of standard brands, the product of a manufacturer of at -least two years experience. Asphaltic cement, refined tar, or bituminous material, should be of brands which have been in successful continuous vise in bituminous asphaltic pavements for at least two years. Requirements for this material differ in various sections of the country, depending upon climatic conditions, volume of traffic, stone, etc. Paving Bricks and Blocks. The bricks or blocks should be specially burned for street paving, particular attention being given to hardness, toughness, straight lines and non-absorption of water. When broken, the bricks or blocks should show a dense, stone-like body, uniform in color, and free from lumps of uncrushed clay, lime, air pockets, cracks or marked laminations. Kiln marks must not exceed 3/16 of an jnch in depth, and these marks shall not show on more than one face. If the edges of the block are rounded, the radius should not exceed 3/16 of an inch. They should have one fairly straight face and be provided with not less than two, nor more than four projections, on one side of the brick, which should not project more than y^ of an inch, nor less than y^ of an inch. The bricks or blocks should not vary more than ]/i of an inch in width or depth, nor more than J^ of an inch in length. The bricks or blocks must not vary more than J^ of an inch one from the other, in any one shipment. Section C. Page 16. Granite Blocks.: Granite blocks should be uniform in toughness and texture, without seam or scales and of the following dimensions : Not less than 8 inches nor more than 12 inches in length ; not less than 3J4 inches nor more than 4J4 inches in width, and not less than 5 inches nor more than oi/aiinches in depth. The, crushing strength should not be less than 20,000 pounds per square inch. The blocks should be so dressed that after laying, no measurement of any joint will show a width of more than J4 inch. The .heads of the blocks should not have any depressions of more than ^ of an inch in the general surface, and the edges and corners must be full, unchipped and unbroken. Vitrified Pipe, Under-drains. Sewer pipe should be salt-glazed, sound vitrified "stone-ware," with bell joints. Pipe for under-drains should be of 4 inch porous tile. Metai, Reinforcement, Castings. Metal reinforcement should be free from grease, injurious rust, dirt or other foreign matter. Iron castings should be of the best tough gray iron of uniform quality, and should be reasonably free. from defects, and uneven shrinkage. Wooden Guard Railing. The posts may be of seasoned white oak, cedar, locust, tamarack, white pine or chestnut. The. rails should be of seasoned planed spruce or other similar wood. METHODS OF CONSTRUCTION. Preliminary. Preliminary to the road construction, the drainage structures should be constructed or re- paired; manholes, valve boxes, sewer pipe lines, water pipes and all appurtenances should be adjusted to their final locations. In general the road work consists of clearing, grubbing and grading the site ; shaping the roadway shoulders and ditches; building sub-drains, culverts and catch basins; and constructing foundations and surfacing of such kinds, widths and thicknesses, as are shown on typical cross- sections for roads. Plates 19 and 30. Fill; Grading. Material, where required for fill, may be taken from the sides of the roadway, or from bor- row-pits giving the minimum haul. All boulders, muck, soft clay or spongy material, which will not consolidate under the roller, should be removed from the sub-grade. Where fill is to be- pkced, the existing slopes and surfaces should be plowed or scarified. If the filling be less than tiVo feet in depth, all vegetable matter is to be removed from the original surface. Where the road surfaces are to receive concrete, they should be thoroughly rolled, with a self-propelled roller, weighing not less than ten tons, until an even and firm surface is produced, in accord- Section- C. Page 1'7, ance with the lines of cross-sections. • All sub-grades shall be properly drained. Under-drains should be covered to a depth of not less than one foot with gravel or stone. Sod, sticks, roots, or any vegetable or spongy material must not be used in forming embankments. Embankments should be constructed in horizontal layers, not exceeding twelve inches in thickness, and each layer should extend across the entire fill and be thoroughly compacted by rolling or tamping. CoNCRETi; Mixing and Placing. The volume of sand, broken stone or gravel should be measured to insure uniform propor- tions for each of the materials at all times., A sack of Portland cement (94 lbs. net). is to be, con- sidered as one cubic foot. Approved batch mixers should be used. The materials are to remain in the drum for at least one minute before any part of the batch is discharged. The quantity of water used in mixing the concrete should be suited to the construction and such as to produce a uniform, dense and im- pervious concrete. The operation of compacting is to be conducted as soon as possible af teir de- positing the concrete. Note — ^Air-cooled, blast furnace slag may be used for concrete aggregate under suit- able conditions. The slag must be first so soaked with water that it will absorb no more, and in this condition placed in the mixer. In mixing, place water in the mixer first and mix somewhat longer than when stone is used. . . Forms. The concrete should be deposited in suitable forms, rigidly constructed. ., Freezing. . . , , . v ,[ When the temperature falls below 35 degrees Fahrenheit, the fine aggj^egate, the water, and^ the coarse aggregate should be heated, and the newly laid concrete covered with canvas or straw, or otherwise protected from freezing. Concrete for pavements should not be laid when the, tem- perature is below 35 degrees Fahrenheit, , Concrete Proportions. ., \ The concrete used for road work is classified' as follows • (the percentage of voids hiving been determined and proportions varied accordingly.) ;: ■ Class A is to be composed of one part cement, two parts sand, three parts broken stone or gravel. (1-3-3) ''■'■ Class B is to be composed of one part cement, two parts sand, four parts of broken stoiie or gravel. (1-3-4) Class C is to be composed of one part cement, three parts sand, six parts broken stone, or gravel. (1-3-6) Class A only should be used in the construction of cement concrete pavements. Class B in the construction of curbing, walks, etc. Class C in foundations, walls, abutments and foundations for pavements. Rip-Rap. Rip-rap should consist of field or quarry stone as cubical in form as is practicable, the largest stones placed first and the spaces between the larger stones filled with spalls. Section C. Page 18. Gutters. Cpbble gutters should be made of rounded "hardheads," quarry or field stone, set on edge, embed&ed in the same material that is to form the joints. Concrete gutters should be of Class "B" concrete. Care should be taken that gutters conform to true line and grade. Concrete Edging and Curb. Concrete edging is to be of Class "B"' concrete. Concrete should be of such consistency, and so spaded and worked, that a smooth mortar face is produced. Curbing should be moulded in place in sections 6 feet long, 18 inches deep and 8 inches thick. Concrete Foundation Course. , Upon the sub-grade hereinbefore described under heading, "Fill and Grading," the con- crete is to be placed, first sprinkling the surface sufficiently to dampen it, but a muddy condition should not be allowed. Class "C" concrete should be used for foundation. Substantial forms should be provided to hold the concrete. The surfaces, when completed, are to conform to the lines and grades shown on the cross-sections and must be free from depressions and: irregulari- ties. As soon as the concrete has hardened, the surface should be temporarily, covered iwith a one-inch layer of suitable material, which should be kept moist for a period of at least seven days before spreading the cement sand bed. Bottom Course. (a) Old Macadam Surface : In case the top course is to be constructed upon an old macadam surface, the surface should be cleaned of all earth and, refuse and scarified to a satisfactory depth, then the surface of the roadway should be built up with loose- stone to_ the proper - cross-section. The macadam should be compacted by rolHng with a self-propelled roller weighing not less than ten tons, until ah even and firm surface is'pl'bduced. If necessary, in order to satisfactorily compact the stone^ the macadam is to be sprinkled during the process of rolling. (h) Broken Stone, Slag, or Gravel Bottom Course: . } After the sub-grade or foundation course has been properly prepared, a, course of broken stone, slag or gravel approximately 3J4 inches to 3^ inches in any dimension, should, be spread evenly, so that it will have, after rolling, the required thickness. This course should be thoroughly rolled with a self-propelled roller, weighing not less than ten tons. The rolling must begin at the sides and continue toward the center and be continued until the course is thoroughly com- pacted. ' * Sand or screenings should be uniformly spread upon the surface, swept in with' rattan or Steel brborns, and rolled. CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT. DetaiIvS of Construction. Upon the sub-grade hereinbefore mentioned, under heading of "Filland Grading," the con- crete should be deposited rapidly to the required depth and for the entire width of the pavement in a continuous operation. Skction C. Page 19. Transverse or contraction-expansion joints should be one-fourth inch in width, placed across the pavement at right angles to the cente'r line. Catch basins, manhole tops, poles or other fixed objects which project through the pavement, should be separated from the concrete by a bituminous joint filler. Joints should be formed by inserting during construction (and leaving it in place) the required thickness of bituminous joint filler. Before the road is opened to traffic the joint filler should be cut ofif at a height ^ inch above the surface of the road. Heavy screeds or templates should be shaped to the cross-sections of the surface. The sur- face of the concrete may be finished with a float,' belt, or light roller so as to insure a dense, compact surface. Where a float is used the work is to be done from a bridge which may rest on the forms or shoulders. Where a light roller is used, the length of the handle should be two feet longer than the width of the pavement. When the surface has become sufficiently hardened so that pitting will not occur, it is to be sprayed with water, and kept wet until an earth or other approved covering is placed. The covering material should be spread over the surface to a depth of one inch and kept moist by, sprinkling for a period of ten days; then cleancjl from the surface and the road opened to traffic. BRICK PAVEMENTS. Typjj 1. Detail of Construction. Upon the foundation course hereinbefore described under heading of "Bottom Course," there should be spread a cushion bed of cement and sand, consisting of one part cement and four parts sand, the depth of which should be one inch after rolling. The cement sand bed is to be struck off with a template to the exact form shown on cross-sections, then rolled with a hand roller weighing about 300 pounds. Where depressions occur, they are to be filled in and the bed re- rolled. On the cushion thus prepared, the brick should be set on edge, best edge up, straight, and at right angles to the edging line, except at road intersections, where they should be laid at such angles as are required by conditions. All brick should be laid with the lugs in the same direc- tion and joints broken with a lap of not less than three inches. After a sufficient number of brick have been laid, all soft, broken, or badly misshaped bricks should be riiarked and removed and, after all replacements have been made, the 'pavement should be thoroughly rolled with a self-propelled tandem roller weighing not over five tons and not less than three tons. The rolling should start along the outside edges and progress toward the center, then re-rolled diagonally both ways until the svirface is even. Grout for filling the joints of brick pavements is to be composed of one part Portland cement and one and one-half parts grout sand, of such consistency that it will readily flow into the joints without sepairation. Before the grout is applied the rolled bricks should be thoroughly sprin- kled. After the joints are filled flush with the top of the bricl^s and sufficient time for hardening Section C. Page 20. has been allowed, the pavement should again be sprinkled, then one inch of suitable material spread evenly over the entire surface and kept moist for a period of at least ten days. During this period the section grouted must remain absolutely free from disturbance or traffic of any kind. BRICK PAVEMENTS. Type 2. Details of Construction. Upon the foundation course hereinbefore described, under heading "Concrete Foundation Course," the brick is to be laid in similar manner to method for Type 1. All the work of brick- laying should be done over the brick already laid. Tamping upon the foundation should be pro- hibited. Bricks slightly chipped on the corners, but otherwise good, may be used. Immediately after inspection, the pavement should be rolled with a hand-roller weighing not less than twenty pounds per inch of length. The rolling should be kept close to the laying and should be continued until the surface is smooth. After the final rolling, the surface should be tested with a ten-foot straight edge, laid parallel with the center line of the roadway, and any depression exceeding J4 oi an inch should be corrected. The general method of constructing a hillside pavement of wire-cut brick is to conform to standard practice, except that the brick should be laid longitudinally instead of transversely. They should be grouted in the manner specified for brick pavements, except that all the grout in the surface grooves of the wire-cut lug hillside brick should be broomed out before it has time to set up (care being taken not to disturb the grout in the longitudinal joints). GRANITE BLOCK PAVEMENT. Details oe Construction. The foundation course should be six inches thick, of concrete as hereinbefore described un- der heading "Concrete Foundation Course" and of similar section to that shown for concrete base under brick pavement. There should be spread upon the f otindation course, a bed of clean coarse sand ; the sand bed conforming to the exact form of cross-section. This sand cushion should have a uniform depth oi lyi inches after being struck off, and should be prepared at least 50 feet in advance of the block laying. The blocks should be laid by the pavers standing upon blocks already laid and not upon the bed of sand. The blocks should be laid in straight lines with the best edges up, at right' angles to the axis of the roadway, except at intersections, where they should be laid at an angle of 45 degrees to the center line of the intersecting roadways. The blocks should be sorted and gauged ; those of the Section C. Page 21, same width and depth being placed in consecutive courses across the full width of the road. The blocks should be set vertically on edge in close contact, each touching the adjoining block on sides and ends. All joints should be kept clean and open to the bottom until filled with the gravel grout. For granite block pavement construction, the number of rammers should be in the proportion of at least one rammer to every two pavers. After the blocks have been brought to a uniform surface, the joints are to be filled with a grout composed of one part Portland cement and one part approved clean sand, graded, from coarse to fine. If dry or heated atmospheric conditions so require it, the blocks should be sprinkled immediately before applying the grout. . The grouting should follow the paving as closely as possible, and when well set, the surface should be covered with one inch of approved clean sand, or other acceptable material, to prevent too rapid drying of the filler. No traffic should be permitted on the pavement for a period of at least seven days after the grouting. ASPHALTIC CONCRETE. PrEuminary. The foundation course should be of concrete as hereinbefore described, under heading "Con- crete Foundation Course," or of stone as described under heading of "Bottom Course." The asphaltic concrete wearing course should be laid upon the ' foundation, and when com- pleted should be two inches in thickness. It should consist of a mineral aggregate mixed with asphaltic cement, laid as hereinafter described, and is, what is known as "Topeka Mix." Materials. Mineral aggregate should consist of broken stone and sand, to which should be added as re- quired stone dust or Portland cement. Stone should be sound and durable, broken as nearly cubical as practicable, and should con- tain no foreign matter of any character. In case asphaltic concrete binder is used, the stone should pass a one-inch mesh screen and be uniformly graded from one inch down, free from dust. Sand should be clean and hard grained. It should be so graded as to produce, in the finished surface mixture, the mesh requirements as hereinafter noted. It should contain fine material not more than five per cent by weight, passing the 300 mesh screen. Dust or filler in the form of finely ground limestone or Portland cement may be added, but only in such quantities that the screenings of the total ingredients entering into the mix in no case shows over eleven per cent by weight, passing a 200 mesh screen. Asphaltic cement used should in every respect conform to bituminous and asphaltic cement as hereinbefore described. Asphaltic cement binder should be mixed as f ollovi/s : The stone and sand previously de- scribed should be heated to a temperature of between 23") and 325 degrees Fahrenheit, in ap- proved appliances. The stone and sand should be measured off separately, and then mixed with sufficient asphaltic cement herein described, in such proportions that the resulting aggre- gate will contain, by weight, material passing a No. 10 screen between twenty per cent and thirty per cent, and bitumen in quantity from five per cent to eight per cent of the entire mixture. Section C. Page 23. Asphaltlc cement binder, when used, is to bj laid as specified for laying top surface of as- phaltic cenleht as hereinafter described, and is to have a thickness, after final compression, df 1^ inches. The proportions of the various ingredients composing the asphaltic concrete are approxi- mately as follows : Bitumen : ; 8 to 11% Passing 300 mesh screen '. • -J to 11% 80 " " 7 to ;25% .40 " " 11 to 36% " 10 " " ■ ; 7 to 45% 4 " " ■; ID to aO% 3 " " ;. up to 10% The bitumen and filler should be varied within the limits described, and the sand grading may be varied within these limits as rendered necessary by the character of the traffic and the sources of supply. Mixing. The sand and stone should be kept in separate piles at the foot of the cold sand elevator and should be fed into the elevator in accurate and dafinite proportions, as may be required to pro- duce a mineral aggregate of the composition desired. The sand and stone should pass through a suitable dryer which will heat the material to a temperature of from 250 to SoO degrees Fahren- heit. -The dryer is to be of such cotistructibn as to thoroughly mix the stone and sand. Before bfeing run into the storage bin, the heated aggregate should pass through a suitable screen which will reject all pieces of stone or other material larger than that which will -pass a 2-inch mesh sieve. The sand and stone, the filler, and the asphalt cement should all be weighed out in definite proportions. These proportions will depend upon the type of mixture desired. The accuracy of the scales and weighing boxes should be frequently verified. The mixing should be done in such a machine that a thoroughly homogenous mixture will be secured. The type, of mixer knowii as the double pug-mill is preferable. The sand and stone should first be weighed out into the mixer, the dust then added cold, and finally the asphalt Cement, heated to a temperature of from 375 to 335 degrees Fahrenheit. The rhaterials should then he mixed Until every particle of the mineral aggregate is completely coated with th; asphalt cement, which process will require at least one minute. Laying. The surface mixture should have a temperature of from 335 to 350 degrees Fahrenheit upon reaching the road. The permissible range of temperature should be determined for each kind of asphalt to be used. All loads failing to fall within the permissible temperatures should be re- jected at the road. The mixture should be dumped upon the base at some distance from the point at which the material is to be used. The mixture should then be shoveled into place and spread out by means of rakes and combed out thoroughly clear down to the base, in order that the wearing surface may be of uniform density at all points. The surface should be spread out to such a thickness that it will have the specified thickness after having received its final compression. The surface should then be rolled with a self-propelled roller, weighing not less than eight tons. It is permissible to smooth the surface with a lighter roller, but the final rolling must be done with a roller of the weight described above. After the first rolling the surface should be dusted with cement or other mineral dust. The rolling must be continued at the rate of not more than 300 square yards per hour, until no more compression is obtainable and the surface is free from waves, roller marks, and honey-combed spots. Where the width of roadway will per- SECTION C. PLATE 19. l4'-0to24-O • ' ' / Z'W rT'WConcrefe <■:i.Hx,■«A^;>r■j.^^:'^■^'V^^•;»>■.»^.r^>:.■.■.j^7^ Z6' O" M/n/'num. W ^er.f]^ CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENTS. /S''MiMMum.. -fM z% Sr/eA on ecfoe, h"^ fZ /4--0t0Z4-0 /3-0 m/hmum. Bn'ch on-co/icre/e. ^^^^^^^ /3-0' /Tj/Mhun^ Cron^ny4 yer.f^ . I'U" WU" JS^I/zn/nt^ Kt.^ V Bri'cA on oJtf fvacacfa/n. BRICK PAVEMENT^5 /S Mmitwm. P''' AfphaWc Concrete ^s/^ha/tic Concrete on concrete A5PHALTIC CONCRETE PAVEMENTS /■^-OtoZ^-O -H ^" Bifu m in ou s rrracac/am S^'- r^%'- \ (Fenefraf/on me//?oc/J yCrofy/j %" /^er /Of ^^====Z! 5"Boftoin course {Cruj A ed Jtone /6-0" 26-0" Mininum. BITUMINOUS MACADAM- PENETRATION METHOD CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OF THE ARMY ROADS TYPICAL CROSS SECTIONS Section C. Page 33. mit, the street should be cross-i-oUed. Around manholes and other fixtures where the roller can- not reach, compression may be obtained by using hot iron tampers. All gutters and street fix- tures should be painted with hot asphaltic cement before the top is laid, in order to secure proper adhesion at the joint and to prevent the entrance of water into the joint. No asphalt should be laid in the rain or on a wet base. BITUMINOUS MACADAM. Details oj? Construction. Upon the foundation course, hereinbefore described under heading "Bottom Course," a course of 3j^2-inch broken stone should be evenly spread. This course, when completed, should be 3 inches in thickness. The stone should be hard, durable rock, free from mud, dust and disintegrated matter. If any stone, after being spread, becomes wet or dirty, it should be removed and replaced with clean stone before the bituminous material is applied. This course should be compacted by a self-propelled roller, weighing not less than ten tons, after which bituminous material of a penetration of not less than ninety, nor more than one hundred and ten degrees Fahrenheit, should be evenly spread over the surface by the use of an approved pressure distributor. The quantity of bituminous material to be used in this application should be one and one-quarter (1J4) to one and one-half {lj4) gallons per square yard. In order to insure uniformity at junction point of two applications, it is required that the distributor should, in start- ing, lap back on the previous application, covering the lap with building paper so as to avoid either an excess or an insufficient quantity at the junction point. The surface should then be immedi- ately covered with a layer of clean, approved, one-inch stone, after which it should be compacted with a self-propelled roller weighing not less than ten tons ; this layer of one-inch stone should be sufficient to fill the voids in the coarser stones. The rolling should be continued until the course of stone is thoroughly compacted and its surface conforms to the established grade. After this course has been satisfactorily rolled, a sealing coat, of ^ gallon of bituminous ma- terial per square yard, should be applied by mea'ns of an approved pressure distributor. This coat should be immediately covered with approved dustless screenings, spread and broomed about and rolled. This rolling should be continued until a uniform, smooth surfa,ce is produced, after which the road may be opened up to trafific. WATERBOUND MACADAM. Details of Construction. Upon the foundation course hereinbefore described tinder heading "Bottom Course," a course of broken stone or slag, approximately two and a half inches in any dimension, should be spread evenly, so that it will have after rolling the required thickness, together with the Page 24. binder necessary to properly fill and ibind thp course. The binder should consist of screenings, or screenings and slag mixed. Care should ,be exercised in the spreading of the stone or slag, that no irregularities in the contour may develop in the rolling; all such irregularities as may occur shoiuld.be removed before adding the smaller. material.. The rolling shoiild l^e done with a self- propelled roller, weighing not less than ten tons, and should be continued until the layer of stone or slag does not creep or wave ah^d of the roller. After the stone or slag has been satisfactorily compacted, a light coating of binder should be spread on dry, by shoveling from piles previously placed along side the pavement, and immedi- ately swept in and thbroughly rolled. The spreading, sweeping and rolling should be continued until the spaces refuse the dry binder material, after which the macadam should be sprinkled and immediately rolled. More screenings should be added where necessary, and the sweeping, sprinkling and rolling should be continue^ until a grout has been formed over the whole section of the macadam. This portion of the road should be left to dry out. The macadam should be repuddled and back rolled on succeeding days as often as may he necessary to secure satisfactory results. GRAVEL ROADS. Detaii^s o^ Construction. The sub-grade should be prepared as hereuibef ore described under heading "Fill and Grad- ing." . ■ The gravel used should consist of hard, durable particles of stone, mixed with sand and clay, or other bonding material. Not less than 55 per cent nor more than 75 per cent, by weight, of the gravel should consist of stone particles sufficiently large to be retained on a ^ inch mesh screen. , r , The material passing a % inch mesh screen should cofisist ' of sand and clay, or other bonding ,piaterial which,, when tes,t.ed in tlie , manner described in Department Bulletin No. 347, "Methods for the Determination of the Physica}. Properties of Road Building Rock" (pa.ge 15), should have a cementing value of not less than 50. This material should not contain more than 33 per cent, by weight, of clay. ■ ' ' . ; .j. ' The gravel for the first course, hereinafter designated as "No. 1 Grayel," should not coii- tain any particles which would be retained on a screen having circular openings two and one-halt inches in diameter. The gravel for the wearing course, hereinafter designated as "No. 3 Gravel," should not contain any particles v,-hich would be retained on a screen having circular openings one and one-half inches in diameter. If necessary, the gravel should be screened to re- move any excess of either fine or coarse material which it may contain above the limits specified. Pirst Course. The first course should consist of a single layer of No. 1 gravel, spread uniformly to such a depth that when compacted it will have the thickness shown on the cross-section. The gravel should be spread by hand, from dumping boards. After the gravel has been spread, it should be harrowed with a tooth harrow .u^itil: the diflferent-sized particles and the cementing material .xre evenly distributed through the mass. It shpuld then be rolled, with an approved roller SECTION C. PLATE. 20. :l 7k |0^ l4-otoZ4-0 • r4'/z //-* i '5" l/afer /poun /~Crotyn e/ macac/5 ■^ J4--0 to Z4--0' - i ' 6-%" /Sfe r9"6raye/ or C/hi/erS \\ fCroivnfM "Per -ft GRAVEL AND CINDEIR ROAD5 Ffafform i rCi^ouy^ V'f" per. //. '■■■ r- 36'-0- Pht/or/n f3"Bitu/r)Jnouj macdc/am "^enefraf/on rnefhoe/J \i!^K^ ^S''^o^om courje CcrufAe// J/b/7ej 36-01 F/af/orm "^ 3 B/tu minous maca (/am^ r6"Concrete pore/nsnf. (Penefrat/on mefAoc^) \), Cro >on ^/4 Per/f.n rCrou/n^/a'Per /t. '*.*.i ;• ■- ■■^-'-7* r' . . . . , J. 1 1— " T ^S"Botfo/n course (crujhe^ j/bne) Uarmif/e-. P/atfoTfT, warehouse: ROAD5 CONSTRUCTTON DIVISION OF THE ARMY ROADS TYPICAL CROSS SECTIONS SCGTION C.PLATE II CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OF THE ARMY ROAD5. QUANTITY OF MATERIAL. 5^ 1 1 1 1 1 ci "0 Croixin -^ 'perfooh i i 1 »< « ^ »• ^ 1 1 f 1 \ 1 * h ^ h ^ 1^ N Ci N Ci i '^ h i 1^ 00 15 9^ Ci 1^ M k ! •|^ <0 o •^ Crouin ^' per. fooi. •<1 1^ 1 1 Ci ci i ^ S > "0 ^ 2 1 1 t < 1 i 1 Ci So ci 3 h <*> h ^ ^ 8 N ci Ci ci % "0 1 !o ^ S 1 1- * .1 1^ 1 ^ \ V5 » t- :^ <<» !5 i Ci % ^ is 5 1 ^ ^ ? ci N cs 1 Ci i Ci 1 Ci 1 ^ 1 Ci «0 cs ■V. Ci i Q 1 ci o Ci ^ IS- Ci i Ci 1 "0 Ci Ci 1 Ci 1 ci Ci c; 5 ^ 5 ^ i^ ^1 ^ ^ 5 ^ ;^ Section C. Page 25. weighing not less than ten tons, until it is thoroughly compacted and firm. The rolling should begin at one edge of the course, one rear roller wheel overlapping the shoulder from 3 to 6 inches, and progress gradually to the center of the road in such manner as to insure the uniform compacting of the gravel. The rolling should then begin at the opposite edge and proceed as above. All irregularities and depressions that may develop should be corrected immediately by reharrowing and adding No. 1 gravel, and the rolling so maintained until the second course of gravel has been spread. Wearing Course. After the first and intermediate courses of gravel have been rolled as specified, the earth shoulders should be built up or reshaped to conform with the finished cross-section of the road, and) the wearing course, consisting of a single layer of No. 2 gravel, should be spread uniformly to such a depth that when compacted it will have thickness shown on the cross-section. The methods specified for spreading, harrowing, rolling and correcting irregularities and depressions in the first course should also apply to the wearing courses, except that the rolling for the latter shouldi begin on the shoulder, at least two feet from the edge of the gravel. When the gravel surfacing and shoulders have been rolled until thoroughly compacted and have been brought to the required cross-section, the surface should be sprinkled with water from properly constructed sprinkling wagons and again rolled according to the method already de- scribed. The amount of water used should be sufficient to wet the gravel but put on in such quan- tity and manner as not to wet and soften the sub-grade. Sprinkling and rolling should be con- tinued until the surface is thoroughly bonded. CONCRETE WALKS. Details of Construction. Concrete sidewalks should be not less than 4 feet nor more than 8 feet in width, which widths should be governed by location, amount and kind of traffic. The ground should be cleaned and prepared to receive the concrete, and the sub-grade thoroughly compacted to a firm and solid foundation five inches below and parallel to the finished grade of the walk. Care should be taken that the foundation is suitable in every respect, and that proper drainage is provided where necessary by the use of porous tile underdrains. Materials and methods for the construction of walks, in general, should be similar to those herein contained for road work. The base should be not less than four inches thick, of a mix equal to 1, 3, 5 concrete, and should be laid between suitable forms. The wearing surface should be one inch thick; composed of one part cernent, one part stone dost from j4 inch mesh sieve, and one part coarse screened sand. Expansion joints should be carefully provided J4 inch wide and in no case a greater distance apart than width of walk. All edges at joints should be neatly rounded. Section C. Pag-e 26. RAILROADS. I,OCATION^ GRADEpiCuRVATURE. The main railway line to serve a cantonment, or other emergency project, should be so located that the amount of excavation and fill balance. The maximum grade. of 3 per cent has been established for main service lines, although under extreme conditions a greater grade may be warranted; , . The maximum rate .of. curvature for main service lines has been limited to 10 degrees. No. is. frogs should be used for turnouts or. side track connections. Yard Tracks,. ,,, Tracks^ in.yj^rds will usually be constructed by the Government, although in some cases the railroad company operating the main service track will, construct the yard tracks. Trackage in yards should have a minimum capacity equal to twice the maximum number of cars received per day. ,• ; Con'troeling'Pjstances. . ; 'The miniinum. distance, center to center, bet\yeen parallel tracks, should be not less than 13 feet'. The distance between the center of an unloading track and that of a main line or running track should be not less than 14 feet, and preferably 16 feet if sufficient space is available._^ The distance from the center of a track to the edge of an unloading platform should be not less than 6 feet 2 inches. The height of floor of an unloading platform above the top of rail should be 3 feet 9 inches. Grade of Side Tracks. If practicable, the maximum grade for a side track should be 0.4 of one per cent. A de-rail or de-rail switch should be installed in a side track which is laid at a grade greater than 0.4 of one per cent. MATERIALS AND METHODS. PrEeiminary. • The work covered by these instructions consists of grading for embankments and formation of the roadbed; ditching; diversions of roads and streams; laying and surfacing all tracks; foundation pits an'd all similar works pertaining to the construction of the railway, its side tracks and station grounds. Standard cross-sections of roadbed and trestles are included in this Mantial and with "Professional Papers No. 32, Corps of Engineers, U. S. Army," "Military Railways, Revised Edition, 1917," are to be taken as a general guide for materials and for the construction of military railways. Ditching. Ditches should be formed at the bottom of slopes according to standard cross-sections, or such modifications thereof as may be required by conditions. Ditches should be neatly made and SfcGTiON C. PLATE. Zt 6""> »■« 9'0" Dkr * * > ^. •'a^fi FOe HEIGHTS 18' TO 26- LLtVATlON OF DtNT SIDt tLtVATION pa » i El n ^r^ pia % 1 f^ _r ! 1 1 .. -T 1 ' V 1 '^ , roRMtiGMTs (onyitii- PLAN FOR MtlGMTi lOPT TO |« FT |FORQRIGINALSt£ \>lMim 07^ CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OF THE ARMY STANDARD RAILWAY TRESTLE SECTION G. PLATE. 23 , 4-fe- »-o" liMf' t'/f 2'» 4'>j l>li."OovytL' ELEVATION OF BENT SIDE ELtVATION NOTtS POITS SIZED OR DAPPtO INTO tAP5 AND SILLS. TIES FASTENED TO STBINCtKi WITH ^/4»li" LAS iCKtWi , STRlNfiERS FAJTENED TO CAPi WITH-W^Zl' PRIfT PJNJ EVERY 3V JPAM bRfcClD lONGITUDINALLY. Oit 3-8V|6' STRiNGERi UNDER KACtl RAIL. rOR li'.O'oR I4-0" SPANS PL>kN IFOR OfflGINAL SEE. DRAWING CI7-1T CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OF THE ARMY STANDARD RAILWAY COAL TRESTLL . 5E.CTION C. PLATE. Z4. SIDE ELEVATJON SECTION 8 ELEVATION 1 ^P- •! ' -1 . . U 11 u u. . "^ t n ^ ' l'"" ^ ^ : : : m£ ____ J R ="■= = W ^^ ^ 1 4N- ====^=== n li il p , ,1 f - III II ii II i> 1 (: Ca,p*,city:.10.0T0NS per.tt UJt OGtt W^^irtCRi FOB K\.\. BOLTS PLAN FOR ORIGINAL SEE DRAWlNG(c!7: 25 CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OF THE ARMY 5TAMDARD TIM5ER COAL POCKLT RAILROAD PLAN '£?! SE-GTION G. PLATL 25- K^3'c.(S'c.-*i CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OF THE ARMY ■ Nq8 TURNOUT AND CROSSOVER RAILWAfS SECTION C, PLATE, 26. PLAN CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OF THE ARMY STANDARD TRE5TLE BUMPER RAILWAYS SE.C HON C. PLATE. 27 SINGLE TRACK ROADBED SECTIONS CUT lo'e^- — --^ I K-4'-8i" — I tilE drain FILL L rsi" 1 i DOUBLE TRACK ROADBED SECTIONS CUX 16- Oi p9V| J-Z'^i .■lo- GRASS LlNt. FILL. CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OP THE ARMY ROADBED SECTIONS RAILWAYS Sbgtion C. Page 27. left clear of obstruction and should be widened at the lower end sufficiently to prevent erosion of adjoining embankments. Shrinkage. In the forming of embankments provision should be made for shrinkage. As embank- ments become consolidated their sides should be carefully trimmed to the proper slopes. Culverts. The location, sizes and types of culverts will be indicated on general plan showing the lay- out of railroad track. Ballast. Ballast should be placed as shown on roadbed sections, Plate 27. Bank gravel may be used for ballast, but if it contains more than three per cent dust or sixty per cent sanJ, it should be washed or screened. Washed or screened gravel should not contain less than twenty-five per cent nor more than fifty per cent sand. Material for ballast should pass through a two and one- half inch ring and be retained upon a No. 10 screen. Sand should pass through a No. 10 screen and be retained upon a No. 60 screen. Ties For ties, yellow pine or chestnut are preferred. Cross-ties should be well and smoothly hewn or sawed from straight growing timber and should be of specified dimensions and out of wind. Cross-ties should be of sound timber and free of bark. They should have sawed ends and straight parallel faces not less than 8 inches in width. They should not be less than 6 inches thick, nor less than 8 feet 6 inches long. A variation in size of J^ inch over in thickness, 2 inches over in width and 1 inch over in length may be permitted. Cross-ties should be uniformly spaced at a distance of 21 inches from center to center. Switch Timbers. All timber used for turnouts should be of yellow pine or equivalent, sawed to size as shown on standard drawing of turnouts. Rails. The weight of rails should be eighty pounds per yard, sections Type "B," A. R. A., made and rolled in accordance with standard U. S. Government specifications for this rail. Frogs, Switches, Joints. All frogs, switches, tie-plates, angle-joints and track fastenings should be of a type suitable to connect with the rails used. Spikes. Standard railroad spikes are to be used and are to be 5J^ inches long by 9/16 inch in di- mensions. They should be free from burrs and rough edges and should have well-shaped heads and sharp points. Section C. Page 38. Track Laying. The track should be laid true to line and surface and of finished section similar to that shown. There should be at least six inches of gravel ballast under each tie. The ballast should be tamped solid from a point fifteen inches inside of rail to the end of tie. Ballast under center of tie should be loosely tamped. The ballast should be shaped as shown on the roadbed cross- secfion, Plate 27.' Super^elevation of outer rail on curves should be made as required by condi- tions. Rail joints should not occur directly over a tie, but ties should be spaced an equal distance each side of the joints. Rail joints on each side of the track should be staggered so that the joint on one side may occur opposite the center of the rail on the other side. Cro,ssing. Wherever the railroad crosses a road or highway, a suitable crossing, similar to type shown on general plan, should be constructed. WATER SUPPLY Preliminary Notes. These instructions are not to be considered as adequate specifications for materials to be furnished or for w6i-k to be done ftnder the lump sum form of contract. They are intended to serve in connection with the emergency form of contract, to enable work in the field to proceed immediately without the necessity of waiting for detailed drawings. . .Detailed specifications for use in connection with lump sum contracts will be furnished from the Washington Office on request. General plans will be furnished from the Washington Office showing the layout of the dis- tribution system of mains and service pipes. While the general location of the several units is subject to change, to suit the topography of the various camps, the layout of the water mains in each unit should be adhered to as closely as possible,. as the entire layout of all of the serv- ice pipes for each unit, and the purchase orders for the pipes and fittings, are based on locating the water mains as shown on the drawings. Standard symbols for water pipe lines and appurtenances, Plate 33A, should be used in all field drawings. Experience in .construction and operation of the- cantonments has resulted in developing some new and improved methods in water supply construction. Among the features herein in- cluded may be mentioned : (a) The looping and gating of piping connections at pumping stations and reservoirs. (b) The avoidance of dead ends. (c) The economical adjustment of the volume of storage, whether surface storage or ele- vated storage, to the pumping capacity, to the average rate of daily consumption and to the peak rates. *^ Wood Stave Pipe. ' ■BecaiUse of restrictions on the use of iron and, steel, and fqr, the sal^e of, speed pid economy, it is necessary to use wood stave pipe for, distribution mains, to the. extent, jthat it may be possible to secure this pipe within the time available. This pipe should, except where Q^erwise speci- fied, be of the machine-banded type, so that the pipe may be shipped already made up. ■ All machine-banded wood stave pipe should. be of the' best quality of red^wopd; or fir, pre- ferably air-dried redwood, wound for 200 feet head, and laid under the direct supervision of a competent pipe foreman, to be designated by the maker of the pipe, whose services and expenses under a lump sum contract should be paid for by the contractor.- No concrete should be laid against arty wood stave pipe. All special castings on wood stave mains must be the standard special castings suitable for use with Class B bell and spigot pipe. American Water Works As- sociation Specification. The joints between wood stave pipe and the bell and spigot' pijSe, or specials, are to be made in accordance with Plate 38. Thecast iron plugs to be used in making these connections will be scheduled with, the. other water work materials for the job. DeElections AND Intersections., ' '' - - - '■ . 1,' , - • i -. -, ' Wherever it is necessary to make a deflection of 90 degrees in the line of any wood stave pipey this should be done with two 45 degree, bends rather than with one 90 degree bend, lengths of cast iron pipe being inserted in the line as shown on Plate 39. Wherever, a 45 degree deflec- tion is necessary the 45 degree bend should have a sleeve on its spigot, end, -and there should be one length of cast iron pipe in the line on each side of the bend. The use of crosses should be avoided, as crosses are more likely to be defective than tees, and a falilure in a cross will put all four lines out of service. The jproper method of making in- tersections is shown on Plate 29. IvEAD Joints. L,ead joints between bell and spigot cast iron pipe and specials, should be made by centering the, spigot end witihirithe bell after the spigot has been driven home, and yarning the joint with jute,, closely, compacted, so as to kave a^ depth: of,3 inches for the lead. ,Each lead-joint should be made with .p,ne ;Continuous, pouring from the, ladle, should be poured full and -thoroughly caijlked at, least tlir.ee times around,, with caulking tools of proper width., Section C. Page: 31, Service Pipes. Where the distribution mains are of redwoo4 pipe, all wrought steel service pipe should be connected to the mains by means of saddles and corporation cocks, and when necessary by re- ducing couplings. Great care must be taken to see that the saddlps are tapped to fit, the thread on the inlet side of the corporation cockg which are to be installed. The saddles should be wound on to the wood stavt pipe when the, pipe is manufactured. Short lengths of wood stave pipe with these saddles wound on may be piirthased from the manufacturers of the pipe. Great care must be taken to set the outlets of the saddles directly horizontal, so that there, will be no straining or bending of the pipes or fittings when the service pipe is connected up. Where fir pipe is used the staves will be thick enough to permit the corporation cocks to be screwed directly into the main, arid no saddles will be necessary, but the inlet side of the cor- poration cock must have wood pipe thread. Wherever possible, bore hole in the wood stave pipe and insert the corporation cock be- fore laying pipe in trench, as splintering inner edge of hole may thus be avoided and augur cut- tings may be easily removed from pipe. For 3-inch service pipe, the stop-cocks are to be lj4^-inch inlet and IJ^-inch outlet and must bei connected to the service pipe by lj4-inch byiS-inch reducing couplings. For IJ^-inch service pipes, the stop-cocks are to have one-inch inlet and one-iiich outlet and must be connected to service pipe by one-inch to lj4-inch reducing coupling. For one-inch service pipes. the stop- cocks are to have ^-inch inlet and one-inch outlet, no reducing coupling being necessary. , Except where otherwise specified, no stop-boxes are to be set over the corporation cocks, but great care must be taken to see that the latter are left wide open when the work hereunder is completed. • , The methods of connecting services to mains and of frost-proofing service pipes under build- ings, are shown on Plate 30. Gate Vai,ves. Gate valves should be set with standard extension valve boxes of length suitable to the depth of cover, the top of valve box being protected by a slab of , concrete, as shown on Plate 31. Gates may be of either the solid wedge or double disc type, and should cl6se tight with the pressure on, eithei: side of the gate. Gates should be tested at 300 pounds hydrostatic pressure and be suitable for 150 pounds working pressure. 1 1; Gates should be of the inside-sprew type. Thptjhreaded stem should be of non-corrodible metal of suitable quality and size, and, aJEter passing through the stuffing box, should be surmounted by a wrench but, 1 15/16 inches square at the top, 2 inches square at the bottom and 1^ inches high, with a flange base upon which there should be cast an arrow showing thei direction of open- ing and the word "OPEN." ' All vAlves should open to the left (counter clockwise). All gate, seat rings and stem nuts should be of non-corrodible materiaU The gate valves should have iron bodies and' such bronze mountings, in addition to those al- ready specified, ^s the manufacturers customarily provide for the proposed service. The valves should have hub ends, the bells of which should conform to the standards of the American Water Works Association for the several sizes of valves ordered. SasesKioiN C. Page m. Fire Hydrants. .%••■■: .r.\~L'r. Hydrauts sb9ul4 be conijected tp wood stave mains })y means of te^s or reducers, wijtl^, short ca,st iron nipples 3 feet, 2 melius long, as shown on Plate ,3 ,, ■ Hydrants are to he of the post type, with barrel of suitable length so as to provide over the branch pipe 'the cover specified for the several cantonments. Hydrants must be fitted with bell end to fit American Water Worjcs standard 4-inoh pipe, Hydrants should be designed to withstand a working pressure of 150 pounds, with a' factor of safety of at least five. ' ' The valve shut must remain tight if upper portion of barrel is broken off. i , A positively operating, non-corrodible drip valve must be provided and arranged so as to drain the hydrant when the main valve is shut, the drip closing when hydrant is open. fhe .operating nut should be of pentagonal ,^ape, finished with slight taper to T^jA inch. from point to flat. "" .' Hydrants should ha,ve 3 J/2 -inch hose outlets. Hose nipples must be of composition metSal and should preferably be threaded with fine thread into the hydrant, although the leading-iii of nipple will be permited if suitable; ilocldiig device is prxjyided to ^jrevent the pulling, out of the nipple. Hose threads' on all nipples should conform to the "National Standard" 3%-incli thread. whicJ-i' is a 60 degree V thread, outside .diameter on male thread 3 and 1/1 6 inches and '^yi ±hr-eads.jper,incfe. j..,, r.. . ,,, ■ .. i , .; :::i:^ ■..,- ,, : -1,1,. ■ ,1 -. .:> ^ . ,• Hose caps must be provided for all hose outlets and must be securely chained to the'lilarrtl. "The- hose cap nut must be' of.' the same-^'i«e and shape' as the operating nut. ■ : ■: : ! The word "OPEN" and an arrow to indicate the direction to open shall be cast in raised letters on the hydrant top. -■.(■,•',' t-.,"- ^11 hyjdrauts shall Open to, fthe left (opiipter clockwise). ,. ;, Design, materials and workmanship shall be similar to, and of as good quality as' fountf iii the laitest f^ifeofck pattern ordinarily produced by .tJae manufacturers, -j .!■;,, ,, , Hydrants shall be of such design that when delivering 500 gallons a mirititfe the combined 'fiPiii* tipH loss, jijipoti barrel and outlets sJi^lljiQt; exceed ,thr«e pounds. ,,,. , ... Hydrant wrenches should be as shown on Plate 30. ■ -f: Where necessary to protect fire hydrants against traffic, observe method shown' on' Plate 30. Trenches AND Pipe Laying. •■ ,, , ■ .,., - Trenches for distribution mains an4.;^p^vicp pipe,, s^oulj^ibp pf,^iich, depth as will provide over the top of the barrel of the pipe, sufficient cover to prevent freezing ih mains or service pipes, this cover in no case' to be tesstfean; 2 -f6«ai,'*which is 'the minimum depth necessary to protect the pipes from injury by traffic. , No water pipe should occupy the same trench with any ,s,ewer^pipe, gas pipe or other pipe, drain, pi- conduit. The trench should "be so dug and trimmed fbat jhe.pipe can be laid without abrupt changes in grade, aiid as nearly straight horizontally as may be ecan«iiini«allyi-piractifcable;. and. the bottom' of the trench should be sP surfaced that the mitiimum amount of filling will be req>uired to hed ,tlie pipefor its entire, length. - p , SEcsnoN C Page 33. The bottom width of the trench should be snaffiaient to permit laying the pipe in the -best pos- sible manner, and should be at least one foot' in excess of the outer diameter o'f the pipe. Bell holes of sufficient size to permit ;;p0uWi!n^ -and cau'lking lead joints should beSfcxcavated wher- ever such joints have to be poured and caulked in the trench. Tbsts of Wood Stavb Pipe. Otily sufficient earth should be placed about wood stave pipe to brace and bed it preliminary to' the presswe test aild to keep 'the pipe from floating up, in case the trench should be filled with water. The ends of the collars and fittings 'sliould 'be kept free so that they ttiay be caulked or wedged if riecessary.' Under no circumstances should the trench for wood stave pipe be tack filled to a .greater extent than that just specified, until the pipe line has been filled with Water fpr at least three days, under a head not to exceed that due to water standing up to the nozzles of the highest hydrant on the section being tested, at the end of which time it should be subjected to a hydrostatic test under a head of 200 feet for two days. While the pipe is under this test pres- sure, all leaks should be made tight by caulking, v/edging or otherwise. *''■-' ' ■'- After the pipe has been thus made tight, the back filling of the trench should be finished. A^ter the barrel of., the pipe has. been thoroughly bedded and covered to a depth of at least one foot, the badk filling shotild be thoroughly compacted either by tamping or puddling or both, ac- cording to the nature of the excavated soil. Service pipes should be tested and made tight under full head of 300 'feet" before trenches are'back filled, the end of the service pipe being temporarily capped, if necessary, for the test. RESERVOIRS OR Tanks. The high price of labor, restrictions on the use of steel and iron, and the necessity for rapid construction in war time, make it advisable in the majority of instances to use tanks of air-dried redwood lumber, instead of concrete reservoirs or steel tanks. The staves, bottoms and bands of these redwood tanks can usually be shipped within a few hours from receipt of order, from the mills in California. Arrangements should be made in every case to secure from the makers the service of an expert tank foreman to superintend the erection of the tank, as unless this is done the makers will not guarantee the water-tightness of the tank. Tanks must in every instance be covered. Detail drawings for foundations, roofs, and towers, if necessary, will be furnished on re- quest by the makers of the tank. Lumber for the roofs, towers or grillage need not be redwood, but should be purchased in the same manner as lumber for other structures on the Govern- ment reservation. As the cost of wooden towers under wooden tanks increases very rapidly with the height of the tower, no such tower should be more than 40 feet high and, whenever possible, the height of such towers should be kept below 30 feet. Pumping Equipment. The pumping unit for general service is usually a direct-connected, electric-motor-driven centrifugal pump ; and three or more such units should, in most cases, be provided. As a reserve against failure in the supply of electric current, at least one pump driven by an internal combustion engine should be installed, the fuel being gasoline for units which will be run only at rare intervals,, and fuel oil when the unit may be expected to be used for any con- siderable proportion of the time. Section C: Page 34, It is not intended that the: aggregate capacity of .the internal t combustion engine units shall equal the aggregate capacity of the electric-driven, units, as the former , will generally be used only to tide ovel9 relatively short periods of emergency, during wrhich a more economical use of water should be enforced. Piping at Pumping Station and Reservoirs. A typical diagramatic layout of th,e pipe, valves a,nd fittings at pumping stations and reser- voirs is shown pri Plate 32. This layout is designed to afford the maximum reliability of service, it will be noted that it would not be possible for a failure in any one pipe or casting to disable mor.e than one pumping unit at a time, or for failure in any one valve to disable, more, than, twp pumping units at a time. , , : : , The proper method of setting altitude control valveis, arid other valves and fittings, on connec- tions to reservoirs is shown on Plate 29. . ■ Painting Water Pipes. Water pipes should be identified by means of bands painted thereon. The bands should be four inches wide and are to be located near valves or joints. The colors to be used are "^ed" for fire lines and "Green" for all other water lines. Wherever practicable the plant engineer should be consulted as to location of bands. 5ECTION C. PLATE t^ LEAD JOINT FOR CONNELCTING REDWOOD OR FIR 5TAVL pipe: to CA5T IRON P1PE,VALVL5, OR FITTINGS ns. I FIG. a FI6.3. BOTTOM VIE.W or PLUG 5M0WIN6 RECESSES IN 9lli-' EXTENSION TO ACCOMMODATE THt LUGS ON VALVE SCATS. DIAGRAM or CAST IRON BELL BEFORE POURING LEAD JOINT SHOWING PLUG IN PLACE. TO MAKE JOINT DIAGRAM SHOWING LEAD JOINT BETWEEN WOOD5TAVE PIPE AND CAST (RON PIPE OK FITTINGS. INSERT PLUG IN BELLAS SHOWN IN FIG. 2.. POUR LEAD JOINT AND CAULK LIGHTLY TO ENSURE TIGHT JOINT BETWEEN LEAD AND INSIDE OF BELL. REMOVE PLUG, LEAVING LEAD IN BELL- DRIVETENONOFWOOD STAVE PIPE INTO BELLAS SHOWN IN FIG.3. GAULK LEAD JOINT LIGHTLY IF NECES5AR.Y. TEhiOM MAY BE. BRUSHED WITH THIN SOFT SOAP JUST BEFORE INSERTING IN JOINT PLUG IS TO BE SMOOTHLY TURNED V\/ITH TAPER. OFX6IN4". OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF PLUG AT FACE OF BELL IS TO BE '/j2 LESS THAN OUTS! DE DIAMETER OF TENON OF^WOOD STAVE PIPE . OUTSIDE DIAMETEE OF PLUG AT BOTTOM OF BELLISTOBE Mt" LESS THAN OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF PLUG AT FACE OF BELL. WHEREVERIT 15 POSSIBLE TO DO so, ITVi/ILL BE FOUND MORE CONVENIENT TO POUB THE LEAD AND REMOVE PLUG BEFORE PLACING THE CAST IRON PIPE OZ. FITTING IN THE. TRENCH. TABLE0F51ZE5 FOE CA5T1E0N PlPt-EEDWOOD OZ FIR 5TAVEP1PE & FITTINGS- AMLRICAN WATEE. WOI^KS ASSOCIATION STANDAieD CAST IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS. WOOD STAVE PIPE NOMINAL DIAMETER CLASS PIPE FITTINGS MINIMUM ID. BELL INSIDE P!AM WOOD PIPE 0UT5IDEDIAM TENON. Ml N. THICK'S ■ OF LEAD OD.PLUG AT FACE OF BELL 5T3^ 4" BCD BCD 5.70- 4" 5y>d 0.145" 6" 7.&0 fe" 7W O-lfeS" XM Si_ .SI CD ABCD I O.OO 6" 3 W Q.l 40" S^Vii 10" la.i I I 5/0 0.a55" IE" ABCD I 4. 00 I a" 13%. 01 40" Ol 7 5" 1 3 *»/: HSi :«^ lAL I £. I I 4" 15% v.. I fe" I 6.A0 I &" I 6' O.Z.Z.0' 1 T'VfL E0.50 I 6" 2.0" 0.^70' l6S'Ai 2.0" ££.GO 2.0" iE." O 5Z0- Z 1 »'/s; a 4" EG. 80 ZA" ZQ>" 0.4-^0" ASI^ CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OF THE. ARMY LEAD JOINT CONNECTING .REDWOOD OR FIR 5TAVE PIPE TO CA5r IR'On PrPE. VALVES OR FITTI NG5 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS FOU, 9Q' CURVE WITH WOOD 5TAVE PIPE. ONE tifxtiiarH. (CUkii B-c;i.n>c. STAMOA(l« 4S*CURve. ONB BELL. ONI AI>i«OT. rANS ll'LeNCTH ' CLAIS B-C.LPiPK. { STAHOARO 3 BELL d.BfAHCH. ONE l2'LEH6TH,CLA54^B.-C.I.Pire. WOOD »Avr V*Vt. ■> &TAni>A1lt> •t'S'CURVE.^ em BELL, ONE SFICOT. UC NOtE OR 0IU«(IMC 611-8. CLASS B-CI. PII>E Z-Z LONC 9PIAOT OH BACM END. BELL OF HyoNAHT. Hi DRAWING 671-51. t CONSTRUCTION DETAILS FOR, EXISTING AMD NEW WOOD STAVE MAINS. iMtCRTjrALVBWIILEMTMCRCIS VALVE OH THIS LIME WITMIII50OFT. ]&dW *7=^ lFTHl3LINei»wnou6HT IRONU^E W.LHIPPLE AND »Re»&ER COUCLIHC OR EaUALHKItE.lFCAtT IROHj USE SLEEVE AnOCA&T moN NIPPLE. These nipples should be not LE»STHAH Z«"ONMal|ETHAN36." VALVE AHOTEC TOBE PLACEO 30 THAT VALVE tS ON FAR SIDE OP TEE ASRECARDt GENERAL DIRECTION OFFLOWinpipE.AsSNOWMHERC, VALVE is CORRECTLY PLACEO FOR FLOW AS INOICATEO BVARRVW. THIiORAWiNC la ISSUED TO >=»ResTALL THE UlC or CROSSES FOR conmcTitie maims, For the reason tmat THE PAiLUREOFASlRQLE CRo^SWOVLO FNEVCMT FEEDINC FASTTHE IMTFRSECTIeN JHUNy OiRtCTION . 5EE DRAWING 671-62- SECTION C. PLATE STANDARD GETTING Fore ALTITUDE VALVE. V-BRANCIt> PLAMC60 «ATt VAVVC. 4.«0Et.e«w. ALTITVtOE vALve. ^-t-S^BLBCVK. ^Flanoeo «ate valwe^ Y-enAHCI»r 5EE DRAWING 610-215. CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OF THE ARMY DETAI LS 90XURVEWITH WOOD STAVE PIPE-EXI5TIN6 ©NEW ^...^ IS-g|-/^[vj[)i^p[;) SETTING FOR ALT. VALVE 5ECTIOM C. PLATE 30. FROST PROOFINO FOR VERTICAL PORTIOM OF 5ERVJCE PfPE BET.CROUMDAND FLOOR OFBLD'G. ■75Tr eir- 1 o ^ _; - To beiiiti/iJ lyndouTjiVe ''arreafor Papey To . 'a/ra-royn. \ afeac/iliox. '■i/Zeii COMMECTING SERVICE PIPE T0MAIN5. •Thread foraiood.s7i9Vt jnptt JtllndarJ iron pi/re th reify* g/ac/fu/rovjlArj/'ee/ service pipe ?LAH. ^or Zlib Jervieepipe, uje corp'njyopcoc£/n/etAtM/fef/^ Z", - - ■• „ » ./ .. /fe' - IS •J^* %' - *" , /fa!/ c/eaTsTb^/oo-r mn and To Tap of Poxes. ■Jfri'oiof^rredpr yeoy-ino paper- To makeJef/iH aroun a peTiueen Boih box eitobe jef atVea It 12" in me ^Tound. orpordti'on jfopeceJC. ^Tfedve/nf eoopTi'ng- T/rread To ^'iTfema/9 Thread Iff Jadd/e. ^atfe/le /JoreAe/em W.f.'ptPe and '//ijerTcprpfn eoekhe/^re. y: /«*/infpip^j assf/ynfering_ ^ , . inner end of Me may Hms be ti^e/aeJtindou^oYcuttihjs removed. CR0iS5ECTl0N OF PIPE WITH 5AD0LE. CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OFTHE ARMY DETAILS STANDARD DETAILS OF PROTECTION FOR FIRE HYDRANTS— HYDRANT WRENCH CONNECTfNG SERVICE PIPE TO WOOD MAIN- FROST PROOFING FOR VERTICAL IPORTION OF SERVICE PIPE BETWEEN GROUND & FLOOR OF BUILDING. SECTION C. PLAT E 31 DETAILS FOR CONNECTING FIRE HYDRAMTTO 5I0E OF.MAIN. '^o{/jta}fe pipe /ran T.3i>eJJj. /6~c/earance 3e//o/hifdrant^ 'fer h^e/rAnf cinneefra, use e/ass Bc./. />/>« 2.'- V Zona sfi/eef' en feet ■ cnt/. hydrant to he o/repufiih/e maiiej foJ>avc va/v^ o/fe/t/nS at /e«. DETAILS FORCONNECTtNfi Flfft HYDRANT TOEND OF 6"f^AlN. '6k4 reducer: >^/^ 3e//o/.hudn)nt' One fu// /enqTh of 6 CJ.£er6pfpe. i/ass3.A.W.W.A. DETAILS FOR CONNECTING BRANCH LINES TO MAINS. Wood stave pipe branch line. r? 'Jt^ndard t.d.B,/H. ^ate va/ve hv6 ^ndi. Jet va/vc in standard C/. extension Vf//V5, AHD \^HERE THERE /S A'O ELEVATED sSTORAGE OH DASTR/eCATVOA^ A^A/A^^. WHERE THERE /S ^UCH BLEVAT-Ea STORAGE. THE HUA^BER OR RO/^/='/a/g UA//r^ A^Ay BE REDUCED . /-^ VALVE HOf?MAi.L.y CLOSED rr^ . TOBE ATi-EASr fz' TO DISTR/BUT/OAi' "'<>' \ J-QBE AT LEAST Z4-' * — M-H — cra^^ 1 I I I I I I VCnrURI ME TBR^ ,ii CCHNECTlfOH ^OR ADO/T/ONAL PaAf^)\ ALL f»//»e. URTO AHD //VCLUO/A/G CROSS CONA/ECr/OH 8£yOH£f A^ETER, To &E CAST /ROhf COA/f^RA>r//^G TO A.W.\/V.A. CLASS B. V^fTH SREC/AUS ^OK SAME +-e CHeCfK K/4< Kes RESERVOfR OR TA HfK\5 A L TirUPE \S/VE PRESSURES M/GHT orHeFfyvfSe, COM£. CVy MAfffS As THE RESUi-T OR SHOTiT/HG OPP' DRAUGHT- \/\rH /I.E RUAfRS ARE RUHHfHQ AT H/GH RATES. SO/TABLE REUEP h'^LVES SHOULD BE RROV/OEO AT RUMR/AifG ^TAT/OA/. CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OF THE ARMY TYPICAL ARRANGEMENT ^FOR PUMPING STATION. SECTION C. PLATE 32-A C^fch Bas/n C3 O.B. Msr)/7o/e O M H 5t/mp Qsuwp StWER LINES EXISTING Ssnifary Comb/nec/ — — Storm yv<3^er 5EWER LINES PROPOSED 5&n tfsry CornbJnec/ • S.form W^fer WATER MAINS EXISTING Ma/'n /iyc/nanf Vs/vG^ —- ^ M. Pf'ser WATER MAINS PROPOSED Ma/'n — /iyc;!/r<3nf , -^ Post /no^/c&for Va/ve f C/7GcA^ Va/\^e >— A/fy'/c/ (a) Tinsmiths' pots using charcoal should not be permitted except in their own shops. (b) Tar kettles, lead, melting, and other furnaces using wood for fuel, should not be placed vithin 30 feet of buildings or lumber. Attendants must be constantly present and must extin- guish all fire at the end of each day's work. (c) Ranges in mess buildings should be set equally well for temporary or for permanent ise. In no ca.se shpuld ranges be set on an unprotected wooden floor. Ilearths of concrete, or )rick and sand four or more inches deep, should, be provided under the ranges and should extend dl around same, 18 inches at front and 13 inphes elsewhere.- All woodwork within Jg inches, of he sides or .rear of the ranges should be protected by cellular asbestos covered witli sheet metal ir lay sheet metal, set upon insulator's, to extend two feet above the top of the ranges. A venti- ating thimble should be provided for each smoke pipe, and all woodwork within one foot of the oipe protected with asbestos board. i..: (d) The use of kerosene stoves and heaters should be prohibited. Stoves should not be set on unprotected wooden floors, nor near wooden partitions. Floor protection should consist of a sheet metal plate, or asbestos board and a sheet metal plate, according to the size of the stove and its height above the floor. The floor plate should extend one foot beyond the 3tove on sides and rear, and 18 inches at front. • ' ' ' . . Section C. Page 37. Painting. 7. Painters should have shops or shanties, completely separated from other buildings, where all paint should be mixed and all materials stored, such as paints, paint-pots, rags and painters' overalls. (a) Only the quantity of oil or paint needed for one day's work should be taken into a building. (b) Painters should be required to remove all paint, rags, paint refuse and overalls from the building at the end of each day's work. (c) Oily waste and paint raga should be collected and burned daily. Self-closing waste cans should be provided where waste and rags are used. Rubbish. 8. All rubbish, building refuse and discarded material should be removed from, in and around buildings daily, and taken to a prescribed place for burning or storage. This should apply to sawdust and refuse at saw mills, as well as around buildings. (a) All refuse material that is saved for fuel should be neatly piled in lots of not over 100 cords and at least 100 feet from all buildings. (b) Strict attention should be given that refuse is not deposited beneath floors. Smoking. 9. Smoking shoujd be prohibited in all parts of the site where building construction is in progress, and around stables, storehouses and lumber storage. Large printed, "No Smoking," signs should be posted. (a) Certain areas may be defined where workmen are permitted to smoke during noon hours. In construction camps smoking may be permitted in buildings where constant watch is maintained. Miscellaneous. 10. Open fires, either for burning small amounts of rubbish or for warmth, must be prohib- ited on the building site or within 200 feet of lumber. (a) The use of wooden boxes as cuspidors should be prohibited. (b) Automobiles, trucks and motorcycles should not be parked within 15 feet of a building. No part of a buildirig used for any other purpose should be used as a garage, unless cut oflf from the remainder of the building by a standard fire wall. (c) Printed rviles covering the parts of .fire prevention and fire protection regulations which concern the general construction force, should be posted about the work. Structural Features. . - ^ 1. While features of construction are generally covered by, the drawings, certain details should be considered in connection with fife' protection ; these should apply to temporary builditiig^ as well as all others. Section C. Page 38. (a) Roofing materials should have some fire resistive qualities, such as Class C. Underwrit- ers' Grade. This class includes good quality two-ply prepared roofing and is the minimum qual- ity which should be used. ' •'■'•.'- ,■ '.''I'i (b) Boarding Down Building: AH buildings should be boarded down tight to the ground so that flying brands and sparks will not lodge beneath them. All openings into such spaces should be well screened. i ' • . , :■ (c) Ventilators in the roofs of buildings should be thoroughly screened to prevent the en- trance of sparks or embers from a fire. '■ ' ■ i: I, ; - (d) Ladders: Permanent ladders should be attached to the outside of all frame buildings more than one story high. These should give access tb the roof and be so placed as to serve as emergency exits from the upper floors. ■ (e) Setting Stoves and Ranges: See Art. 6-(c) and 6-(d) of this Section. (f ) Concealed spaces: As far as possible concealed spaces should not be created by sheath- ing or ceiling. Closets and lockers should be reduced to a minimum. Any concealed space formed between roof and iceiling, and between first, floor level and grade^ exceeding 3,000 square feet in area, should always be divided by tight partitions. (g) Brackets and Shelves for Fire Appliances: Substantial brackets or shelves should be provided for all fire appliances. , r ' i Existing AvAiLABtE Fire Protection; ' 1. Where construction work is to be performed, at an existing camp or post, the amount, location, kind and condition of all fire apparatus and appliances on hand should be ascertained, in order that the amount of additional appliances necessary for temporary and permanent fire protection may be determined. Whfe're the' site is adjacent to' a municipality having a fite de- partment, if such department can reach the site within twenty minutes, definite arrangemeiits should be made for response. -Z ' 2. Provision should be made for the response of the Post fire brigade where one exists! FIRE APPARATUS AND APPLIANCES. i . Note: All fire apparatus and appliances should conform to Army Standard Specifications. Type, Use and Distribution. (a) Fire Pails: These are particularly useful for temporary protection in connectioh with water barrels. They should be perMdnently installed in barracks, storehouses, garages and stables. One pail to each 400 square feet of floor area should be placed inside of buildings ; outside, three should be placed at each barrel. In kitchens and garages they should be filled with fine dry sand; in other places they should be kept filled with clean water. (b) Water Barrels: These should be installed for temporary protection of all building con- struction and lumber yards, and for permanent protection at storehouses, open sheds and open storages. They should be spaced not over 100 feet apart in each direction. (c) Upon the approach of cold weather 50 pounds of salt should be dissolved in each water barrel to pi-event freezing. Calcium chloride in proper proportion should be dissolved lii hand putnp tanks in place of salt for the same purpose. Section C. Page' 39. (d) Two and one-half-gallon extinguishers: should be installed in all buildings, as soon as the roof is on, except where hand-pump tanks are used instead. This extinguisher is for general use, but should not be placed where it might be used on electrical installations, or where it is subject to freezing. One should be placed in each building of over 1,000 square feet area in the proportion of'oji^to\each 2,500 square "feet of : floor area. "■?/ ^r fi'l /: -■ 5-1 ' » 7''^ 1 (e) One-quart carbon tetra-chloride extinguishers ; are for use on fires in connection with electrical machinery, oil or gasoline. These should be placed in kitchens for grease fires, in garages, in oil houses and on motor trucks. Not less than two extinguishers should be placed in a garage. They do not take the place of other appliances. (f) Hand Pump Tanks: These may be used in place of two and one-half -gallon extinguish- ers in all buildings and should be distributed in the same manner. They are particularly useful for unheated buildingsi as a non-freezing solution may be used in them. (g)'Hand Hose Carts: These' should be part of any fire protection system where a wafer supply with fire hydrants is available. They should be loaded, with not' over 500 feet of siiigle jacketed cotton rubber lined hose. One hose cart should be located within 800 feet of every building within the area protected by the water system. Hand hose, carts should be; properly pro- tected against, weather in small buildings, as shown on drawing 671;7-102, in thefilies.of the Con-, struction Division. . : , ; (h) Fire hose: should be single jacketed cotton rubber lined, except that for standard piimp- ing engines, which should be double-jacketed. These should have couplings with National Stand- ard hose threads, unless the post hydrants have another thread, in which case, the hose couplings should conform to the .thread of the existing post hydrants. Where, standard pumping apparatus is provided, 1,000. feet of double-jacketed hose should be placed on each piece of apparatus and 1,000 feet kept in reserve. use (i) Temporary and Emergency Bquipment:.' The following are suggestions' which may be of for temporary fire protection, depending on; local conditions :.t Ij,. Horse-drawn -apparatus may ift some cases be borrowed from the nearest city fire depart- ment. An automobile truck may be fitted with a number of ,3j4-gallon extinguishers, hand- pump tanks, shovels, brooms, mattocks, and empty bags for fighting brush fires. These will probably be of particular service during the time the site is being cleared. Large tank wagons, when available, should be kept filled and arrangements should be made for getting them to fires. Locomotives are sometimes equipped with fire pumps ant| carry hose. These are particularly useful, and where a switch engine is needed on the work, one so equipped should be secured if possible. i: ': i i Painting Water Pipes All water pipes should be identified by a four-inch painted band, located near each valve: "Red" for fire lines; "Green" for all other water lines. Section C. Page 40. SEWERS AND SEWAGE TREATMENT PLANTS. Preximinary Notes. The sewerage system is designed for removal of house sewage only. . No surface ' drainage should be admitted thereto. No material changes should be made in designs furnished or ap- proved by the Washington office,^ unless approval of such changes has been obtained from that office. The Constructing Officer is required to furnish the Washington office data and drawings showing completely any changes or deviations from the approved plans, so fhat these can be made part of the permanent records. , , If. the installation of a sewage treatment plant is necessary; complete plans and specifications will' be furnished by the Washington office. These designs do not involve the payment of any royalties, and will insure a satisfactory plant if instructions for construction, maintenance and operation are carefully followed. These instructions are not to be considered as adequate specifications for materials to be furnished, or for work to be done under the lump sum form of contract. They are" intended to serve in connection with the emergency form of contract, to enable work in the field to proceed immediately without the necessity of waiting for detailed drawings. The preliminary surveys for a sewerage system and sewage treatment works should compre- hend^ as thoroughly as possible, all factors which have a direct bearing upon the cost of construc- tion and maintenance of the system or plant after completion. Soundings, to ascertain depth of soil overlying rock, should be made, and the depth to ground water level ascertained as nearly as possible. SiSWER PIPE LINES. General Considerations. The location of lines should be such as to reduce to a minimum the amount of excavation for sewers having self -cleansirig grades. ■: . ■; . Where length of line or depth of trench can be saved by crossing ravines, the sewer line may be carried on brick or concrete piers, or timber trestle above ground, if the ravine is narrow, or an inverted siphon may be used if the ravine is wide. For overhead lines, "Class A" cast iron pipe should be used if readily obtainable. Where iron pipe is not obtainable, vitrified clay pipe supported in a trough on a timber trestle, or^^machine >anded wood pipe supported on piers or trestle, should be substituted. For inverted siphon, machine banded wood pipe of ample strength is to be used unless otherwise directed. As far as possible, sewer mains and laterals should not be located within the limits of road- ways, so as to avoid the necessity of using heavy cast iron frames and covers on manholes. All changes in gradients and alignments should be made at manholes. In no case should the angle of deflection be greater than 90 degrees. Section C. Page 41. Manholes, of sizes and dimensions as shown on Plate 33, should be placed at the dead ends of 3,11 sewer lines and also at other points along the line of the sewer where required. No auto- matic flush tanks Should be used. Gradient Table, as follows, gives carrying capacities and approximate number of persons served by various sizes of vitrified day sewer pipe, with a velocity of 3J^ feet per second, flow- ing full. In special cases, in order to avoid very deep excavations or the pumping of sewage, a mini- mum velocity of 20 inches per second is allowable. ' Table of Minimum Grabients. Carrying Capacity of Various Sizes of Pipe when Laid on Minimum Grade. Velocity — 2.5 f.p.s.. Flowing Full. ]V Size, Inches 6 8 10 12 15 18 31 24 27 30 Table oe Maximum .Rates oe Discharge. In determining the sizes of trunk and outfall sewers, the following table of maximum rates of discharge is to be used: Regimental Units (Infantry) Cu. Feet per second No. of Men One 1.5 3,600 Two 3.0 7,200 Three 4.5 10,800 • Four 5.0 14,400 Five 5.5 18,000 Six 6.0 21,600 Seven 6.5 25,200 Eight 7.0 28,800 Nine 7.5 32,400 Ten 8.0 36,000 -Eteveh 8.5 39,600 Twelve ».0 43,200 Thirteen 9^5 46,800 Fourteen • 10.0 50,400 Fifteen 1G.5 54,000 Sixtfeen ' ,11.0 57,600 Seventeen 11.5 61,300 Minimum Gradient Car rying Capacity Maximum Per foot Cu. ft. per second No. of Men .0064 0.50 1,200 .0044 0.87 ■ 3,085 .0034 1.35 3,285 .0036 1.91 4,580 .0030 3.00 7,300 .0016 4.30 10,330 .0014 6.00 21,600 .0013 7.80 34,560 .0010 9.60 47,520 .0008 11.30 59,760 Section C. Page 42. Vitrified Clay Pipe. Pipe used in the construction of the sewerage system is to be of good -quality salt glazed vilified clay pipe, free from the following defects: Eartliy fracture ; poor burning or glazing ; deviation of more than half inch from straight line in length of pipe ; angles, sharp curves or flat places ; failure to make a close joint within J^ inch when laid end to end ; average diameter above or below standard by more than 3 per cent ; more than 5 per cent excess of longest over shortest diameter; any crack extending entirely through the pipe; longitudinal fire cracks extending half way through the pipe; transverse cracks or any crack more than j4 inch wide ; roughness on inner surface that would offer resistance to flow of sewage or tend to catch floating substances ; any lump or blister more than two inches in length or deeper than one-fourth the thickness of pipe ; broken blisters or irregularities on inner surface or any palpable defect other than the above. Concrete Pipe. With the approval of the Constructing Officer, machine molded concrete pipe may be used in the construction of sewer lines. This pipe should be made ip strict accordance with the rec- ommendations and specifications of the Portland Cement Association as set forth in a pamphlet entitled "Concrete Sewers," dated July, 1916, and published at 111 West Washington, Street, Chicago, Illinois. Preference will be given to concrete pipe which has been formed in revolving molds. Excavations. All excavations must be made by open cut from the surface. The banks should be kept as nearly vertical as possible, and should be properly sheeted and braced. Trenches should be excavated to the line and grade as given by the engineer. Bell holes should be excavated to insure the pipe resting for its entire length upon the bottom of the trench. The trenches should be sixteen inches wider than the greatest diameter of the pipe to be laid therein, eight inches of which should be on each side of the pipe. The excavations for manholes, and other accessories, should be sufficient to leave at least one foot in the dear between their outer surfaces and the embankment or timber which may be used to protect it. Should rock be encountered in the excavation for trenches, it is to be removed, by blasting if necessary, to a depth of 6 inches below the grade of bottom of pipe. The space between rock surface and bottom of pipe should be filled with firm earth or gravel, properly compacted, be- fore the pipes are laid. Embankments. Wherever the proposed grade of a pipe line is above the present surface of the ground, the top soil should be removed for a suitable distance on each side of line and an embankment formed of the best material available for the purpose. This material should be compacted by sprinkling and ramming in thin layers and left for as long a time as possible before the pipes are laid. The embankments should have a top width of not less than 3 feet and side slopes of two hori- zontal to one vertical. The top of all such embankments should be not less than IJ^ feet above top of pipe. Section C. Page 43. Pipe Laying. All pipes should be laid in the following manner : A mason's line should be tightly stretched above the ground parallel to the axis of the sewer. This line should be supported over the cen- ter of the trench at intervals, not exceeding fifty feet on steep grades, and not exceeding twenty- five feet on flat grades. The exact grade for each pipe should be obtained by measuring down from this line to the invert of the sewer. As a test of alignment, a light held in a,naanhole must be visible through the sewer from the adjacent manholes. Each pipe should be carefully inspected immediately before it is laid, and no cracked, broken, or otherwise defective pipe should be used. Any defective pipe which may have been laid, should, upon discovery, at any time before the operation of the system, be taken up and replaced. The laying should proceed up grade, begin- ning at the lower .end of -^Ijie sewer. No pipe should be laid except in the presence of an in- spector. I Where ordered, on account of wet ground or danger of root intrusion, sewers should be con- structed of deep and wide socket pipe with special joints of improved asphaltic compound. The sockets should be thoroughly clean and free from grease and the annular space carefully caulked with jute or hemp. The compound should be poured in accordance with the instructions fur- nished by the manufacturer, and care taken not to overheat the compound. « Joints. The joints should be caulked with jute or hemp and then carefully and thoroughly filled with Portland cement mortar, well rammed in with a wooden caulking tool, then overfilled and left with a smooth finish surface. The mortar is to be composed of one part of cement and one part of sand, with enough water added to give it the proper consistency. In pipes of sizes greater than 18 inches, the interior joints should be carefully filled. In pipes of all sizes, superflu- ous mortar should be removed from the joints by means of an approved form of follower or scraper. The work must be made perfectly water-tight at all joints, and any leaks or defects dis- covered must be immediately repaired. Any pipe which has been disturbed from any cause after being -laid, must be taken up, the joints cleaned, and the pipe properly relaid. No part of the sewer should be laid in water, nor water allowed in or around it until the mortar has set hard. All openings along the line of the sewers are to be securely closed as directed, and during suspension of work at night, or at any other time, a suitable stopper is to be placed at the end of the pipe last laid to prevent earth and other substances from washing in. Back Filling. Fine loose earth, free from large clods or stones, should be carefully dropped on both sides of the pipe and thoroughly and carefully rammed so as not to disturb the position of the: pipe, nor to injure the cement joints, until the pipes are covered with at least one foot of earth. The rest of the material excavated may then be thrown on and tamped. The number of tampers should be not less than one-half the number of shovellers. Water settling will be permitted, and may be required. Whenever the trenches have not been properly filled, or if settlement occurs, they should be refilled, smoothed off and finally made to conforrn to the surface of the ground. Surplus material should be disposed of as directed. Manholes. Manholes should be constructed along the line of the sewers at such points as are shown on location map. The invert of manholes should be constructed of mortar composed of one part of Section C. Page 44. cement and two parts of sand. The invert should have a cross section of the exact shape of the inverts of the sewers which it connects, changes in size and grade being made gradually and evenly. , Where there are changes in the direction of the sewer, or entering branches, the center of the invert should have a true curve of as large a radius as the size of the maiihole will permit. All manholes should be provided with ^-inch round iron steps, 12 inches long, built into the walls and spaced as shown on plan. Grease 'Traps. A grease trap should be installed in the waste line from each kitchen or group of kitchens. General types are shown on Plates 39 and 40. No sewage from lavatories or shovyei; bath buildings should be discharged into kitchen waste lines above the grease trap. • ., SEWAGE TREATMENT PLANTS. Preliminary Notes. When practicable, sewage is to be discharged without treatment directly into adjacent streams or large bodies of water. .. ., Where sewage treatment is required, detail drawings of the various structures will be fur- nished by the Washington office. Drawings other than those furnished as above, must be ap- proved by the , Washington, office, prior to construction. Special care should be exercised in selecting a site for the several features of a sewage trea;t- ment plant, in order to avoid unnecessary excavation, and to secure the best facilities for opera- tion. As a general rule, a site should be selected for the sewage tanks such that the excavation and fill will be approximately equal. The longer dimension of the filter should be approximately parallel to the contours of the site. The sludge drying beds should be located as close as possible to the sewage tanks and at an elevation such as to give satisfactory gravity flow from tanks. The difference in levels between grade of influent pipe line of sewage tank and the outlet of under-drainage system of sprinkling filter should generally be approximately 15 feet. As sewage treatment plants are usually, located near a stream, it is very important to ascer- tain the flood level of stream and to take into consideration the probable cost of protecting the plant against injury by high water. Sewage Tanks. Tanks are to be of the single story type. For general type, see Plate 34. They should be located not less than 300 feet from the nearest barracks or other occupied building, and at a greater distance if practicable. SprinkIvIng Fieters. Where treatment of the sewage. tank effluent is required, sprinkling filters should be con- structed. For general type, see Plate 36. Section C. Page 45. Siphon Chambers. Where sprinkling filters are used, the construction of a siphon chamber is necessary. For general type, see Plate 35. Sludge Beds. Where sewage tanks are used, sludge drying be,ds are to be constructed. For general type of sludge beds, see Plate 38. Humus and Chlorinating Tanks. Where further treatment of sprinkling filter effluent is required, secondary sedimentation, chlorination or a combination of the two : may be used. For general type of this combination, see Plate 37. MATERIALS. Gate Valves. Gates larger than.twq inches are to have cast iron body hub, and spigot ends (unless, other- wise shown on drawings), apd those, of two-inch size or smaller are to have brass body screw ends. , All gate valvesi should be double-seat, valves, full bronze mounted with non-rising stems. Valves which are set in the ground should be provided with suitable cast iron extension valve boxes and bases. The spindle should be capped with a two-inch square nut for operation by a tee liandle wrench. One wrench should be provided for each valve. The spindle is to be of solid Tobin -bronze. The seats are to be of bronze, screwed into body of valve.. The faces are to be bronze, peenedinto gate and accurately faced. The 'gate should be of the double disc, wedge type. Valves should be provided with stuffing boxes constructed with followers. The stuffing box, including the seat for the stem, is to be of solid bronze or bronze bushed. The stuffing boxes should be so arranged as to be readily accessible, and to permit being packed under pressure. Nozzles. The automatic dosing siphon and the spray nozzles for sprinkling filters will be purchased through the Washington office. They should be installed as shown on drawings, and in accord- ance with such detailed directions as the manufacturer may furnish. Cast Iron Pipe. Cast iron pipe larger than 6 inches should be "Class A," C. I. water pipe. Pipe 6 inches or smaller, should be standard C. I. soil pipe. '■ The joints must be made tight, using oakum and molten lead thoroughly caulked in place. Filtering Material; Transporting and Placing. The filtering material for sprinkling filters should consist of crushed or broken stone of hard, durable material; No stonei which shows the slightest signs of disintegration, no soft limestone. Sbction C. Page 46. soft sandstone, shales or schists, should be permitted to be used. The filtering material. should consist of rock which breaks or crushes in cubical form, or into pieces which are approximately equi-dimensional. The filtering material shall not contain dirt, dust, clay, or other foreign matter. ' : Especial care must be taken in transporting and placing filtering material to keep it clean. Any material which becomes dirty, either before or after it has been placed in the filter, should be removed and either cleaned in a satisfactory manner, or replaced with clean material. The material should be placed to the depths shown on the drawings with the top surface graded as shown. METHODS OF CONSTRUCTION. CivEARING AND ExCAVATING. The entire area which embraces the site of proposed treatment works must be cleared of all trees, brush, woods and rubbish, which should be burned, or deposited where directed by the officer in charge. The necessary excavating and grading for the several structures comprising the sewage treatment plant should be as indicated on drawings, and in accordance with the instructions to the constructing officer, and should be done with the view of making use of excavated materials for filling. The berm surrounding each structure should have a width of not less than 4 feet and should slope away from walls with an inclination of 1 in 20. All other slopes, whether in cut or in fill, should be not steeper than 2 horizontal to 1 vertical. Wherever the foundation of any structure is at a higher elevation than the present surface of ground, the foundation embankment should be formed in the same manner as previously de^ scribed for embankment for pipe lines. Every precaution should be taken to avoid settlement of the structure after completion. Forms. All forms should be substantially constructed and braced, for receiving and placing the con- crete. The lumber used for forms is to be dressed to a uniform thickness. Where concrete is exposed to view, the boards should be selected to secure the smoothest possible surfaces. Concretb;. Concrete proportions, mixing and placing, for the various structures, should be in accord- ance with the details to be furnished by the Washington office. Mixing of the concrete, when the quantity warrants, should be by means of approved mechanical batch mixer. The quality of the concrete used for tanks and other liquid holding structures, must be especially dense and im- pervious. Iti general, material and methods for concrete work are described under heading of "Construction Notes" included in this Manual, and in the main should be observed for construc- tion of sewage treatment structures. Where work is stopped before completion of the mass, the concrete should be left with a clean, rough surf ace, without cavities or loose stones. All such surfaces should be approximately horizontal; No vertical joints should be permitted. When placing the fresh concrete upon the Section C. Page 47. surface of old concrete, all laitance, or scum, must be removed, using wire brushes where neces- sary, and the surfaces of the concrete thoroughly wet and broomed with a thin wash of neat cement grout. Finish of Concrete. After forms have been removed, all exterior exposed surfaces, excepting tops of walls, roofs, etc., should be thoroughly cleaned with water and brushes ; projections should be removed, defective areas neatly pointed, and then uniformly rubbed with a cement brick. The top surfaces of all walls, roofs, manholes, valve chambers, dosing tanks and pipe gal- leries of sprinkling filters shall be finished smooth. Reinforcement. Steel rods should be wired, or secured in approved manner, so that they will be held accu- rately in position when concrete is being placed. Where splicing is required the ends of the rods shall overlap not less than 40 diameters, and be wired together at all points of contact. In general, steel reinforcing material and methods are described under heading of "Steel Re- inforcement for Concrete," under heading of "Construction Notes," included in this Manual. INCINERATORS. Us^s. Incinerators are used where it is found desirable to provide a sanitary and economic device or plant for the destruction of animal and vegetable waste containing disease germs, also to fur- nish a plant for destruction of rubbish, manure, garbage and other coinbustible matter. It is not the policy of the Government to incinerate wastes having recoverable values. Wherever pos- sible, garbage and manure should be sold. REiyATivE Economy of Incineration and Reduction. From a sanitary point of view, destruction by fire is the best known method for the final disposal of refuse containing micro-organisms and larvae. A properly designed furnace should be capable of disposing of garbage or waste matter from the moment it is fed into the charging magazine, without producing obnoxious gases. Garbage can be disposed of at lower cost by in- cineration than by reduction at military establishments. In order to obtain economical results with reduction platits, it is necessary to have a considerable amount of clean garbage to be dis- posed of continuously. It has been determined that a daily production of garbage amounting to 75 tons, is, the mininjum warranting consideration for. treatment by the reduction process. The cost of installation, operation and maintenance of a nipdern reduction plant is decidejlly higher than the corresponding expenses for incineration. Types. ■- • ■■ ■ ■ There have been in service at military establishments a large number of different types of incinerator, varying from the small hospital or kitchen type used at the National Guard Camps, Coast Artillery and Interior Army Posts, to units having a rated capacity of 50 tons per day of 24 hours. Section C. Page 48. The Army type of iricineratoi' has been so designed that standard materials are used, such as are commonly employed in the construction of high temperattire furnaces and can be purchased in an open market. Two types of Army incinerators have been designed: One employing nat- ural draft only ; the other using a forced draft by means of a motor-driven fan which forces air through a pre-heater into the area below the grates, from which place it is forced through' pin- hole grates and stoker. Another characteristic of the forced draft type is the employment of a mechanical stoker, which is used to advance the garbage and combustible waste, from charging magazine towards the front or firing grates. ■, Design. The ideal incinerating plant should consist of a suitable transfer platform, can washipg equipment, and incinerator, with an appropriate building to house the same. At permanent military establishments, the incinerator building should be of fire-proof con- struction. IvOCATION. Practically all incinerators have a charging platform from eight to ten feet above the firing room floor level. A side-hill site will therefore offer advantages favorable to the cheapest con- struction, since approach to charging platform can be made without employing a ramp. Plants should be removed as far as, possible from the administrative buildings, officers' quarters and barracks. The road to the incinerator should be so graded and surfaced that it can be used in all seasons. The present practice is not to dump the garbage on the charging platform, but to deliver it in garbage cans at transfer platform. In all the neW types 'of incinerators, the roadway is about four feet below the charging floor .and platform. An important reason for the location of the incinerator at the transfer station is the utiliza- tion of the heat, developed in the combustion of waste, to furnish hot water required for the cleaning and sterilization of garbage cans. Size. The capacity of the incinerator required for any camp 'or post depends upon local con- ditions. • • M > , ., , •^ The size of the incinerator unit at any camp should be large enough to cremate blie' entire output of garbage and refuse produced each day of 24 hours. ■' . The amount of kitchen waste averages about one-half pound per man per day, while the total amoun^t of combustible animal and vegetable waste varies from 1>4 to 2 pounds per day per man. At very small posts and at very large posts, the average production may be less in amount than indicated by above rates. For small posts and hospitals, it is recommended that an incinerator having a capacity of 250 pounds per hour be made the minimum sizie. An approximate rule for determiriitlg the size of mcinerator is to providfe a capacity of one ton per eight hours for each one thousand men in camp or hospital. SECTION C. PLATE. 33 isVA" .1 I tt- L 4<«"f(«U fikH T^»CE,N OM CtNTtR. Line Of MMN Sewtit. Pipe r f^- J+p-i- ' ' ! LcNfftTceiNAi. Section. Dty^"- or covtK ttoLPtR. H==^ f«!l«9ek, Eyi^ I rt-ALF Plan or Wood 'o Half Tikh Show- cover, SHOwmff -• ij ii rf^y \m TOP COVER. MeTHop or fasteww j^ J [ /^' I 11 IJ Wolk. fi^s clsk.. P^5 LOCK. EYE - TR-AN S/ E R.S B S tCTIOKi l-o." Removed COVE-H. IN Plkc E Touiw\tiMStz, r>Kmm cn-i • ntoM above-I- rit.e>M BELOW PLAM or CI. rtAHE £■' Crtl/Et. HMr sectiom or c.i rtAME AHP COVER- PUAtf' or MANHOLE ^T»>MPftLl> BK-ICR. ^^^HHOLE DETVItS jfOROglCINftl 5KDafiWlN6 €72 -tC CON5TRJCTDN DIVI5DN OF THE ARMY STANDARD CONCI?ETE MANHOLE STANDARDMANHOLE^BRICK OR CONCRETE 5E.CTION C. PLME 34 z^^^F^=^^-^.- Pmtt O/f TArttC Opmitin ^ At UmU. Jfuo/'f/tf LOneiTUOIttAL JBCTIOM. ■Sk9a1funf '«/aw af-f-/»')t». H OETAIL oWBt-aw Off %M T/tA/tS¥£HiB jefirjojv. .tJL JECriOH CBHTER WALL. CROSi WAUL, CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OF THE ARMY SEWAGE TANK 5ECTI0N C. PLATL Off roviit SuiiabXi Wiick. wi Swilatlt supporit Void b«ll. ' ^■^^S33 fip£ to Spn^klw^nHer r t. ^ N ^3 (TirdtrsJ f-^fafit JIZ jMHyiwu/9<». Low Jfaiir \.iK.t.. $ t C T I O M IfOILOIUfllHAl 3ErbDBAWIN6 CTz • ftl CONSTRUCTDN DIVISION OF THE ARMY SIPHON CHAMBER LRINKL NG FILTER SECTION C. PLATL 36 iKf.i'iaitf fTJg t#ul . OttMl. or fLKW llozzU -^ •)lozzlt g/iji'ifcta Tt^NSYEILSE ^ECTIOM y ^vsr r^ .v; ViiTi 1; Pr4 t P< ^ f V. A N Of FitTER. g^ Wotalt, OrijifctJ flua ft«J C.lPTee DtTWLOFCl, ' ^. . . -o ..;".' r^ — iro»oiti6iWAHtt8iwwW€C8-'ia CONSTRUCTION SPRINKL DIVISION OF THE ARMY NG FILTER SECTION C. PLATL 37 ■/■■ i V lil V « \ -i^--_°-^>L,-_:j •31 i 31 "7" « ^ o => :i-± _*; -ij:" f-^-=7| J7 ^ ■ "— » — /x. ■ • """Cy" / 1 «\ ' ^^ " \ ' / j — T"-*— — Jii' i\e»4 «j\ -^ / • 1 ^ / «^V~" \ w r" \-/l ' 4 y »iwgg"^ CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OF THE ARMY SLUDGE BED SECTION C- PLATE 38 A ■ tVE Bolt Ser In CoNceere- V SreBL Bon Lock 2 Plank CovcR Cl.lKLer' . - WM/MMn^TT. Eye Dolt 3eT In CsNCReTe. '2ZSSZSS^ I •O DiA; — A • f NWvxeR LiNc ■ ^: _i s if ^'^«"'ti'«- Section On Linc A' A A' 5tCTiON On Linc'B'B' C.l.lNLCT ^'sfe'WI-OuTLtT CoNCRere Grease Trap •— 'B Capacity ic2 Gals. 250 Men. Plan fOC ORWlNALift DRAWIWO G7Z-/36 "Lock.Staple 6 h**i=» fZ Plamu CoWsr In 2 Actions HiN^to Section On Line AA Section On Line BB' V/ooD QccAseTRAP Plan I . .. CAPAClTV200QALS.250MeN •--B rot oaiginalsee p^Wcr- C7Z-IOS- L CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OF THE ARMY STANDARD GREA5E TRAP5 CONCRETE & WOOD 5LCTION C. PtATL 39 ^c^jyb/ji^.iee/jt/tSj A^/eck. s/a/a/e-.-i^ffs/). ■ra/rre »s /Vg/ «, Gje£jj£. TeAP. Sor~ 7kyo /f/ re /:/£//£ Ca/>trc//y .^Co (f/f/3. CONSTRUCTION DlVl30N0FT>iEARMY STANDARD WOOD GREASE TRAP 5 LCTION C. PLATL40 CR-OiS ^ECtlOK. N O T E 3 ■■ Peoviol covtR, roe. tank, of 2' iTOCkt, PROVIBE HrM*E», HAiPi, ■♦PAIJL0CIC4 FOR BOOa TO tACH CHAM &C:K. CoMCEtTE. MIRTUEt r.2:^- AlI- PlPt TO BE. 3TAN»Aa.D C-IiOIL PiPt. LONGITUOIN AU 1667 CAL3. CAPACTTY roR. 2SQO PER-iONi. JECTI ON 6 CVtHt TO ee. coMMKcrao WITH tf VITItlFltO CLAY PKAlM PIPE.' TiiuME.0 &KADE. [FOR OR IfilhftL Mt DRAWING &72-4!) y M;| i 1'^ I 1 OUTLET PIPt TO &e COMMtCTEP ^•■'•: TO fe"V(TEI PIE D > ;".' Cl-AV OEAlH PlPt ^' ' ^gp' r:;^ "^p =^=&^ I- — '^i ■..••• i pi ■^*' LON&ITOOINAU ^tCTTON ceOiS iECTrON- NOTEi. ?tOV10€. COVtB. OP 2" iTOCle. WITH NtCEJiARY MfMCt* HASP*, PA01.0&tC tTt- •^^a\:;'\/:P^{A^"troo't!T^\;ci?;Vp'''^P.A.. iFO RnRlfilNALSEE drawing Cl?-47. W/klLS AMD CONCRETrLOW ■ CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OF THE ARMY CONCRETE GREASE TRAP J 5ECT10N C.PLATE 41 Bsp: ■^ rfi/— »*— •' •SECTION -A- A- ESSE? SfiCTION tt- •5taiON-B-5-. FOR 0RI61IMLS££ DRAWING^HABI.IO: CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OF THE ARMY U.S. STANDARD INCINERATOR OTON CAPACITY Section C. Page 49. Operation. To successfully operate an incinerator, it is necessary to exercise the same kind of rudi- ment required m the firing and operation of a steam toiler. If the incinerator is in daily use, the regulating damper should be used to close the connec- tion between combustion chamber and stack at night, or when work of incinerator has been sus- pended for the day, in order to retain the heat within the incinerator walls. This will save fuel and insure prompt resumption of operations the following day. The Construction Division files contain standard drawings for incinerators and buildings as follows: 1-ton itidineratbr — No. 414. 43-11 Building No. 414-43-13. 5-ton iffcinerator — No. 414. 43-1? Building No. 624-7-101. 10-ton incinerator— No. 414. 43-t3i Building No. 414-43-132. 20-fon incinerator — No. 414. 43-9-10-13^-134. On Plate No. 41 of this Manual, is shown a drawing of a U. S. Standard Ten-Ton In- cinerator. The above ifls^ructrehs ar^ not to be ebrtsidered an adequate specifitatioW for , the con- struction of an incinerating plant. Befbre any wbrk iw this connection is begtiri, dfet^M d¥av/- ings and specifications must be secured from the Washington officd. Garbage Cabts. Garbage cans shbtrtd be made of galvanized steel plate, with the bodies ma^fe of ]^o: 23 gauge, lids and bottoms of No. 21 gauge. Garbage ca:n rlcdttftl^rided is that having' flutetf body a'Ad heavy reiriforcirig steel' baha^ at top aft'd bottom, of th^t havffl^ fluted bbdy -^ith vertical angle irons and reinfbi-cement of the body. The following table shows the dimensions and capacity of standard cans : Weight Weight with lid witljout lid Capacity Height Diameter Can No. lbs. fbs. gals. inches inches 1 26 23 20 25 15% 2 30 26 27 25 18 3 33 29 35 25 2oy2 Cleaning Cans The Construction Division has deveroped a simple can washing equipment which nieets all the feqfiifefnefits for creafiirt^ and stferffi^tig garbige cabs. Th^ method consists of a corifcrete soaking tank varying in length, depending upon the size of the camp or post. This t'ahk is fitted with steam or hot water coils and the cans are plaiced on an inclined rack and allowed, to remain a sufifxcient length of time for the grease to be cut by the action of the hot water, which is jiiade alkaline by the use of suitable cheiraicals. The cans are then removed from the soaka^ tanffi and the interior of the can subjected to the spray action of a hose rrozzle, and the exterior 6f th« can to an ordinary shower sprayer. These sprayers are placed within metal housing. Th* can washing equipment is shoMM 6n' XJmt&S States Standard Garbage Can Washing Plan Ktl. 414. 43-130, in the files of the Construction Divisibri. Section C. Page 50. BUILDINGS. CONSTRUCTION NOTES. Preliminary. A large number of drawings for buildings of various types, not listed or included iii this Manual, are available and on file, in the Washington office. Before proceeding with . drawings for buildings, not so listed, inquiry should be made of. the, Washington office, stating .general requirements, to ascertain if suitable drawings are available. Standard Cantonment Buildings generally used., are listed on Plate Nos, 42, 43 and 44. Many of the standard buildings, such as warehouses, dock sheds, laundries, cafeterias, dprmi- tories,' dwellings, welfare buildings, theatres, delousing platits and many of the ordnance' build- ings, etc., etc., are listed on Plate No. 67. Refrigerating buildings are listed on Plate No. 150. ■ . Instructions-, contained utider this heading should be taken as a. general guide for various cpns,tiKUGtionsv'- The intention is to outline broadly the methods adopted and used by the Con- struction Division of the Army for war emergency building projects. These instructions are not to be considered as adequate specifications for materials to be furnished, or for work to be done under the lump sum form of contract. They are intended to serve in connection with the emergency form of contract which was adopted to enable work in the fitdld to proceed immediately without the necessity of waiting for detailed drawings; Before beginning the preparation of designs for emergency structures, consideration should be given, to. restxictions ,im_posed on the use of materials. Reference should be made,. to "Stand- ard Specifications and Details for; War Building Projects," , prepared, under the auspices .iptf the War Industries Board, Building Alaterials Division, in so far as they may apply to the purpos6,s, of this Manual. UNIT STRESSES AND tOADS. ■ For Use In ' The Design oe Emergency Structures. Structural Steel. Note: Material should conform to the "Standard Specifications for Structural Steel for Buildings," of the "American Society for Testing Materials." ^tjnit Stresses! The, principal unit stresses to .be used, expressed in pounds per square incli,, are as follows: Tension' ' Net section, rolled steel Direct compression Rolled steel and steel Castings Bending ' Extreme fibers of rolled sections Bfending ' Extreme fibers of pinis Shear On shop Vivfets and pins . , Shear . - On bolts and field rivets Shear Average on- webs, gross sectional Bearing pressure On shop rivets and pins Bearing pressure On bolts and field rivets 18,000 and girders 18,000 is.aoo 26,000 13,000 11,000 11,000 27,000 22,000 SECTION C. Page 51. Columns and Struts: Use vdlues given in the following table : . JL_ Unit Stress _L_ Unit Stress R lbs. per sq. in. R lbs. per sq. in. 60 or less 14000 130 7 000 70 13,000 140 6,500 80 13,000 150 0,000 90 11,000 160 5,500 100 10,000 170 5,000 110 3,000. 180 4,500 120 S,000 Max. length for main members : ^ = 120 R Max. length for bracing struts : — = I8O R L = unsupported length in inche.';; R = least radius of gyration in inches. Compression Flanges of Beams and Girders: Use values given in the following table: B Unit Stress B Unit Stress 10 or less IS,000 30 10,000 15 16,000 35 8,000 20 14,000 40 6,000 25 : 13,000-. Max. length of unsupported beam = 40 B I,= unsupported length of beam; B = width, of flange; For cranes, conveyors, etc., add 25% to live load for impact. For cranes allow 10% of moving load for lateral pressure on each crane girder. For bracing and combined stresses due to wind, dead and live load, the working stresses may be increased 25%, but the section should not be less than required for dead and live loads only. Cast Iron. Material: , Should conform to the "Standard Specifications for Gray Iron Casting," of the "American Society for Testing Materials." Unit Stresses: To be used, expressed in pounds per square inch,, are as follows : L Columns 10,000 := ^O-.r— in which L = length of column in inches; R = least radius of gyration in inches. Max. ,Iength of column = 20 diameters Bending — extreme fiber stress ; compression 10,000 Bending — extreme fiber tension. . 2,500 Bending — extreme fiber Wall Plates 6,000 Shear in brackets 1,500 Reinforced Concrete. Except as otherwise noted, the unit stresses, general assumptions and design, should con- form to the recommendations in final report of "Joint Committee of Engineering Societies on Section C. Page 52. Concrete and Reinforced Concrerj," adopted July 1, 1916. • ,, , Use following stresses, in pounds per sq. in., for 1-3-4 mixture : Maximum stresses in steel ■ • ^ . ^. .18,000 Maximum stresses in concrete . . ■: 750 Ratio of moduli of elasticity ; • . . • • • 15 Footings and El-artng Vai,ue op Soil. Whenever possible, the bearing value of the soil should first be investigated and the foot- ings designed accordingly. Footings should extend to undisturbed soil and below frost line, at least 1 foot 6 inches below the surface. The .allowable pressure, in pounds per square foot, should not exceed the following arnounts, and the assumed bearing value should be .^oted on the drawing : , , Soft clay 2,000 Ordinary clay and dry sand . . . i 3,000 Stiff clay -^ 4,000 Coa^rse sand and gravel , 8,000 Special investigation should bt made for important structures and foundations designed to conform to conditions. If character of soil is not known, design for 3,000 lbs. per sq. ft. and note o.i drawings. The total maximum load on footings should include the full dead load, plus the live load at base of columns and walls. The area of' footings should be proportioned to the dead loads plus 80% of the live loads, but the maximum load on any footing, using both dead and column live loads, should not exceed the permissible working stress for the soil. In the case of footing loads for one story, warehouses, the footings shpuld be proportioned to, the dead loa,d plus the fuir live load. , '' . WaI,I,S and PlBRS. Allowable compression, in rounds per square inch, on walls and piers, should be as fol- lows : Concrete 1-3-5 mixture, used for ordinary purposes. •. 400 Brickwork, cement and lime mortar 300 For isolated piers and walls higher than 6 times tlieir least dimension, use stresses, as fol- lows, in pounds per square inch : H Concrete Brickwork D 6 400 >... 200 8 360 ISO 10 330 160 12 280 140 H = height of pier; D = least dimension. No pier to exceed in height 13 tirnes the least dimension. ' [" Section C. Page 53. Lumber: (Fir or Yellow Pine.) Working stresses. in pounds per sqviare inch (net sizes) : Tension vvith grain 1,500 Bending, extreme, fiber stress 1,500 Shear, with grain ] 50 Compression, across grain 400 Compi-ession, end bearing 1,600 Compression, columns under 15 diam 1,000 i^ Compression, columns over 15 diam 1,300 XI- L = length of column ; D = least side. Max. unsupported length of <;oluir.n = 30 Diam. For roof framing only, above stret:ses may be increased 30%. Floors and joists should be projportioned for fulLdegd and; live loads. Girders should be proportioned for full dead load plus 85% of live load. Bracing is essential in all cases arid must' be provided where stiffness is required : This is especially true in timber construction. Joists, beams and girders should be figured as simple beams, supported atiends. (Not as con- tinuous beams.) General Notes. ..r-.:^-..:, ,-., Design: Floor joists should be designed for the full dead and live loads. Floor girders should be designed for the full dead load plus 85% of the live load. For buildings three stories or less in height, the walls, piers and columns should be de- signed to carry the full dead load, plus the full live load on roofs, plus 85% of the live load on floors. Live Loads: Structures should be designed for the following live loads: Barracks and sleeping quarters 40 lbs. per sq. ft. Offices 40 lbs. per sq. ft. Hospitals ,, .- 50 lbs. .per sq. ft. Assembly halls, large dining rooms, and theatres 100 jbs.-pe-r -sq. ft. Stairways :. ..-.■...■. .'.'.• ., . . v". -.' ':.'..: , 80 , lbs. per sq. _ ft. Flat roofs up to 1/6 pitch '! .'i.'. .'.': .': .' 35 lbs. per sq. ft. Storage warehouses, as determined by weight of material to be stored, (horizontal) but not less than : 350 lbs. per sq. ft. Weights of Materials:- i :■•■■,'•. -n^ Concrete . . .'. . . .'...;?:'.. .!.'....... '.'■'. ISO ll.s. per cu. ft. Brickwork ...;..... ..:: ;..-. ...:'; : i 130 lbs. per cu. ft. Timber '. .'.'. . . .'. .^..:;,y ..','". .V . '. . '. . . . .; . : 3 lbs. .per bd/ft. Roofing.^— tar ^ and gravel. . . , . ',,.'..., .'-. . ■',.■'■]■ ■ . •.■■ ■■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ' ■ ■■.■, • ^ ^^^- P^'" Sl'-f^- Rpofing-r-prepared .; ■ ' ■ ^ '^^- P^"" ^'^' "■ Plaster Board 2 lbs. per sq. ft; Secmon C. Page 54. Wind Pressure: Structures should be designed to resist the following wind -pressures in ' addition to the dead and live loads: Wind pressure on vertical surfaces '. .".'. ^'. .'- '■'.^- ■ .35 lbs. per sq.'ft. Normal pressure on roofs 1/6 pitch .15 lbs. per' sq. ft. Normal pressure on roofs 1/4 pitch ;..... 30 lbs. per sq'. ft. Normal pressure on roofs 1/3 pitch 33 lbs. per sq. ft. Normal pressure on roofs 1/3 pitch , 35 lbs. per sq. ft;. Normal pressure on projected surface of round chimneys .30 lbs. per sq. ft. In no case should the overturning moment due to wind exceed 75% of the resisting mo- ment of the structure. Fire Prevention : For details affecting the design and construction' of emergency buildings, reference should be made to "Fire Prevention Regulations for the Construction Division of the Army," as recommended by "The National Board of Eire Underwriters" and dated August 10th,-1918, the more important provisions of which, are given under heading of "Provisions for Fire Prevention," pages 35 to 39 of this Manual. For congested areas, local regulations should govern as far as they inay be consistent with the purposes of these instructions. Salvage: In so far as the selection of materials for emergency buildings may affeef design/ it should be kept in mind that the salvage value of materials or of completed buildings, is low, as compared with their usual cost under emergency conditions. In general, the use of perma- nent types of buildings is not warranted for emergency construction. MATERIALS AND METHODS. Location. All building locations should be verified from the plot or general plans. All lines, grades and levels should be established by proper stakes or bench marks, which should remain undis- turbed until operations are fully started. Locations for temporary buildings on rock founda- tions, requiring blasting, should be avoided so far as is practicable. Excavation, Fill and Grading. In general, the drawings show all excavations required for cellars, footings, conduits, trenches, etc. Where necessary, to hold the banks in excavations, they should be sheeted and securely braced. This should always be done where it is necessary to safe-guard life. When the condition of the executed work warrants, excavations should be filled and the materials tamped or puddled in place. Surplus materials may be used under temporary build- ings and earth for resurfacing, as required by local conditions. Care should be taken that the materials are so distributed under the buildings, as to leave free ventilating space under alt tim- ber and floors and that pockets are avoided where water is likely to stand. Graded surfaces should be sloped away from the buildings. Section C. Page 55. Cement. For all concrete and cement work and for tnortar for masonry work, American Portland Cement should be used, which should conform to the requirements of the U. S. Government specifications for Portland Cement, adopted January 1, 1917, and any subsequent amendments thereto, and are, at the discretion of the Government, subject to any or all of the tests therein specified, unless shipments are accompanied by a certificate 'or report from the U. S. Bureau of Standards, shoWihg^that the material is in accordance with the requirements of the Govern- ment specifications. "' Lime. A.11 lime. used is to be quicklime or ^hydrated, as, |he- nature of the work, and.coijditions may require. Quick lime should be fresh, well burned, and hsind picked, free from core, asljes and over-burned rnaterial., Hydrated lime is to contain no unslacked lime and not more than one per cent water in excess of its chemical requirements. It should be of such fineness that no more than one-half of one per cent is retained on a thirty-mesh screen, nor more than fifteen per cent on a two- hundred-mesh screen. , ; , ' . , , Sand. . , . ^ ,; V , ■ >, ;,' '' ,i^, . • \:i:',.'i y ■■ :;• Sand used for concrete and for mortar, is to be sharp, clean and hard grainy 'and of such quality that the strength of a 1-3 mix will be that of a similar rnix.rnade of , "Standard , ^and." Safld that is frozen should be heated before it is used. , , S*ONE OR Gravels Broken stone or gravel should be used for concrete work, in general, varying in size from J4 to 1% inches.' For mass concrete, the stone or gravel may be increased to 2j4 inches in size. , Broken stone or gravel must be clean and should be screened to sizes required by the nature of the work. For reinforced concrete work, the aggregate should be small enough to produce a cdhcrete that" will pass readily between aind easily surround the reinforcement and fill all parts of the forms. Alt slag used f or cpncrete should be air-cooled blast-furnace slag,: and shpuld be free from lumps of iron, rubbish or foreign matter. Ini size, the slag should range from that passing a 2J4- inch ring, to that retained on a 34-inch screen, depending on the nature of the work to be done. Note: Slag should not be used for reinforced concrete construction, but may be used for mass concrete, worjt under favorable .conditions. In; using slag, it must be first so soaked with water 'that it will absorb no more, and, should be in this condition when placed m the mixer. In mixing,- place water in the mixer first, and mix somewhat longer than when stone -is used. Section C. Page 56. Proportions of Concrete. Concrete proportions are usually shown on the drawings. In general, concrete for reinforced concrete work should be composed, by volume, of: 1 part Portland Cement. 2 parts Sand. , ,'■. 4 parts Broken Stone or Gravel. , , i. A richer mixture may be used where expedient for columns, caps, etc. In general, unreinf orced concrete for buildings should be composed, by y . , Exterior Cement Plaster and Stucco. ' • - . : . For further details as to cement stucco, reference may be made to the standard specifica- tions of "American Concrete Institute for Stucco on Wood and Metal Lath." ' ' ' ' AH plaster and stucco should be mixed in wood boxes and npt on the ground. Exterior stucco on lath should be applied over approved 'galvanized wire cloth, or No. 24 gauge coated or painted expanded metal lath or ribbed lath, weighing not less than 3%' lbs. per square yard- Where lathing is secured directly to the ^tuddmg, the studding or nailing should be spaced not over 16 inches pn centers, 12, inches preferred, and the lathing sbpuld be lapped at least. 1 inch at joints. First coat should be cpmppseid of one part Portland cement to thjree parts sharp sand, with ten per cent hydrated lirne added, and a sufficient amount of cattle hair or fiber to secure a good clinch. This coat should extend beyond the face of latb. at least % ilich. While still green, follow with the second, coat niade of same material as first coat, less the hair or fiber, and to be at least ^ inch thick. The second coat may be smooth, trowled or .sahd-floated. In case a rough-cast finish is required, a special mix of materials will be neces- sary, to suit the texture of surface required. .Where stucco, is applied to hollow tile or brick, tbe surfaces should be uniformly wet and the same materials and number of coats used as above- mentioned for metal lath. ^ . Inside Cement Plaster. All inside cement plaster work should be done in the same manner as exterior cement plas- ter work, except that in every case the finished surfaces should be smooth trowled. For hospital construction, the finish coat of shower-bath walls should be at least }i inch thick of an approved highly calcined gypsum product that, when completed, will not be affected by water. Inside Wall Plaster. "' "' ■ • -. r-i Wall plaster may be any approved high grade wall plaster and in general should be shipped neat, for the addition of not more than two parts of sharp, coarse sand, by weight. The wall SECTION G. Page 59. plaster should be put oh in two coats ih the same manner as exterior cement plaster work. Where white coating is especially required, this finish should ht made of well-slaked, screened lime putty, gauged with gypsum calcined plaster, and should be thoroughly ' troweled on. For hos- pital construction, plaster fire walls both sides, also all rooms having cement floors. Note: Plaster grounds, of nominal thickness, should be used as follows: ?i4 inch for brick- work or tile or for metal lath, and ]4 inc^ for plaster board ^ inch thick. Fiber Wall Board. General Use: Fiber wall board is a finish for walls, ceilings and partitions on the interior of temporary buildings. Composition: It should consist of thin sheets or slabs of one or more piles of wood fiber, or equivalent, conabined with an. adhesive or sizing and formed with smooth surfaces. Thickness: Should average 3/16 inch with a tolerance of 1/32 inch minus. Widths: Should be 33 and 48 inches with a tolerance of 1/16 inch plus or minus. Lengths: Should be 8, 9, 10 and 13 feet with a t;olerance of }i inch plus or minus.. Weight: Including the surface coatings, should average 500 lbs. per 1,000 sq. ft. with a tolerance of 5 per cent plus or minus. Texture: Boards should be free from splits, blisters and imperfections of a harmful char- acter. They should be smooth, and capable of receiving the ordinary forms of interior decora- tive paint coatings. Application: The boards should run, as fjar as is practicable, in single lengths between stories. They should be secured by nailing with flat head nails, spaced about 8 inches apart and to studs spaced not over 3 feet apart. The joints where it is considered necessary, may be cov- ered, the common practice in such case being to use strips about 3/16 inch by 1^ inches, se- cured with nails spaced not more than 13 inches apart. Gypsum Wali, Board. General Use: Gypsum wall board is a finish for walls, ceilings and partitions on the in- terior of temporary buildings. It should consist of thin sheets or slabs, composed of a core of fibered hydrated gypsum plaster and a surfacing of chip or manila board on both sides. This material is not readily flammable and does not carry or communicate fire. It is designed to re- ceive the ordinary forms of interior decorative paint and will not receive plaster coatings. Thickness: Should be ^ inch with a toleratolerance of yi inch plus or minus. Widths: Should be 31f^ and 47^ inches with a tolerance of 1/16 inch plus or minus. Lengths: Should be 8, 9 and 10 feet with a tolerance ^ inch plus or minus. Note: Unless otherwise specially stated, bo^ards of the widths named above and in lengths of 4, 5,. 6 and 7 feet, in amount not exceeding 5 per cent, may be included. Weight: Should be not less than 1,750 lbs., nor more than 3,000 lbs. per 1,000 sq. ft. bf board. Finished Product: The surface exposed after erection, should be true and free from imper- fections that will render the boards unfit for use with or without decorations. Section C. Page 60. .Applicatiqn: Should be in general, compliance with methpds previously ,desc?ribed under, heading of "Eiber Wall Board," except that in hospital construction all joints may be filled with plaster or covered with adhesive tape as required. Gypsum Plaster Board. , . l i,: r, - ; General Use: Gypsum plaster board is used as a base for gypsum plaster finish on the in- terior of buildings. It is a similar material to thali previously described for gypsum wall board, the surface sizing being omitted. . Thickness: Should be ^ inch with a tolerance of 1/16 inch plus or minus. Width: Should be 32 inches with a tolerance of J4 inch minus. Lengths: Should be 36 and 48 inches with a tolerance of Yz inch plus or minus. Note: Unless otherwise specially stated, boards of the widths named above and in lengths' of 18, 24 and 30 inches, in amount not exceeding 5 per cent, may be. included. Weight:, Should be not less than 1,500 lbs,, nor more than 1,900 lbs. per 1,000 sq, ft, of plaster board. Finished Product: The surfaces should be free from cracks or serious imperfections. Boards having corners burred or broken, and not affecting the surface beyond 1^ inches inay be used. ; m • Application: Should be in general .compliaijce with methods described for gypsum wall board, using large-headed, nails spaced not to exceed 6 inches. Roofing. Preparation: All roof -surfaces shOtjld.be made as smooth _as. is practicable to receive the roofing. , , Temporary Buildings: For these buildings, the incline of roofs should be in general, not less than 3 inches to the foot, horizontal. For roofs of such buildings, where incline is 3 inches or more per foot, there should be used what is known as three-ply prepared roofing. The average life of such roofing is about five years. This material is technically rag felt, saturated and coated with asphalt. For its application there should.be furnished . with the roofing,, all necessary nails and cement. The roofing should be lapped 3 inches at horizontal joints, cemented thor- oughly between laps and nailecj 'every 3 itiches. Nailing should begin at tenter of sheet and nail tow|,fd ends. Care should be taken to have vertical joints lap at least, 6 inches; carefully cemefiting and nailing, as described for horizontal joints'; Note: For vertical covering of temporarj' buildings, where indicated on the' drawings, the materials should be' w'hat is' known as "two-ply 'prfeipared roofing," of similar character to the two ply roofing above described. ■ . , i r , . > Warehouses, Etc.: These buildings are divided ii^to, two classes, .-temporary and permanent. For roofs of both classes of these buildings, the incline should.be not more than ^3 . inches nor less than, V2 inch per foot, horizontal. For 'such temporary buildings there should be used what is generally known as three-ply built-up roofing. For such permarient buildings, there shotfld''- be use^ ^'li^fj.js generally known as five-ply built-up , roofing. The^e, roo^s are , composed of three 'or more layers of roofing felt, cemented together and coated :vith roofing cement anci sur- faced with gravel or crushed slag, or the equivalent. Such roofs may not be expected to re-'"' quire, repairs , or renewals for from 5 to, 10 years .for the three-ply roofing, or from ]5 to 20 years" for five-ply roofing. - . , ' Section C. Page 61. Materials for Built-up Roofing: Sheathing paper should not weigh less than 5 lbs. per 100 sq. ft. with a tolerance of 4 per cent. Roofing felt composed of rag felt saturated with either coal-tar or asphalt, should be about 32 inches wide, and should not weigh less than 13>4 -lbs. per 100 sq. ft. with a tolerance of 7 per cent. Roofing cement should consist of either straight run coal tar pitch, or refined asphalt, to conform' to the Standard Specifications, adopted for sui^h material. The surfacing materia,l should consist of clean gravel, crushed slag or stone, approximately % to Y^ inch in size, dry when laid and free from dirt. Application of S-Ply, Built-Up Roofing, Over Boards: (1) Apply one layer of sheating paper next to the roof boards, lapping the sheets at least one inch, and nailing along the edges to hold in place until the felt is applied. Note: When asphalt saturated felt and asphalt cement are used, the sheathing paper may be omitted. (3) Apply three layers of roofing felt over the sheathing paper, lapping each sheet 33 inches over the preceding sheet. (3) Mop each sheet about the full width of the lap, with roofing cement, using not less than 35 lbs. per 100 sq. ft. in each mopping between sheets. (4) Nail each sheet along the longitudinal center line with broad-headed roofing nails, spaced not to exceed 36 inches. (5) Over the felt thus laid, spread ^ uniform layer of roofing cement, using not less than 40 lbs. per 100 sq. ft. (6) Into the roofing cement, while hot, imbed the surfacing material, using not less than 400 lbs. of gravel or 300 lbs. of crushed slag per 100 sq. ft. /Application of 3-Ply, Built-Up Roofipg. Ov?V Concrete: (1) Mop the surface with a priming coat. Note: When tar saturated felt and coal tar pitch are used, the priming coat is not required. (3) Apply a uniform layer of roofing cement over the roof s.urface, using not less than 40 lbs. per 100 sq. ft. (3) Apply three layers oi roofing felt same as "(3) three-ply over boards." (4) Mop each sheet same as "(3) three-ply over boards." (5) On inclines exceeding one inch to the foot, nail each sheet similar to "(4) three-ply over boards." (6) Over the fe;lt, spread cement same as "(5) three-ply over boards." (7) Surface with stone or gravel sa,me as <'(6) three-ply over boards." Application of 5-Ply,. Built-Up Roofing, Ov^r Boards: (1) Apply one layer of sheathing paper next to the roof boards, lapping the sheets at least one inch and nailing along the edges to hpld in place ynt^l the ^e:lt is applied. Note: When asphalt saturated felt and asphalt cement are used, the sheathing paper may be omitted. ' ■ , . . (3) Apply two layers of roofing, felt oyer the sheathing paper, lapping each sheet 1? inches over the preceding sheet. Section C. Page 62. (3) Nail sheets along edges sufficiently to hold in place, pending further application of felt layers. (4) Mop the entire surface with roofing; cement, using not, less than 25 lbs. per 100; sq. ft., omitting the mopping between sheets. , , , (5) Apply three additional layers of roofing felt over the mopping of cemefit, lapping each sheet 23 inches over the preceding sheet. (6) Nail each sheet along the longitudinal center line with broad-headed roofing nails, spaced not to exceed 36 inches. (7) Mop each of the last three sheets the full width of the lap with roofing cement, using not less than 25 lbs. per 100 sq. ft., in each mopping between sheets. (8) Over the felt, thus laid, spread a uniform layer of roofing cement, using not less thari 65 lbs. per 100 sq. ft. Note: If preferred, the two lower sheets of felt may be cemented together, using 25 lbs. of roofing cement per 100 sq. ft. and the 25 \hS. thus used may be deducted from the quantity used on the surface, as above stated. (9) Into the roofing cement, while hot, imbed the surfacing material, using not less than 400 lbs. of gravel or 300 lbs. of crushed slag per 100 sq. ft. Application of 5-Ply, Built-Up Roofing, Over Concrete: (1) Mop the surface with a priming coat. Note: When tar-saturated felt and coal-tar pitch are used, the priming coat is not required. (2) Apply a uniform layer of roofing cement over the roof surface, using not less than 40 lbs. per 100 sq. ft. (3) Apply two layers of roofing felt, lapping each sheet 17 inches over the preceding sheet. (4) Mop each sheet the full width of the lap with roofing cement, using not less than 25 lbs. per 100 sq. ft. in the mopping between sheets. (5) Mop the entire surface with roofing cement, using not less than 25 lbs. per 100 sq. ft. (6) Apply three aditional layers of roofing felt over the mopping of cement, lapping each sheet 22 inches over the preceding sheet. (7) On inclines exceeding one inch to the foot, nail each sheet along the longitudinal center line with broad-headed roofing nails, spaced not to exceed 36 inches. (8) Mop each of the last three sheets the full width of the lap with roofing cement,, using not less than 25 lbs. per 100 sq. ft. in each mopping between sheets. (9) Over the felt thus laid, spread a uniform layer of roofing cement, using not less than 40 lbs. per 100 sq. ft. (10) Surface in stone or gravel same as "(9) five-ply over i)oards." Flashings and Trimmings: Metal cap flashings and felt base flashings should be used for temporary work. 16-oz. copper base and cap flashings ^re preferable for permanent work but under war emergency conditions this metal is not always available and an approximate substi- tute should be used. SECTION C. Page 03. Twenty-six gauge galvanized steel is recommended for flashings in temporary work. If this metal is not available, sheet zinc equal in thickness to twenty-six gauge may be substituted. Felt base flashings should be formed by ext;.nding the roofing felt and cement up the wall at least 6 inches and, fastening the top to the wall with nails. The metal cap flashings should be set or cemented into the wall and extended down over the base flashings to the surface of the roof covering. The gravel stops at roof edges and gutter-heads should be of metal and incorporated with the felt and cement. Sheet Metal Work. Preliminary: The following provisions are meant to apply in general, to the temporary emergency work. In cases of permanent buildings the choice of materials and methods of construction should, as nearly as is possibkj approximate peace-time standards. Note: For metal flashings, etc., see Flashings and Trimmings: Gutters and Leaders: Where especially shown on the drawings or required, they should be of 26-gauge galvanized steel. Gutters should be graded to leaders and supported by metal hangers or brackets, spaced not over 2 feet apart. The leaders should be of ample size for the removal of roof water and may be round or rectangular, preferably corrugated, and equipped with the necessary turns to conduct water to grade or to the sewers. The leaders should be secured to walls by iron hold-fasts or sheet- metal strips. Note: For sizes of pipe and for roof drainage areas, etc., see "Piping," under heading of "Plumbing," included in this Manual, Ventilators: In general, for roofs, should be of galvanized steel. For capacities and details, see Drawing No. 620-325, in the files of the Construction Division. Corrugated Steel, where used for side walls or roof coverings, should be No. 26 gauge for walls and No. 21 gauge for roqf s, and should be galvanized. Where it is necessary to use steel that is not galvanized, it should be well-coated both sides with paint. The steel should lap at least 1 inch at the vertical joints and at least 2 inches at the horizontal joints. Rivets should be spaced not to exceed 12 inches. Painting: Sheet metal surfaces should be painted as follows: All metals subject to rust, all concealed surfaces of tin or galvanized steel, flashings and siding. The paint used should be red lead and linseed oil, and at least one good coat should be applied. Skyughts. For temporary construction, skylights should be made of wood and flashed with metal, in general, similar to detail included in. this Manual for warehouse roofs (Plate 111). They should be provided with condensation gutters with weep holes, rod reinforcements and such flashings as may be needed for the construction. Glass, for skylights in the temporary construction, unless otherwise shown on the draw- ings, should be ribbed and not less 'than J4 inch thick. For the more permanent construction, the glass should be ribbed and wired, not less than % inch thick. All glass should be well- bedded in putty and made thoroughly water-tight. Section C. Page 64. Wood Framing. Materials: Framing lumber should be of sound merchantable yellow pine or fijj. _ Other timber of equivalent strength may be used. Timber should be of dimensions generally given on the drawings, and planing of same is to reduce dimensions not more than 3/16 inch for one side planing, nor more than ^ inch for two-side planing. Foundation Posts — Footings: Foundation posts shown of wood, may be of chestnut, cypress or cedar, round or square, or any available wood or tree cuttings, of equal strength. Posts should not be less than 8 inches in diameter nor less than 6 inches square. Under the wood posts, the footings are generally formed of concrete or flat stones. The footings should be well bedded in place. All wood below ground should be well creosoted. Wood Posts: Wood foundation posts shall be used for buildings of a temporary Character only, where it is believed the building will not be required for longer than two years, other- wise, piers shall be built in lieu thereof. SUls and Girders, should be built up construction rather than single sections. Joints of the built-up sections should be staggered over bearings and the pieces should be spiked together at least once every foot, using nails of length approximately equal to thickness of the two pieces. Studding: Outside and inside studding iS generally figured on the drawings, and should be doubled at sides of wide openings, and trebled at comers. Braces should be cut in at outside comers, and wherever necessary to relieve weight over wide openings. Provide all nfecessaiy blocking for nailings of every description. Joist, should be set with crowdittg sidfe up. They should be spaced as shown, doubled arouiid stair walls, under partitions and under stove locations. Bridge through (center of spans with pieces of same section as joist, or cross bridging as shown or required. Bracing: During construction, temporary bracing should be provided to hold all work in place until it is self-supporting. In general, bracing for frame structures is shown on the draw- ings, and care should be taken that a thorough system of bracing is maintained throughout the entire structure. Brace foundation posts to girders and to joist, joist to studding, rafters to studding and to collar beams or ties, and posts to girders. Partitions in frame buildings may be considered as adequate bracing. Trusses and Rafters: In the construction of trusses for temporary construction, for spans of 36 feet or less, truss members should be spiked rather than bolted together, as shown on Plate 60. All truss members should be accurately fitted and framed, bolting, spiking or other- wise securing together as shown on the details. The lower chord of trusses should be crowned 1 inch for each 25 feet of span. All rafters should be accurately spaced in reference to unit di- mensions and doubled around roof openings 4 feet or more in width. At rafters and roof trusses, knee and wind bracing should be carefully constructed. Framing and Nailing: In the construction of typical frame buildings, all of the members should be well spiked together. Special framing should only apply to structures detailed for particular construction, and drawings in such cases should be carefully observed^ For all nailed up construction, care should be taken that the strength of nails or spikes equals the stresses of members so joined. Siding, Under Floors, Roofing Boards, should be yellow pine, fir^ or equivalent wood, 1 inch by 4 to 12 inches wide. This material should be double nailed for boards 6 to 8 inches wide ; tripled nailed for boards 9 to 12 inches wide. For hospital construction, sheathing should be used instead of the boarding; the sheathing to be 13/16 inch by 6 to 8 inches, D. & M., sound pine. For Southern standard Catitonment construction, inside exposed face of boarding, should be dressed. Attention is directed to the essential difference between Northern and Southern standard Cantonment construction. In Southern Construction, excepting hos- pitals, all dead spaces are eliminated, in so far as this conforms to the methods shown on the Section C. Page 65. drawings. Note that by this method, in Southern Construction, wall board may be substituted for wood sheathing, under the drop siding. See details on Plates 46, 47 and 48. For under flooring of temporary construction, the boards should run at right angles to the joists. Spaces between floor and grade in all buildings should be made tight with studding and boards. See: "Provisions for Fire Prevention." Drop Siding: Where Novelty or Drop Siding, or Ship, Lap is shown, it should be of yellow pine or fir, or equivalent wood, 13/16 inch by 6 to 8 inches wide. Siding should be double nailed not to exceed 34 inches apart. Two Ply Covering and Battens: For description of one ply prepared roofing, see paragraph "Tempoi-al-y Buifdings" under heading of "Roofing." Where shown on the drawings for temporary buildings, the vertical surfaces should be cov- ered with; the above mentioned material. It should run vertically and at joints lapped at least 2 inches. Cover the joints thus formed with vertical battens about 1 inch by 2 inches and repeat battens at intermediate points. The battens should be nailed at least once every 8 iriches. Sheathing, for inside walls and partitions should be of yellow pine or fir or equivalent wood, dressed and matched (D. & M.) riot less than 7/16 inch nor more than y^ inch thick. Note that partitions for, Southern Camp and Cantonment Construction are sheathed on one side only. Pinished Plooring: All interior floors, unless otherwise shown on the drawings^ are to be double. The finished flooring is to be flat grain No. 1 c6mmon yellow pine, or No. 3 N. C. Pine, except \vhere especially mentioned to be otherwise,- 13/16 inch thick by not more than 5^ inches wide. The flooring is to be laid at right angles to tinder floor, for temporary construction, blind nailed, at le.ast once in every. 2 feet and for the more permanent construction, blind nailed once in every 16 inches. Boards over 4J4 inches wide are to be top-nailed in addition to blind nailing. Between floors insert one thickness of building papei-, lapping edges and with fight joint at; walls. Porch floors are to be 13/16 inch by Zy^ inches, I). & M., of fir or rift grain yellow pine, with white leaded joints and blind nailed. For hospital construction, under flooring is to be 13/16 inch by 6 to 8 inch, D. & M., sound pine with two nails at eacfi bearing. Fin- ished flooring is to be 13/16 inch by 3^4 inches D. & M., No. 1, flat gi'ain N. C. pine, laid at right angle to the under flooring and blind hailed at least once in every 16 inches. Draft Stops: In hospital construction, at an intermediate point between the floors, draft stops should be cut in between the studding. Draft stops and divisions for concealed spaces should be generally provided as shown on the drawings or as described under heading: "Pro- visions for Fire Prevention." Draft stops between first floor and grade should be constructed of 2-inch by 4-inch studs and two thicknesses of J^-inch D. & M. boards. Draft stops between ceiling and roof should be constructed of 2-inch by 4-inch studs, with plaster board on both sides. In hospital construction, the above described draft stops should be not more than 50 feet apart, or as noted on the, drawings. Buildifig Paper, between floors and under drop-siding, may be any suitable commercial build- ing paper of adequate weight, water proofed for hospital construction and where especially called for. Insulation, where especially called for, is to be approved flax fiber, of thickness shown on the drawings. CARPSNfiJY AND MlLLWOEK. -,, P!fi,ish,,in General: ,For standard Cantonment Buildings, the carpentry and mill-\york should be pine, fir,' or cypress, of simple character, in general conformity with the plates included in this Manual, which methods are standard for this type of work only. For Hospital Construe- Section C. Page 66. tion, the wood finish should be of No. 1 yellow pine or fir, according to the details generally -shown on drawing Z-1. Carpentry and mill-work for other types of buildings should be iil gen- eral conformity with "Standard Specifications— Details for War Buillding Projects," prepared under the auspices of the War Industries Board, Building Materials Division, also Carpentry. Panel Doors, should be of pine, cypress, fir or spruce (Oregon or Washmgton), No. 1 grade for natural finish and No. 2 grade for paint. Doors may be 4 or 5 panel, moulded O. G., B. & C. or C. & B. Panels may be flat or raised. Sash Doors, should be of the same materials as panel doors with 1, 2, 4 or 6 lights of single strength B grade glass, set with best quality commercial putty. Batten Doors, should be of sound quality, wood for painting, built of. 13/16 inch T. & G. material with 13/16 inch framing on both sides. Framing should consist of 7J^ inch stile's and top rails, 11 J^ inch bottom rails, 5J^ inch cross rails and 4^ inch diagonal rails. For hos- pital construction, note fire doors of two thicknesses of sheathing and which should be pro- vided with hardware required by the details. Exterior Door and Window Frames, should be of sound quality wood for painting, and should conform in details to the required thickness and construction of the walls. Window frames for temporary construction in general should be of the horizontal sliding type, see Plate 54. Double sliding frames are only used incidentally for this type of construction, see Plate 55. Double sliding plank frames are generally used for hospital construction and where especially shown on the drawings ; the frames should be provided with weight boxes for future weights. Window Sash and Transoms, should be of white pine. Glass in general should be of single strength B grade> well tacked in place and set with best quality commercial putty. Glass of special kind, quality and thickness is noted on the drawings. . Stairs, should be constructed on 2 inch by 12 inch carriages not over 2 feet apart, blocked apart at least once between floors. Treads should be 1 and 1/16 inches thick and risers 13/16 inches thick, of yellow pine, housed together, the treads in general square edge for Standard Cantonment Construction. Wall rails should be turned, or not less than 1^ inches by 2^ inches with rounded corners, as the case may require, well secured to walls with suitable wood or steel brackets not more tban 6 feet apart. Rise for stairs in general, should not exceed 8 inches. For hospital construction, rise for stairs should not exceed 7J^ inches and the run of the tread not less than 10 inches. These provisions should apply to outside stairs as well, except that no risers are required. Ladders should be provided where shown on the drawings of 2 inch by 4 inch stringers and 1 inch by 3 inch rungs and should be well secured to walls. Painting. Painting should be done only when specifically authorized, the general policy for temporary building, being not to paint. All materials for paint, varnishes, etc., when used, and the mixing thereof, should conform strictly to "Standard Specifications for War Building Projects." For hospital construction, all doors and windows before glazing, should be primed. Paint all ex- terior hospital wood and metal work, one coat light gray in color, covering capacity 200 sq. ft. per gallon. Paint all interior hospital wood fini sh two coats. Size and paint one coat all plaster walls of hospitals. Paint operating wing throughout and in addition paint two coats with best enameled paint. Note: See also "Painting" under heading "Sheet Metal Work." Painting Pipes: Pipes serving various purposes should be identified by means of bands painted thereon. The bands are to be 4 inches wide and should be located near valves or joints. Wherever practicable the operating engineer of the plant should be consulted as to location of bands. Section C Page 67. The colors used for the bands should be as follows: High pressure steam pipes Black Low pressure steam pipes Buff Fire lines Red Water lines Green Compressed air pipes Blue Electric conduits White Hardware for Standard Cantonment Buildings and Hospitals. Note: Hardware should conform to "Standard Specifications and Details for War Build- ing Projects," prepared under the auspices of the War Industries Board, Building Materials Division. The principal hardware items in use for temporary construction are given by W. I. B. plate number and description as follows : Locks for Outside Doors, W. I. B. (Plate IF): Three tumbler Easy Spring Locks, Brass face, strike and bolts, case not less than 3J4 by 3J4 inches with 3J^ inch backset. Two N. P. steel keys for each lock. Wrought brass knobs, 3J4 inch one piece spheroid pattern, secured by side know screws and plain spindles. Wrought brass escutcheons 6 by 2 inches for both sides of door. Note: In addition to the lockset specified, provide for each rear or basement entrance door one mortise bolt. ' ,'';;- Note: For cantonment work substitute steel where brass is specified. Locks for Inside Doors, W. L B. (Plate 3-B): Rim knob locks, upright type, japanned iron case, not less than 4 by 3J4 inch iron bolts; iron key; pottery knobs; japanned shanks-; japanned iron rose and key plate. , Butt Hinges for Outside and. Inside Doors, W. I. B. (Plate 5-B): Plated; wrought steel, 3J^ by 3>^ inch, 2 .to each door. For doors opening into baths, to be shefardized or electro-galvanized before plating. Spring Butt Hinges for Single and Double, Acting Doors, W. I. B. (Plate 5 J & K): For single-acting doors, plated wrought isteel, required size. For double-acting doors, plated wrought steel, required size. Butt Hinges for Transoms Over Interior Doors W. I. B. (Plate 5-G): Plated wrought steel, 3 1/$ by 3 J^ inch. Spring Hinges for W. C. Doors, W. I. B. (Plate 5-L) : Japanned wrought steel, size 3 by 3 inches. Door Bolts, W. LB. (Plate 7-J): c^- , o a k a Japanned wrought steel, polished bolt, with screws, required size. (Sizes 2>^, 3, 4, 5, b, 8 inch.) Spring Bolts for Windows, W.I. B. (Plate 9-G): Steel, galvanized or tinned. Transom Chain, W. I. B. (Plate 8^B): Wrought steel, 12 inch. Transom Catch, W. I. B. (Plate 8-H): Plated cast iron or wrought steel, 1J4 by 2>4 inch. Screen Door Hardware: Iron wire hook and eye, pull and "Perfect" spring, all japanned. Suction C. Page 68. Hardware for FirE Engine Houses, Stables and Warehouses. Swinging Doors: Screw, hook and strap hinges, 18 inch tO 3G inch as required, three to each door, japanned. Top and bottom bolts, 10 inches long, extra strong, japanned, W. I. B.' (Plate 7-C & F), japanned cast iron or wrought steel required size, top bolt with chain of required length. Warehouse Sliding Doors: Trolleys and tracks of adequate sizes, guides, rollers and stops. 2 inch cast bronze padlocks with 4 levers and 2 keys to each. Hitching Rings: 2^ inch rings with screw eyes. Swing Bar Chains: 2 foot halter chain with screw-eye and S-hook. ScREiCNS : For hospital construction, there should be provided full length removable screens for all doors and windows that are not protected by screened porches ; also screens for all porches in- cluding screen doors for same. Wire for screens should be No. 16 and galvanized. CANTONMENT BUILDINGS. P;EtELiiqi>fARy. The office of the Advisory Architect is charged primarily with responsibility for the design of the various structures, used for housing troops and animals, in canips and posts. It deter- mines the types of buildings necessary under existing conditions and the sizes required to accom- modate the various military organizations. It also passes on the necessity of additional con- struction for which requests are received, recprnmepding authorization where this is warranted by the evidence presented. Drawings prepared in the field for additional strucjt^ires, when suitable, are frequently accepted for use without change; otherwise they may become the basis for revision directed from this office. Building locations selected by a constructing officer (subject to the approval of the Com- manding Officer of the Camp or Post), should be submitted to the Washington office for final approval. ■ . i . Permanent post buildings are not included in the following considerations as they are usually based on standards laid down by regulations and custom. Drawings for temporary buildings have been standardized and such modifications as are necessary to fit any given site are, to a large extent, determined in the field. The sizes of the cantonments required for housing the troops mobilized in the fall of 191'}', was such that the use of two-story barracks had to be resorted to, in order to conserve not only the ground space, but also the extent of roads, sewers, water pipes and electric lines neces- sary to serve them. The original cantonment buildings were designed' for use only in the far south. These have been modified for use in the nol;tb^em. states, where heatipg is necessary during the winter months. ' '' . /, Materials and construction methods for the Standard temporary buildirigs are described un- der heading "Construction Notes," included in this Manual. Section C. Page 69. Generai, Considerations In designing Standard temporary buildings, consideration has been given : (a) to the utilization of commercial lengths of lumber without waste ; (lb) the reduction to a minimum the number of pieces of lumber of, different dimejttsions; (c) the avoidance of excessive spans requiring large sizes of timber; This policy resulted in the adoption of a standard wid):h of 30 feet, with 7 foot bays, for one- story buildings ; and widths of 30 to 42 feet, with bays of 8 or 10 feet, for two-story buildings ; each building being of such number of bays as is necessary to give the requisite capacity. In order to simplify manufacture and to facilitate packing, transportation, sorting and erection, sash of six 10 by 15 inch lights, and doors 2 feet 8 inches by 6 feet 8 inches, have been adopted. ' The considerations in paragraphs above apply particularly to Standard types of temporary buildings used as living quarters, mess halls, lavatories, storehouses and other buildings, that occur in considerable numbers in a cantonment. The saiiie principles are not always applicable to buildings designed for very special fJufpSses. Such special buildings occur singly or jn small numbers only, arid do not therefore interfere with the systematic progress of large group construction. The cantonment barracks were originally planned to provide an entire conipafly organiza- tion with sleeping and messing space. Later developments pointed to the desirability of provid- ing space for smaller groups of men. The present practice is ta provide dormitories, for from 30 to 35 rnen, using two-story buildings, in which the second stories are accessible only from the outside; niess halls being provided in separate buildings. The practice of the War Department requires the provision of 60 square feet of floor space or 720 cubic- feet of air space, for eacM man in barrack dormitories in perman^t, buildings., The earliest cantonment drawings provided 36 square feet and 360 cubic feet, on the supposition that, as these buildings were to be used in a sew-tropi^aj climate, the windows and doors would all be open and the buildings would be so far from air-tight that ample ventilation would be available. Jn; ;th^. temporary tiu^ldings n,ow in use, wljiph ^.rjC designed to be heated, the aibwanpe , is 50 square feet of floor space and 500 cubic feet of air space for each man. PORTABLE BUILDINGS. Unii Construction. Qj^A^I^^ AJJP CoiNSipfiRATlONS. The use of the portable type of building has proved advantageous in some cases, where scarcity of labor and speed of erection werp i^tgrs. Standard drawings are available in the Construction Division for "Portable Buildings," as follows: " : .. . . .! 411:4-103 SueTioiN C. Pag^ 70: Key plans— one and two-story buildings 30 feet and 28 feet wide, respectively. >y ■,■•■■> iX):-i-W One-story buildingsj 30 feet < wide. •.!•.'. . . . . . -i. . . . . .,!)>.?;. ■■■'> -j- . .:,.(.|Hfvf. !•>-?)• ■ ...... . '.-j-;- f:ll;4-101 Two-story buildings; 38 feet wide. .: .!'..■•.• .' . ■ -■ . . .'. • 411.4-103 F'ra!mih'g)'pieces''(dei;ails') : ':". ..'. .■'.'.'.-:...'.. : .' . ...'.-. '.'.... . .' : The above drawings contain'airnecessary details for' manuf actiir'6, marking and erection. .,;,id?laer available i^e^igns for povtable'.piiildings.'a^re composite, being; formed from ; an a,iialysis of tne'designs qfia.nuoiber of .manufa,cturjers, and they embody the best fpaj'tipes "of efich, .The resultaifit designs v/ei-e checked hy the manufacturers' engineers. ",'; , : Fo'f], efi&cient .use of' this, type'>3.f ; construction^ kh- .^sspntiaMjo .lo^a'Jtil^iji.canfful supervision over product at factory, shipping provisions and storage at job. Provisions should be made to insure interchangeabijity of parts from various factories, and a careful marking system should be adopted; , >',q,. fi-ir;!-,,'^ ;,--!■ (.i ■/'-.-:-; i-.;fiPi-i -.-hrir. "■■-'-r-,;-.. . . .,- -1'. ■ -„■.;+ ..,,, Preliminary to' the adoption .'fjf!);iie.',portabl,e type of ^construction, for a particular project, the relative advantages as compar^cl with ordinary, constr-uctiqn. should be given c.arefi.|l^. consider- ation. In this connection, the following points, among others, should be considered : ' ^ ii' (a) Methods" of heating and suitability, to northern and southern requirements ; - ; ' lo (b) tength of haul between available' factories and site; ''' ' ' ' (d) Ability of available factories to produce iti sufficient quantities, within necessary ' Hnie limits; ' ' '^'i (d) Capacity limitations of one-story construction, and possible objections to two-story portable construction; (e) Amount of repetition in:T3enti.calbiiitding units ;•; ■<.■•■] (f) Possibility of future re-arrai^gemgnt of, bm.ld|ngs, with relation to each other; and the possibility of a change in location of an entire camp or portions thereof ; (g) Comparison of advantages where the remodelling or enlargement of ' buildings is con- templated; ( . . . '■^'ia-rlv/ ,?3?-C;7 '-(U-iri<. i(i' ,L\M;.ij-.:-fEJi;7F ;1 ■ j;ij-tq .-■' , -■: ' ■_. ' In -..(TV- \: :,■'■■■ i : (h) Established percentage to cover loss By breakage; "' ■ ' (i) Salvage probabilities in case of demolition. -,. OJZ.*- 1 1 VJINI ,v^. V-^UAM JC ■^t- TYPICAL BUlLJ)iriG5 TSRCAMF^ <^CAnT0riMmT3 DE5CRIKI ion O'Ti.LrtRinCt DRAWI71G5 ' dHtlT NAMLOf BUILPl/IG SIZE IH rux BLMTj HCJGHT „„„, UNLESS OTOERWIil MOTtP ""''•J AUBUKMAREOFWOOPaMIJT COHJfrt DtTAilj /■ / / 4- # ./^ ^''''' 327 ADMlfiliTRATlOrt BLPG. • £o'xa4 7-0" 1-JTOKY s omcts 317 S67 3Z9 530 325 556 J > Z0'«42i 7-0- !< * 5 317 6^7 3Z9 330 3Z5 337 WnO &>M0T0E3ER.VlCt iTA. 35«'4l' . „ orrict &■ sTORAGt ■ rz'x 2is' CORJUIGATEE iTEtL ROOr &-3IDmS 5)4 367 y\o DAKERy • 1 overt 3O'»70' 14-0" It n 1 ovtncAK 6O0O mn-zA hrs. 514 367 352 351 315 Aze> 1 » 50'x50' •"■ H 1 » " 3500 314 367 332 351 3L5 373 i ,. -W'xJi^ " " 5 •• "25000 TO MOOO » " 36; 36i 367 4-20 AbO 315 361-361 ' 4 "• ELL 5rx6r 10-0", " ■■ 4 •■ '40000X0 50000- ■ 367 3JZ 4.Z0 460 315 SOS • Z. • ADPM 33'«5V " ■■ Z ' ADDA1Z0.OOO MEM" • 515 r>AK.R.ACK Xk&O' lO'-O" z-smtcf 66 MEN 3(4 367 476 3Z9 350 325 542 P 50*50 lO-O" . .. 52 " 314 367 3E9 330 3Z5 56fc • 50»40' JO-O" ,, .. 40 " 31+ 367 329 330 3Z5 555 BAR.RACK (without CtTACHMtHT JMt53 ZO'xVAK- ZOjVAR 7-0" 7-0" i-JTocr rypi A - ornct efitnar Koon M MtN Z0'x4910 a ntM Z0'«168'. TYPE £>- WITHOUT orncW ETC.. a-MENZO-.ZI TO JfeMtM EO'xMO 317 367 329 330 325 355 rtTAWMCMT {W™ MtiS- ZOxVAH ZOxVAS Zd.VAII 7-0 7-0" 7-o' •I H TYPE A- 8 MEM Z0>55' TO IZ " iOx.4Z' TYPE 15 17 - ZO «fe3' TO Z-4 ■■ -ZOV 84' TYPE C- Z8 - EOxlOS' TO J(4. - ZO« IZf 3)7 ^67 362 529 310 325 'isj-Ase I>ARRACK S^ LAVATORY 45x120 lO'-O' t-STOR 150 MEH-SHOVJERi.WC- HtATtK.K.M 3)4 350 367 35) 329 350 325 450 CLA55 ROOM DLDG. 30'x«) 10-0" R 0RniTORY- IZ MEN 367 420 351 443 3Z5 Mi I. « 51x68 7-0" „ „ TYPE E;. ZCARS OFK'fr'ZSERCTS. KOR.MITORY 15 MEN. 367 4Z0 351 473 31. <) 325 447 P ■• 51x103 7-6" ,. r TYPE p. Z CAR.3 4 5ERCTS. EORMITOItY I6MLI1WITH MESS 367 4Z0 351 475 330 325 501 GAR.AGC SO'xVAR. lO-O" , ,. WITH REPAIR SHOP &• W*iN St«»OJ. HIHGED DOORS TWO SIDC6. 367 5ZZ-5Z5 p 65x108 16-0" „ ., FD;?5TCAM HEATED BLDCSEE 391 367 511 .. " 30xVAR 10^0" *■ fl H1N6ED DOORS ONE SIDE.' 367 524 oriti 50'xVAR 10-0" •1 II UiEO FROM BOTH SIDES. 525 <• CLOiED 70'«18O zo'o' n It SHOP 40x70 • 496 ' rOK AMBULAMCtS E2x47 „ .. 3 AM&ULAMCEJ 6^2 MOTOR. CYCLE 551 GVARD HOUSE -KMmtMTAL Z0x5& 7-0" » ., GUAJU) RM ornct- FRI30MEK5 IIM 3)7 367 530 3Z5 575 ,PR.150NER3' BARR.ACK fe^VARp WITH rtncE. 30'«?d lO'-o" Z-3T0IO' 3 PRIJOHLRa'PORMlTORIES ■ 3 JINSH CELLS ornct. 6'ME3J.lAVJ>LTACIlEP 3)4 367 3(52 330 325 394 575=^ GUAKP BARRACK 30x90 lo'-o" . , ipoRM. 30x90 ipoRnaoxao;. SERGTJ, OFF &MEJ3- LAMtTACHEP. 3)4 367 347 330 3Zi 3^4 578 HAY 5HtD 60xli&5 11-9" 1-3T0IW OPEN JliED-TOMJ "CAP SOO- WM& HOiC HOUJE py^ S «.X7; & X 7 eiKKH ZOO HOJt- ZOO' " 553 KITCHtM roHPETEHTIOM ^-Q-UAItANTI/^E CAMPS 20x40 6-o" 1-iTOW KITCHEtl Z50 MEM RANSE. COOKS ROOM ■ STORE ROOM 317 36.7 332 330 3Z5 370 magazine: ZOxEO H |i CORP. STEEL HOOF & SIBINO. PLATFORM BOTH EHOS. 325 v57i i» 24x60' If » platform'both Slot*. 325 45? » £>ULL£r- rRoor 10x10 . .. BRICKCORK.. STEEL R.Oqr 325 4Z3 MEAT IN3PECTIOM I»LATroR.M lO'x&fc II N zorncEJ lO'xio'oFEN riATroRM 367 307-508 IHriRMARYieNTAL adxM 6^0" Z-JTDKI IMFIRMARY 30'x48. LAC « « 32: OPERATIrtS ItOOMtTC. 305 36.7 352 351 415 3Z5 310-311 "- PORM-ITORYBLDG j&xas 6-0" . . PORMITORY- IC> ME.N. 14 BED ROOnj ■ M EJJ • ETC. 305 367 352 351 466 325 i 1 SECTION C. PLATE 43 (dIO TYPICAL DUlU) rtG!) PR.CAnP^ (^CAMTOnnmB 5H£CT IHAME or BUILP1/1G m FttT KMTJ HCKirr consi'M DtTAlLS / .^^'^ J .# # .^^^ 30Z INFIRMARY- MEDICAL xixfeS 7-0" 2iT0liV Z5 MEM «^ME55 X-J z"«-» fcg k 305 5<,7 352 351 426 3?5 568-575 " 50x77 7-0" ■ • ZB 505 367 552 351 419 525 582 . 50x105 l-JTOCf 14 • 505 567 352 351 480 325 563-564 . 50«!1Z 7-0" 2,3TOO 48 ■ ■ " 305 367 352 351 456 323 384 35Z-553 .. 30«98 7-0" 35 305 567 552 351 455 325 443 " 30'«56' 14 " ■ ■• 505 354 367 352 351 481 325 353 APPHIOH 24x34 & •■ WITHOUT Mt55 367 525 :5^4. LAVATORY l^iJ,"w%\ 17 ■< 14' 17«2r I7«28' 1-iTOR.Y O TO 80 MEM 80 " 160 " MM •• Z50 •■ 330 567 S29 330 325 549 WITH iHOWCRJ "MM 14x14' 14,2a TO ZO MEM 21 " 40 " 3i50 v3&7 331 329 330 325 348 p a II •• > M ZO'xZI zoVzfl 7'-o' 41 •• 70 •• 71 - 100 - 350 54.7 351 .32.9 530 375 347 •■UK Z0,3l5 7'o- 101 • 140 '• 350 367 351 3Z9 J30 323 346 " Z0«42 7'0' 141 ■' 190 " 550 5«>7 351 3Z9 330 5Z5 345 n n |i Z0.49 70" 19) ■■ Z50 ■• 350 567 331 3tS J 90 323 5Z5 1- I> * ' 20x50 in, Tr. PKn MPH W'f" orf.ToiiLT 19) TO 250 MLM JjHoUtH. PR. tin. 555 LATRl/iE. * 12x16' I2'xl6 IZ'«Z4 itx24' IZ«.Z4 6 o (1 > 1 TO 4.0 MEM 61 ■ SO • 31 ■• IZO • 121 ■■ leo ■■ 16i ■ ZIO ■ ZII ■• 250 - 567 516 ME.35 X>UILPmG ZOxVAR 7-0" 40 MEM Z0'«49 TO Z%MI«ZO«m .SI7 56J 352 T JZ'i J30 J>25 442 50.120 30'.15Z 30«M4 IZ-0 . „ Z50 MEM 300 ' iSO • 367 33Z 329 330 323 365 OrnCERS aUAR.TER.5 n M zo' ■ MtJi 317 567 5^2 4Z0 466 raz9 030 323 336 OIL HOUit zo'oo . n CORROTEEL ROOF «r JlPl/lG . SI'S 508 OUPflAMCE REPAIR, in. 30 TTPt r CAPACITY 60 CATTLt 367 tk 475 » COOLmG TOWER (M .E.4 70 507 vJCHOOL X»oaDI/1 II II iMxIjd 27-4- 1 •■ .5HOPROOM5 INCLUDED 3S9 334 347 498 JZ5 550 QUARTZRMAJTER. 3ii.'«l06 /;-s" 1 " YA RD BETWEEN DLPGJ. 40xI0t 334 367 3za. J30 5i5 433 '■ TEMT TREATING Ai'x^d 100" I •• W0RKAIND5UPPLY ROOMS. 5M y.1 329- .310 325 440 " RETAIR. 40'x6d 10-0 I ■■• ,. 334- 367 32? 330 i75 553 SHOP ZOxMR. 7-0" 1." 317 567 323 330 325 451 SHOWER J>HElTtR.S'WAJH HOU.3E:- CBATTALIOH) Z0k80' 6-0" ! ■■ MEN'i WAiH.SHOWER 6- PRtSSlNa ROOMS. OFTlCER'i 5M0WERS, 350 367 J3i 329 330 ^>25 MOR.THERM AHD 5 )UTHE KH C :0)i3 CRUCTIOM ■■ 520-2-I62 Z.C INE 5 r lAF 353 5T&BLE GUARJ? 20x71 7-0' l-.i"IORY 31? 567 329 330 ilS 1 376 5TAEiLt ort.^ Z4'xVa«. id-o" 1 ■■ 4-ANJrtALi TO EACH BENT. i4Zl " CLOiED Z9'xVar 10 -o" I » FORAa't ANB SADDLE ROOMS. 567 525 : 412-413 .STORE HOUiL- .SALVAGE (SO'xlMi ,lE-0" 1 " PLATFORM ONE. SIDE,. 415 334 3&7 5Z3 . 313 " J)1VU10MAL £0x146' UNITJ S-9' 1 ■■ UMlTi DIVIDEP DY BRJCK FIR-t WALLi. (D'-PLATFORM £ACH SIDE 54.7 48Z-4a5 ,. . 1. &0xl&6 3-3" I " oniON e^ POTATO JTOR.AGE - lrtiULATEa.l0'Pl-»TrOKMMCM31OE Zikl 329 J30 315 316 " REGintNTAL 20'xVA1!. 7-0'- I •• 567 .529 3JO 525 4ia TEL. OFFICE S^QUAHTERS ZOxlld 10-0" 1 " TELEaR.APH OFFICE 10 BED R'Mi- J>ETACH£D LAV- 14x34. 517 554 347 550 551 417 5Z5 518 TELtPHOrlE-TaEQRAPH BLDG zo'<7d 7-cC 1 - I-ROOMEACH rOROPERATOR-OPER ATl/HG-TERMIMAL &/• TELES. OFFICE 534 567 464 329 330 525 325 ; 499:500 ilDERTV THEATRE (iOxizd 6-0" 1 " AUDITOMOn JtATIfla J35S--JTASE 3O'«S,O'A0»tP -JLE JHEETJ 515.516. 400 J03 J2J 347 ; 385-J66 WAREHOUJE Fas-clOTHlrtd 60x100 lO'-O" Z-JTDItY ZOFFICLJTOILETJ .S'ELEVATOK. 334 567 525 i,432. WAiTE S-TRAMjrER03TA. ZOxlJO 10-0 I-5T0RY WAJHI/ia ROOM Z0'<30'. OPEM PlATFORn ZO'xlOO-. 367 :ii5Z 351 " * 475 WATER COOU/SG i^COMPEtliU aizs' 16HIISH- ALSO TO BE BUILT 1^ CO/iNEHTlOM WITH REFRIGERATOR. PLAN CJ EE. 4-1 ij . OZ5 VENTILATORi GALVANIZED .STEEL (FOR CAPACITIES, 5CNEDULE3 &■ details) 325 'SCHEDULE. f2R RLMOUm 3TAT10NJ. j • DE.>5CR[PT10N J0B404 • DE.5CRIPTlOrH ■ JOB404 ;' PLAnFORRIGSIftGANP.CARGO CORRAL, and pack moJje"' 23 TYPICAL RECEIVma CORRAL 36 ''■ cargado'r jhor Z4 TYPICAL BLACK5MITH JCHO0L.5HOP. 37 " RlGfilMG ArtD CARSO CORRAL. 25 HAY RACK A/^D FEED TROUGH COMBINED 39 ■ PACK HORSE FOR. IN5TilUCTI0N IN PACKING. 26 A/<1IMAL SHELTER . 42 HAY RACK ANP FEED TROUGH. 27 OPERATlOn ROOM OR FORAGE ROOM. 43 ; TYPICAL FENCE AND GATE.. 28 5HtD FORHAY CHOPPING km OAT CRUiHiriG 44 ' .COVERED CHOTE. AND PEN. 29 TYPICAL OUTRIDE ELECTRIC WIRI/HGPLnS 45 TYPICAL UNLOADING PLAT FORM. £„""JVr^^p 305,31 SHELTER JHED WITH HAYRACK fi-FEED TROUGH. 46 MANURE LOADING FLAT FORM. 32 PLArt CHAMGING LARGE CORRAL ^i^LtRMRPALs .47 DIPPING TANK. 33 STATlOrt FOR T500 ANIMALS. 48 6LACK5M ITH ANP WHEELWRIGHT 5H0R 34 JWED FOR ISOLATION CORRAL. 35 ■'■ -- SE.CT10N C. PLATE 45 CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OF THE ARMY CONSTRUCTION-ZONE NOFTTHERN & SOUTHERN SE.CT10N C. PLATE. 46 -^ nOR.THE.lLri C0H5TR.UCT1ON- SCALE 12 3 4. I ■ I ■ ' — »- 4" Riocr E'x4" R.AFTE.R3. Z,|"o-C KoTC- <5iB.peio OF *" 3-2K4"0NPE». 5TOVtS AND Sf^t* LOOMS . i;g S» E.ATMIMS •'a PL/ ;>it.tPAR.tP iu>oriH<. I'S-^MlX-COMCItErr PIES.! tfOOTi«C5' » u.^, ^OUTHLRM COJiSTR-UCTIOH - -I 1 JL. CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OF THE ARMY TYPICAL BUILDINGS FOR ORIGINAL ^E DRAWINGS 620-3J7Ny3l7S DETAILS- ONE STORY BUILDNGS SE.CT10N C. PLATE, 47 \C' , , lo' . . lO' , . IC' | . le' ^ -E>LocK PLAn or 66-ME/i BARRACK. 411(6 -UHDER. 6ipt or fe.AnrLiL3 rmu-cD ft up covLiccs ' With WalL'Soau. ^^.^ v;ALi.-»OAe». /T «" Q 3HtATHIU<5 rUT OH Hofelzo^TALLy rjt/>M FLOOR- TO "WinPOW JILL. ^z'yy lep-0" O'C- z \a" 3tup> - a-'o~ O.C.. J^ Vall-^oah-jj. J)tOr OR, HOVLLTX SIPlftC OR. ^HIP LAP H.Y ritOM ji'7 rLOOS. TO WI«*OW JILL Z •£<■ ara I- *iro"o.c. .,•«<: VEwicAuy CUT IK. BBTwtt* ITM ^ATTtAI5 'Jol.gTJ. -i' WALL , '2'a'^ 3-2x6 C5lK.pEltr ■^i M^ 5-5 « ir- CO *c cE rc "1 TiZ Ki ^ roor»/(ci l-.^-^^ _ -I 1 LONGiTUpmAL -I — u iiOKTHLKIi COiiiSTRUCTJO/i FOR. 0RI61MAL ^IL PK.AWl/iG5 &Z0-3V!>.3m CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OF THE ARMY TYPICAL BUILDINGS DETAI LS -TVQ STORY- BUILDINGS 5LCTION C. plate: 46 WALL " ' LOiiGlTUPjyiAl OliJL-HALr CltOO^ 5LCTIOM ^LCTlon Scale.. o I a 3 4e 5 I I I I I i-)-n-i ^OUTHLUn ■ CON^THUCTIOn irOKlDLTAlLS 3LE. DKAVI]tiG5 6>ZO -313^14.5 CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OF THE ARMY TYPICAL BUiLDINGS DETAILS -TWO STORY BUILDINGS. mmyy-" SECTION C. PLATE. 49 END ELEVATION Galv. Irtn Yen} FR.ONT ELEVATION S ECTI ON Oplu ^^ ' ^»-n ^ -*= m i <^ o o J Spice ftr^n SECOND FLOOR- PLAN J4 MEM. eiiecTRieAi. Nore . iaitieM4 Cuttout Catni«f , * l&vtirft fe service. eaa ahbet «ao.aer. for Sp«pif>b&lioia jbr Elarfrioal woirfc 'FIR. ST FLOOR, PLAN •3Z M t K 6^C>KUE o ff lo If So f i ° ''° 'f a IfORECTAll-SSf-r.DiawiHSeM-iB CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OF THE ARMY TYPCAL BUILDINGS 66 MEN BARRACKS SE.CT10N C. PLATE 50 ^=*i I o o A i First- TloorPian SCA.I.E |ii 111, . t-i-feiiiTi II I j' 2.0 }f dTOVCA ARE, OMirrefr, COMTINL'e CORRIOOFry •*'VV(Oe THROUSHOUT, RooM^ ARE foR OHE omcat? each. FoKCeN'L.ORAWlMGS -- '^20-J)i^#. For DiTAllt- e£0->3l4,aZS, 3S9,3S0,4Z0Vt CONSTRUCTION, DIVISION OFTHE ARMY TYPICAL BUILDINGS MESS BUILDING SE.GTION C. PLATE 5Z » ' Ho" — H aao \0 Q ® Q 00 Q^ O UAvATO^y. = (!) ' Pla N " ■ I'TO.fiO'MEN LAVATORIES ^yMBOI-S'AS-6WOWN-gE.LQW | Plan ••■ SI' to leo-MsH • WITHOUT Plan ••■ i6lTa-250. WEH• 5 H O W E R 5 ir I roH'omaiwoL' • »Et- orawin« ■ SBO-a**. Not e. a-AMP- SVMBOU.S. O Electric LisHr. ^ Dkinkinc rofNTAiN. O V^^AT«H Ctoser. • .SHOWE.R HcAD. O TtooR DitAiN. ■ Vent Pipe. ^ Water HeATt.it- ^^ Hot Water TANK. ® 3t«ve. QVenthatob References tor Lavatoriea witm Showers. DRAWtNea rOR l-2&MEH'e20-S49 •■ Bl-tO " •• '• •' '■ lel.|40 " " S-\7 DRAWINGS roB -41-70 MeN 620-3'4-8 Ti- 100 «■ " n .. 1.4.1-190 " •• 3<»S ORAwiws row 191-aso men fego-a-^g. PtAH - lt»:20M«M DETAILS FOR STOVE HEATIN5 " •■ WATER • " ■■ constin« •' Bl.gCTB)e WORK 6Z0-33U> g|^ONTH.5SHt£r. p^ ^ N ... g). t»40-Men B i l l iCn ' I I ' O lo o © ©© o© Plan ••• 14l-T«i90MEN! Plan ••• lairoz somen.- LA\/ATORS£S WITH 3H0WERS SEE DETASk DRAWINGS INCLUDED IN THIS MANUAL. SOM-E •End • Ei-tvATioH ° i 1 1 l1- i 1 1 1 'fn I I'ri I 1 1-| ° 5lOE - Llevation CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OF THE ARMY TYPICAL. BUILDINGS .A., L.AVATQPIES .SECTION C. PLATE 53 -rrrr-f^ Iill .-jjjjl SI X* ^.^^.»^/.'.^ -UJJP.I...1-1 Skower R.n»..?lo<»»- Z" loglow (^ .. I — r * — I — I' i'/4"?y-^- sss -*- ■-'■ ■-' '*> ">~^'- '^^^Jp*^ t^.TR-^M^nRSE'SECfN- IcftL^ fV^JecIion fbroTMind" see dfaWiVgr ••- C20- 52^,330,345.36!0,»fl,3«7 CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OFTHE ARMY TYPICAL BUILDINOS LAVATO RY DETAILS mrrmmmmm SLCTION C. PLATE, 54 LLLVATIOn fR-On inTE:R.10R-- 6tCT\0r\ STUD roK.mrtorToAJ ILtfM PLAN Z'^Z' AAAK &TOP-^ J&L04K, FOK-M/VltlWGi'' f ULL 51,ZL PLTAIL or R.UN5 rOR.SA5H PETAIL OF TOP AND BOTTOM R.UH TO OE THE SAME. EXCEPT THAT £>OTTOM R.U/1 15 TO HAVE 4 SAW CUT^S OIJ- HOLES TO LET OUT V/ATERJ. CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OFTHE ARMY TYPICAL BUILDINGS 'INDOW DETAILS • HORIZONTAL SUDING ■fl P-F' I i SECTION C. PLATL 55 Ft.AdHl«l€' OILL ^^5 MULLJOM FRAME FOR r- G'^lUWmG X t .- ^ A' X 10" lO" X 1,E' /O" ;t 15" J SCALE EXTE.R.IOE- ^ Mf.LTl/lG ItAJL < DLTAIL OFFRANt iNTLR-fOR, fOR. Z"x4"0TUPD]MG ^5 i=FiT<- j' LLE.VAT10M ^ cAi.e.- z 3= CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OFTHE ARMY TYPICAL BUILDINGS WINDOW DETAILS- DOUBLE SLIDING PU\NK T p=F -pt-r SECTION C. PLATE- 5e. 1>_a « -■E'K-I^K. rilCE. WALL J / TWteN UNITS AK» I ^ EN3>S, IF JTOfcEI AT 19.30 ox. LESJ PISTAKT KROM a frame BVILPIN T.i.Olt 1 PRICK C0PI*1"1LLE,K. JJE.TV/tt' FLAM^r rooT DETAIL or lNTtR.10R- po^T AMD roorine \ F0R.01L[GINAL3££. JRAVJMg^. £20-462 <5r:4a>3 CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OF THE ARMY TYPICAL BUILDINGS DIVISlONALSrORE HOUSE INSULATED. SEGTrON C PLATE 56 S- a pt-v patsPAteo Ht>oFir*Q I jtiL-_u u m ■*H it; 5 J qiy-^ t^i^r"-^ i^^i^^ o V^.SXA.L.1. A>R:f3AMGEr<^ENT 3U1DINS PCOW * a'A&"Fbs(5 It G >.o" J AUPirsq Dport. J ^ ^E U ^ C KJ J==X^ E=E PLAN CLOSED STABLE.. SCALE o s CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OF THE ARMY TYPICAL BUILDINGS DETENTION HOTgRITCHEN FOR DErENT.IDNaWRANHNE am] SE.CTION C. eLATt &0 -4 N Alls tftCK aiBt, . J H I «AIL3 EACH SIDE. ^ ^fTam OF PO^T -STANDARD 30 FOOT TR.U55 E.ACII 4lf e. t4 KAtL^ CACH AI^E^ 5TAliDAR.D 56 TOOT TI5LU55 \S < 1^1 t- e"xa'wiT« riLttt CS.TWE.E.N ' — ^ ^ ='■='-= =rn.r=.-=-:: =j=t;rz:^^rr=L. fJOTt - AIL N AU3 TOJL-«tOD fLAH or POST n SCALE CDNSTRUCTION DIVISION OFTHE ARMY TYPICAL BUILDINGS IDETAI L S OF STANDARD ROOF TRUSSED SECTION C. PLATE. 61 TT MOREJHAM ZD-0-&\)?tOZ6-6 APPROXIMATE BASIS FOR CAPACITY FOR OME ftHD TWO 5T0RYBU1L0\N65. WIDTH OF BLULDVNfiS. 20-0 OR LESS. Z6-0'.. 32-0 32-0" > 40-0 4-0-0". . J 0-0 50-0. . ..60-0 60-0". 15-0 NO. SllL 20 20 20- 20 20 20 20 LENGTH OF BLO'a. FOR EACH 45-0"' 35-0' 30-0" 25-0" 20-O I5-0' 15-0" NO. sat 16' 16" 16- 16" LENGTH OF BLO'Q. FOR EACH 30-0" 25-0 20-0 ia*-o" TYPICAL 5TEEL VENTILATOR. Elevation, aectioh. TYPICAL WINDOW GUARD. FORORIGINALSEE ORAWINC €20-33l FOR ORIGINAL 3£E PRAwHtJ ^20-5^57 ,S^0' • LLLVI. H.<^t.«^t«. L« 1 -"f- Jvpfiorff /X3' ^-o o.e. r/oo-r^ MEJ5 TABLE AMD 5EAT5, X FOR OnmiNALSEE ORAWIHG 6ZO-355. ^ J-i EI I3H0WE& z sH.bv\i£esi SECTION LINE CM C C 1 " " \Jajai9tdrdin/ic,jiooA. o-re^ua/-^ i'efnentj b F/ooTfl/fcf) Tb If rain. iU F-LAN. 4 3H0WEBS. 3 SHOWECS. TYPICAL ARRANGEM EfiT FOR SHOWER ORAIM 5. MOTES. 5TUDDiNG \Z"O.C. CEWENT FLOOR. 1 CtMEWT- 2.0F 5AN0. S^HY'O LIME. CEMENT PLASTER. 2. COATJ. I CEMEnT. 3 OF SAMD. io?i hydrated lime added. ceMCHT PlASTCR I THICK. ONCTHICKNESl WATfiltPftOOP PAPKH. ...... .-^ ■ ■ ,1^ ^' CEMEnT 2. THICK AT LOW POINT. MCTAu hATH. TWOTHICKMeSi WATERPROOF PAPER. i^'ROU TLOOR PLAN riR-jT rLOOR. PLAN mm I I t FOR. ORIGINAL SEE. drawings .No-c^o^ae^a- CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OFTHEARMY TYPICAL BUILDINGS RECRUIT EXAMINATION BUILDING vSnCTION C- PLATE 63- CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OF THE ARMY CANTONMENT GROUNDS TYPICAL LAYOUT- REMOUNT STATION for 7500 ANIMALS SECTION C. PLATL 64 WOOD KNOB tit SLIDE ELEVATION OFFENCE FOOT GATE. (kNP OrENiNS IN S'.iBE- SECTIONAL "2SLIP)NS BAR TO -1 BE M kon '/+ - 'A iSMALlER EVERY -1 WAY THAN tH- CLOSIN« iPACL. ELEVATION OF DRIVE, GATE in. <£ CWOSS BAR, -y jnai z"ii/affo fn, Itj (tp_ BRAND/XG £ ■Jfyf \^oyr. '2' /H^erial CMUl a-o PlA/f OF BIPAMDJH6 CMUre. Sctfce e. s 4- $r 6 7 I I 1 I I I : q 1 Top /nj/«ft ■ J li ■T1- 11- 11 ^-o" /MJJD£ SLEVATIQM or 3,eAND/N6 CJ/i/r£ Seoh -^±i ■^•-6" % A 35e JC'-o .r '1-0' \Mflie cvrriHO »«'i^7 uiriOH THKUBIttHDIIIC CHUTE. "^£"1 / C//Vr£S. Tftii drdu/tno juperjedes ^o4- -Q-lo-14: yence and ddTe Jee -f ^-f __ '&/7 mu/rip/es o^iny ions CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OF THE ARMY REMOUNT STATIONS ni iTTINH ni fTPFM-RRANDING CHUTE RECEIVIN6 CORRAL SECTION C. PLATE ee 3-PLy PR-EPARtP Woop -aKt-fltl ^R-APi- I ^ - Qi >:k s- E.LLVATIOM OF HAY K.ftCkil -c, I .1 II -I— J.4 i.a ^TO ^1^^^^^^^ ^^^ ■'^^^n^ FAOIAL TRAMSVLK.^]!: OEC I I I I 10/1 FLAM ^r Tt^ OHLLTLR-OHLD ^: FOR. 0^I51N/IL 5£E: PKAWl/lG- ACA-AC> :: II tjL. t«-H— W — . r 1 , ► / x;,cK .i»f^- n 1, * »-|--^ VA!e.lA*t F tcD iitoyQ ♦ . ' I . '7 ' ! t *--' ~*-5cAl-E.. « 1 K 3 4 5 ill ] J^-I if 't !>■ ir-^*— ,-J^ II 4 =' A!e.lA*ttL- • r t*Vi L£T KN jr' TO t ACH aiPt ■ C: j/e • »oLf»~ f It- fi-ri.w«- nu20-AZ3. PtTAi'L er ^ADPLE. RACK CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OF THE ARMY REMOUNT STATIONS ^F I TFD SHFDVATER TROUGH & SADDLE RACK . . SECTION c PLATt 67 mi )CL LLANLOU5-BUlLDING5-D[5CR!PTION(yR[.fE:RLNCE:DRW6:3 NOTf REFtRENCt DRAWINGS HAVE JAMS JOB NUMBER UNLJM OTHtRVKISt NOTtO. JOB DRWfi NAME OF BUILDING SIZE BENTS HE16H1 ...—JUNLESJ OTHERWlSt NOTED ALl CONSfN. NUICJ^BLD'oi AREOFWOOOCONSY DtTAILS. Lite FUMt NOT IVAIEt SIMM STOVE HEAT VI NTS 608 19 -20 AUDITORIUM. zaa-30t ZS-0 FRl»nE<,4TUCCO, PlASTtRtD m3l«, STEEL TRUA&CS AHC WOOD ROOF. 20 ?l TT Z9 41 fc2ff-3Z5 6539 131 CAFETERIA. 54'!89 14-* 1 STORY Two DtNlNC ROOfeAS 54'k59*, KITCHEN AKD iTOBl ROOHi. 153 IJ4 131 131 131 63TO 106 » 13Z"17J 12-0' ZSTRi CAP OFFICERS lie,MCN4t7,W0MEH7IZ, KITCHEN AMD BID ROOMS FoH 20 BEDS. t06 108 106 105 105 109 fcZfl-J25 6209 113 *> !05«I92 IfrO" 15T0RY. 4DIM'6 RlW.itAri 14* EACH t KITCHEN fc-VoRE RVS.CAP. ZOOO HZ 113 nz IIZ 112 WO'sl MiS 6385 110 n 110.171 .. ZDIH'CRVS SEATS IWEACHlKlTCHEN I . . lOi .. ja-ETt. III IIZ 111 110 110 112 |«W2i 6403 111 a 156'200 25tVs MENSMN'a.Rlrt. SEATS lOOOl KITCHEN WOMEN 500] £, ETC III 113 101 101 !I4 W(«Z5 652 551 DE.L0U3NG PLANT. 48'84' uio" liTORY 24 MEN PER. 7 HOUR. 551 551 591 591 591 IfcZdJZS „ 550 .. 54''12d n „ 48 MEN PtR. -J HOUR SSO 550 590 590 590 M0-3Z5 »• •552 n u ed'zd „ „ 130 MENPtR.-tHOUR. 55Z 552 589 589 589 H»-325 6307 no DORMITORY FOR MEN. 28^15 )5'«d" iJfRS Al JmCLE BED ROOMS, SOCIAL HALL *4-'* 21* fr ETC. iiSli, 135 no no 110 kSTib 101 n 121 J)ORM!TORY6DiNINGRO0M. 29136 „ rt SaSlNCLt BEOR90H3 KltCHEH OIHINC ROOM 2B'«29' ft- ETC. 6516 lOS IZl IZl 121 &SI(, 101 6339 lil •» 1* It 29M56 * n 60 SINGLE BED ROOMS SERVmcRM DIHIMC ROOM 29'>30' & ETC lOS 111 HI Til (tSib 101 6Z42 i >GARAGE. UHIT H<>.a05. 140144 16-0 I5T0RY 5 5 5 MC-325 6311 105 SCITUATE PRoymo » €ROUNDi. Mi33. 6I«IM le-o yt BRICK WALLS «■ WOOD TRUSSE.S. 106 158 105 ac-J25 652 n ORDNANCL 50'^AR zo-o' « TILl WALLS, tVCOO TRUSSES. HEATER ROOM. 17 17 17 17 I.W-3Z5 „ 214 GUARD HOU5E,TYPE,N0.1 Z0«56 7-0" ^ ZI4 214 214 WO«J( 6143 2 SAS INSTRUCTION. I6'«30 V I 6309 121 H0U5IN6,4FAMILYH0U5E 38»53 Z5ri?'s HITCHES, Livmo room! ,,_.. 6.TW0BED ROOMS. J S*":" 102 lOS 10* 105 105 101 180 1 .. 24-26 „ KITCHEN, OmirtC KM, L1V1N6RM. AND THREE BED B«0«S. 102 lOS 104 105 105 ttJU ICI ^ 160 BOARDING .. 27^3^ „ KITCREH, LIVING ROOM AHO. EICHT BED ROOMS. 101 lOS 104 105 105 101 »• 150 1 FAMILY. . 24-^30 15T0K1: KITCHENfLIVINC RM.ftTWO BED RXS. 101 lOS 104 105 JOS 101 „ 190 „ 1 , 24'3Z ■n KITCHEN, LIVINO ROOM AND TWO BED ROOMS. lot 101 104 105 105 bsK, 101 B 200 . 2 . 25-36 ZSfR's KITCHEN, D1N1NC,L\V1H61 ,.,„ AMDTHREt BEDROOMS J EACH. lot lOS 104 105 105 101 633 140 LAUNDRY 36*108 1^0' 15T0RY 1000 TO ZOOO MEN. 101 lOZ 140 I4Z 141 141 „ 130 *♦ 72^216 n H 5000 TO 10000 MEN. 101 lOZ 150 152 151 131 „ no 11 I44"Z52 It • 10000 TO ZOOOOHIEH. 101 lOZ 110 IIZ III 111 » IZO n 2io«no' » > 40000 MEN. 101 lOZ IZO IZZ 121 IZl 608 104 lecture: HALL. 5I«77 15«0 StATlNS CAP. SOO. 104 ito St7 mobUmwzs 65Z 7 MA6AZ1NE-TYPEN91. 51^219' zo'-d" 15T0RY TILE WALLS 6- WOOD TRUSSES. 7 120-325 ,, 9 . N92. 5I''2I9 *i „ ,. 9 fcZ«2S ^ 179 . NSIO 49-208 16-tf „ TILE OR BRICK WALLS. 179 Ufc325 „ 180 " Uxptostvta I' ' I- 26-42 n TILE WALLS, CEILED INSIDI. PLATFORM AT OMUHO. 180 "■ 31 - mz 26-42 ,. CORR.ASUSTOS ORMLV.IRON^IDINS. CEILEDINSIDE. PLATFORM AT ONE END. . 31 169 B TCXPLOSIVES. N-lO 2642 , TILE WALLS, CEILED INSIDE. PLATFORM AT ONE END. 169 6196 104 BLACK 1. poWOtR. 16''22' ,, CORR. ASBESTOS SIOING. CEILED mSIOE. 104 104 i652 146 SMOKELESS .,o,q « POWDER. N-JO 32i9^ 16-0' n CORR.ASBESTOJ 51D1N0. CEILtO INSIDE. PLATFORM ATONE JIBE. 146 n 173 PRIMERfi-FUSLHOUSLVof. 32«96 l» „ TILE WALLS, CEILED INSIDE. PLATFORM AT ONE SIDE. 173 174 32'^6 M If TILEWALLi. CEILED INSIDE. PLATFORM AT ONE END. 174 152 PYROTECHNIC-PLANT "" 20V65' It SALTPETER STORAGE. PLATFORM AT ONE END. 152 HO-325 n 157 . ^ 30'»161' !3^.0- „ BRICN ENDWALLS.RECEIVINO AND DISCHARGING ROOMS & BENCH WORK. 157 WMZS M 15S TYPE 30'»104 „ BRICK END WALLS, RECEIVING AND DISCHARGING ROOMS 6 BENCH WORK. 158 120-525 ». 165 5HED,D0CK TYPEN^Z 60«22i 20«0 „ TILE WALLS, STEEL TRUSSES. PLATFORMS ATEHD AND SIDE. 165 165 (•!M2S ^ \9 5H0P, ORDNANCE REPAIR. 30'ao H OPTICAL.VEHICLE RE!'A1R,SADDLER, CARPENYEfl.ARMORERCrMACHCUNRMl 19 19 t2H25 T* 158 iT??!^»^ **"""' TYPEN»1. 39^156 20'.0' „ TILE WALLS, WOOD TRUSSES. METAL WINDOWS. PLATFORMS, 158 158 tltili r* 43 5u,RW|^8».Lomo T^p^Nsi. II3'5I3 16'«0" „ TILE WALLS, BRICK FIRE WALLS, METAL WIHioWS. PLATFORM. 43 i.IS-525 n 188" iVHlfSs""'"""" TYPEN53 I61'MR „ „ TILE WALLS, BRICK FIRE WALLS METAL WINDOWS. PLATFORMJ 166 1&8 S.20325 yt 41. storeAousK ^pp HO, 6EIIIIWL. 1TrLN-l. I6I«501 zd'd tt TILE WALLS, BRICK FIREWALLS, METALWINOOWS. PLAT. BOTH SIDES. 41 t!C-325 74 TYPENSi I6I-VAR 20' O" „ TILE WALLS, BRICK FIRE WALLS, METALWINOOWS. PLAT. BOTH SIDES. 71 71 1.2C-325 6271 7 3TORAGEDEPOT,AI)M:BU)"G. MO'ifeO „ zst'r's BRICK WALLS, .SHED ATTACHED. PLATFORMS. SEE PLAT PLAN 6ETI-S 7 5 10 r 12 . OPEN5HE0. .'#l.- „ ISTORt CINDER PLATFORM. 12 5 12 „ 17 . n''2-3-4-5<-T-a 161-VAR ^ BRICK WALLS.CHARGING STATION, PLATFORM, TOILETJEr ETC. 17 5 12 608 24 THEATRE. CLA55-A. I20'187 SEATING CAR OVER JOOO. 23 25 27 30 IDI 31 » SMIO« „ LIBERTY CLA5S-D. 75«I67 IS-6 SEATING CAP. 2100 WITH BALCONY. 31 31 ,?. 31 32 31 31 i. 652 81 TRANiPORMER 5TATYPEMM. 20«36 )mm. BRICK WALLS, CONCRETE ROOF AND METAL WINDOWS. 81 81 - »2»->25 11^3103 V^fELFARE-BLD'G. 84'96' 10-0 n BILLIARD C,RtADING ROOMS. 120 105 103 lOI ) Schedule ofLaundry Machinery. J /a mecivinoi^Jh/pp/noPm-Th/e/Irs 340^. MarKihqliwwiffi Piffs-ZdPfnsper'ntiY. 4 tz- 40x7Zf1n/nmmc Washinq ff)od)m^ Z 30x30 Kan p 6 /Z 28"JolidCljriEx/'nicfcrs,or/Z-30'Exfniet. / ZO' * * * 7 10 90 (hi. Saaplanks a / Set CS) SmipnarY loundryTubs ■ 7 ZO Msfal msh Rdm Trucks, /o c 4eMfO.Sfvlers2G)mfifj. a I ZOoor Tr-ock D/v Mn.-Ce/ihr dors-. 'atuTcrk 14 3 IZO'6/foll r/aturiirk Ironers-fr-edinoM. ■iC'Sinqlc RbIJ Ftalwork /rener:-' _ Pr^s Jronino /^'Oor/!)4sor •Cenvavor. "/h^sTt _>/7/ //>*[/ Bont/^ yitfe Press rmaosem Press Maeb/'nO' SM^misftwoTcDiss with £lec. Inns. * /£ 8nh«l tawos Ars/Cets KrV 3B / ^ Z 40 z. 3ock{hrnin« 4ait.P.l/neSii M«ns Brewr B»i«\- •nj adi ^aff /Uo/orsj-y^MPM., (St)afh'nq,Coupti'nas-e*^ J_L_U 1-E. H!>2- 351 zo-*: <» PZA// CAPAC/Tr/30/i£// |. ; I i| : --^"-^ j^//o £i£/Ar/a// iFDRORfONflLJEf DRAWING £32-550' CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OF THE ARMY TYPES OF DELOUSIN6 PLANTS VARYING CAPACITIES 6ECTJON C. PLATE. 70 dTBEBT 0» DORMITORY ^ "^^ W.HOUSSS OH THia PtOT ^T ■ ■BLOCK PUAAl -^^j^la :'. 1 l,±ti IJbEii 1 i ±t± 1 o FIRST ruOOR. PUAM DORMITORY tfiiiiiiim-iiiiii Bleo iRObMfll JezlJ psL. r y^Raor \. •cto itoeiHs ,1, . SECOND FLOOR P1.AM DORMITORY jf.> ""» F>LA« OFISBCOCIP fXOOR. W»>0 - ve r— ;i (J o o ii (i lln^ ITCWPiffT npasrf rTTTTI TTfimiLLi TDILBT 4-. [I DO o-f-mn pn D D+J a D r u « O ItoilbtI Scale FLOOR PUA/H ME.3S HALL [waOBlblWftL SEC DtAwg-3 6507-IOI.-IIO.-MO. CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OFTH E ARMY INDUSTRIAL HOUSING DORMIIDRIES^ DETACH ED MESS BLD6 SECTION C. plate: 72 »ta-B- T "'•°' 1 ••js I I fS r»_ i' :_. »»-•«• *»•■■*- a^::it Typical Flam T Y p e s Nol A*> Wo 2 fl dS ^.^i %y -■♦'o.s^ r-if— li— It— H— imr-T-n— ir PA«T EttWATION Type, no 2. J5- ^•4' ».S. nn Pakt C.L •ewATio Type Nol. C«A»a-. TYPE Mo e. ^ ■ c. T I o rt T Y J» t Mo 1 SCALE le 20 30 40 ^ 1 I i I II I HOLLOVy TILC LaiffJ 9 . « : FlpuM O.ATION DE.TAIL •- \TVPr M» SS. CAltftV FOOT«MC» DOWN To P I K. M SOIU POUHDATioM DETAIL Type- M" *. CONSTRUGTON DIVISION OFTHEARMY \ STANDARD MAGAZINES TYPES mi AND Ng2. SECTION C. PLATE 7Z •¥" ttca: |^^--^_-_- \ tgg : •r ^1 n Ua M ■A ii ii ii ii ■if «-[jlf- TO 2k- Jl coMcncre s .iil II Ii il II -Jk- .11 ;ii all !^-^ II II II II A i'' •I' 'i z < 4^ »====--^ il u 1? tv,- ♦tt-) SEE DRAWING 695-121 69S-)2t. ? kJ \^^ -I- i HH (11 LeoCTH 3 in 6 i ffH z < 0. ;SEE ORAWINfi lOe-A fO>-B. "s- CONSrRUCriQN DIVISION OF THEARMY STAIsO\RD HANGARS anTEEL & WOOD 5E.GT10N G. PLATE 74 rrr^^sn xccxjidi; iLrjajur f. h i , t a jlj. jclh xnn; ITT V A T I VK IC .-^ K W- WW itt- ii. 'a te M- TLOOl TlH < >r- - . °° r ? y ^CA>-&. FOR ORIGINAL 5EE: DRAWINGS 608-19-ZP-2H&2. C0NSTRUC"nON DIVISION OF THE ARMY AUDITORIUM ^00' X 300: SECTION C. Page 71. HOUSING. Types of Buildings and Grouping. The Construction Division designs and executes housing for troops. Housing for the ci- vilian employees of industrial plants, munitions plants, shipbuilding plants, etc., with few excep- tions, is provided through agencies other than the Construction Division. In comparatively few instances, housing is an integral part of the War Department project and for such developments drawings are available as follows: Dwelling houses ranging from the simplest type designed for the negro laborer, to offi- cers' quarters suitable for permanent Army posts, which vary in accommodations of from three to eight rooms ; boarding houses of eight rooms ; dormitories with and without kitchens and dining-rooms, with accommodations for from fifty to sixty men; cafeterias of varying capaci- ties; and in the case of group settlements, dependent buildings that are designed for use as stores, school and assembly purposes, post offices and fire stations. Group settlements of dwellings with a limited number of dormitories and cafeteria, occur at Brunswick, Ga., in connection with the Picric Acid Plant, where it was necessary to provide accommodations for 3,000 white and negro workmen. Group arrangement of dormitories occur at Bethlehem, Pa., and at Erie, Pa.^ Plate No.'s 70 and 71. The latter development shows the type and capacities of buildings generally used, and the relation of cafeteria or mess hall to dormitories built without kitchens and dining rooms. While the above buildings have been designed to meet the needs of emergency projects and have been subject to war-time limitations as to materials, many of them are suitable for more permanent use than Standard Cantonment construction. Standard Cantonment officers' quarters, barracks and mess buildings are adaptable to cer- tain classes of emergency houses. Section C. Page 72. HOSPITALS. General Considerations. From the experience of building the Cantonments, there developed the understanding, since in effect between the Construction Division and the Surgeon General's Office, by which the latter office is informed whenever construction involving the housing of troops is about to be under- taken. An outline of hospital requirements is automatically furnished the Construction Di- vision which prepares drawings, schedules and estimates, and secures the proper authority from the Staff. The Construction Division has made it its policy to push hospital construction ahead of bar- rack construction. This includes the preparation of the design, provisions for utilities, sched- uling the materials needed and instructions to constructing officers in the field. Secondary to speed as a consideration hi Hospital Construction is the choice of Site. This should be on high ground, and in the case of the Base Hospital, should be some distance f roin the Camp and located so as to avoid contaminating winds from the Remount and the less sani- tary parts of the encampment. It is particularly essential that the site be well drained and with good sun exposure. The Military Hospitals differ from Civilian Institutions in the provision of Quarters for Officers and Barracks for Enlisted men as well as accommodations for Nurses. In addition to buildings used for Administering the Hospital or for Housing or Feeding the patients or for Heating, there are buildings for special treatment, such as Physical Therapy, School and Cura- tive Shops and Buildings for special administrative purposes, such as Guard House, Post Ex* change. Fire House and Storehouses. Base Hospitals. The first consideration in the construction of Base Hospitals, is the necessity of having buildings for medical or surgical treatment ready to receive patients as soon as troops are re- ceived in camp. The Pavilion Type of one-story ward and service buildings connected by cor- ridors (designed by the Surgeon General's Office), was originally used for these Hospitals. A 1,000-bed Hospital of this type has been built complete with all utilities, in a little over two months. General Hospitals. In connection with General Hospitals, which are self-contained, there are additional consid- erations. Being located apart from the concentration of troops, questions of water supply, sew- erage disposal, electric service, power plants, roads, etc., must be even more thoroughly studied than at the camps, where the utilities of the Hospital usually constitute extensions to facilities already provided. A very important consideration in connection with the construction of a General Hospital is the need of a railroad spur for hauling materials during construction and for bringing patients by rail to the Hospital after it has been put into operation. SECTION C. PLATE. 75 Moxmum Alloujahh Variah'on from North afTronsv&rse. Aieis of Jurqical Wino. N .» i! OBHB 0" a J fl I I 1-1 I I • I KEY TO LAYOUT -' B Adminhirafion C Officers Ward. D4-0I " Quarters. E Nurses » f La bora f or Y Operatino nvili'on H rosr Brdhanqe. ■ H Coraoet —Shop. 1 Mesy/Cifchifn '^ J fUscelvina Ward K S/fio/e nard . L Wafd « laoaTory M fsohfion Warf „ M ZStory Atasp. Corps Barracks. J/ot^ttoofs. f Cttapfil P P a ft. Mum o 1 1 TT *) r— L.. I n n Lj nzzzn c-^r^ C/^PAC/ry /coo Beds. J)OTT£D LINES 5H0W FUTUfiE: bU/lDINGS 'vary Guard House. Lau/)dry A/euro "pychiatric Ward Fn-e Sfoj/on e//^C House- Cross. SC/fCe O 3*0 loo £oe soo 4«o I I 1 ForOr/^ina/ see Drgujin^ C3Z-78. CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OFTHE ARMY SCHEMATIC LAYOUT- PAVILION TYPE COKSTRUCTED FOR THE SURGEON GENERAL OF THE ARMY SECTION C. PLATETfi CAPACITY aOOO B£DS N. A . Base ffospiM.. CAUL N! /fe/- orioinal Jiee DroLu/n^ ercplosis Ward M-itz Garaqe. Addition Z-ioz-3 Defafts flofe , , . ... Doffed lines sfioiv fu/ure i)u//a/nfs Capac/fy ZOOOAei/s (•^ » Details see - irawiny, bZ7Z-4f ■ CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OF THE ARMY GENERAL HOSPITAL N^2I DENVER COL. CONSTRUCTED FOR ■SHRnF.QNI GENERAL OF THE THE ARMY •A Special Plot* Plam. oo 1 9 t! "^ f ^§ I eS ~ I 7=1 tf > r?a-i I oa I ^ m i | i^ lOE I i ll >^4 I r '" •' r'r *;' -J* » t* 5ag^5^SJ «•♦ s»i t^ l-.J >iS i« J^ |P>a ^ V 5 ECTION C. PLATE 81. ...5L. '.".l 5i r •' 1 '——.tr — ' Z 5:..._ I ,,, J 3: 3" E c: jSi. :> m 3" fl "s ;) IL JJ II ua H E ni II .^ ^ f { ii '-1 SCALE. k I I I i5S ICO eoo 300 .4oe So<^ fhr oriqinaf see. Droujin^ C40Z-i30. CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OFTHE ARMY SCHEMATIC LAYOUT-HEAD HOUSETYPE CONSTRUCTED FOR THE SURGEON GENERAL OF THE ARHV f\ 5LCTIO N C. PLATE 83 /<£yToL4rour. c-ta Off/cers tVarM--«->LC.e- 6L0e-. D-iO OFr aMITH Ne»»« KIT- O-IO iTOK.t.HOUil.i- f-6 CHAPtU. r-7 0VAE.D neu^Ei. TWO JTOR-Y HOUAM.A. M4 M9I.ATIUN WAR.D4. (t* PAYCHIAr/b » K»f tNTfiK.MC»TAT& » KS4 ZiTOKY »V;H«-/';»T.PL.WAItD- CIO l2Ns-rt.oprici.ii.'». 9^ a>roK.Y cofLNeK. wiNe-<»uK.e~) K-6 VMb&IC.e.LLA'* IMCLOA&D ceiLRIBOR.}. riltt STATION- Z-l CONATB.UCTION SeTATLb- II > " I "I I I " /-7T-?V:Vr^-'.^'.':-:^>rrrC""-T>:7rN I I II . ■ ■< t N ■ 5CAI.Cf ego loo a«o »«« X GONSTRUCTDN DIVISION OF THE ARMY lASE HOSPrTAL CAM P M I LLS N . Y. g«(^RUCrED FOR THE SURGEON GENERAL OF THE ARMY peAARKAT/cm PLOT. PLAN SECTION C. PLATL 64 Hty TO Layout B-f aamiais/raf/gn t/ilrcirdi r- V la'bora/ary U^er/uarj l3ff/^3 ^//ehaff e/ /rtess t-34- It » ♦ ^ t itffhor pris on ifttrd I aV » pa/ienis /seMion 0- /e Ce/n/TT/ss»ry j/arg /reuse i ■ / Mys . y/ierapy If- 1 Cur a /life s/roJ>s V ■ I ic/iee/ iu//df/7aj V- y ae/tot/ H eura7/ire ifyap I Cons/. i^(s/ai/s Inc/osee/ eerr/e/erj cofereie/ tya/is bie.-^^i rire s/0f/on CAPACITY 3000 dfD5 DeTT£D IINIS jnOiV /"l/T/Z/fE DWiD//^SS o uc zao att 4tt I I I fbr.Onqinai SeeDrou//ngCt4^-f03, CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OF THE ARMY DEPARTMENTAL HOSPITAL LAYOm' FORT SMERIDAM, lUU. pONSTli»UCXED FOR THE SURGEON GEIslERAL. OF THE ARMY PLOT puak: ALTEKATIONi HEAD Hoysc;; TYpg ■ SECTION C. PLATIE^.BS [ TYPICAL HOSPITAL BUILDINGS DESCRIPTION AKD REFER FNCE DRAWINGS PAViLIOT^ TYPE ^^^h' ^.^'^''A^^^nRl, '"^ 5.C.O. SWBOl. BUILD lysc 5TZ.E. 1 DESCRIPTIO/I COMST DfTAILS ELECTRIC 632. PLUMBNC 632 SIUVEHUT £32. Hr^ri B A0MINI5TRAT1O/H 33-6'>cllfe 1 OFFICES, ETC. Z-1 Z54. 1l54 V 2M.'d t OFFICERS WARD Bl-iilSO'-fc" 1 ROOMS.TOILET. MESS f KITCHEAI - IZ7 227 537 226 - D-D* QUARTERS i4x ISO', , CAP 2.1. ROOKS iTOIUET^ " 157 157 537 237- E NURSES QUARTERS Shfe". 157 1 CAR i4 ROOMS. 1TOILET5 MESS AMD KITCHE/S 2 82 2 82 537 281 - r LABORATORY 2.4'»l04'-& 1 EYE, SAR.THROAT. DEMTAL j:.'X'r AV "• 1&& 26G 2M •• c OPERATl/HG PAVlUO/^ 2.4' X 93' 1 PUS DRESSINC ROOM a;^o CLEAN OPERATING ROO.'I ETC '• 291 291 290- H POST EXCHANGE L-^'* 84-' 1 STORE ROOM, BARBER SHOP BILLIARDS* LAVATORY ' 203 203 203" H CARACE t SHOP IaI liO' ' 6 AMBULANCES, CARPENTER ETC - il4 " 1 MESS C KITCHEN 2.4'« ISO' 1 CAP. iSO MEN OH 10 PERStATirtC 27Z 271 - I" CEySERAL MESStKITN 108'. 120' I CAPACITY 300 SEATINCS 1-26 663 714" J RECE1V1MC WARD ei-Mbo'-ti 1 RECEIv/INCtDISCHABClrti DHESSiHC ROOM 0B3tHVAT:ON. STORAGE ETC. - 221 221 5S-* 220 - K SINGLE WARDS 24'« 150-6 1 CAP 32. at OS TOILETS OFFICE DIE-T KITCHEN '• 190 190 189 - L VWRDt LABORATORY 24'»I57' 1 CAP 3b BEOS. TOILET, OFFICE.. ETC. - 298 298 2S7 ■ M ISOLATIO/S WARDS M't\50'-b 1 CABVC'.TY 32. BEDS. OFFICE. ETC ■• 192 584 430 ■ N«N^ HOSPITAL con Pa BARUACHSttl-AVATORX- CACACITV 42. BEOS 4ROOMS,ETC - 2i5 151 537 224 - 5TORE HOUSE 14x 150 ' 1 2. OFFICE* SHELVING ETC. -■ 211 ilO •• 43t. - P CHAPEL i4x 56-6" ! CAPACITY 2.00 SEATINCS ' 201 310 •• P GUARD HOUSE 24x 3fc' 1 OFFICE GUARD RM PRISONERS RM 3LI 322 322' P MORTUARY 2+x 35-6" 1 VIEWING RM. MORTUARY <^ POST /-^ORTt^A 218 381 ' Q LAIJNDRV i+> 150-6 1 FOR EQUIPMENT SEE DRWC. Q* '• 310 R PHYCHIATRIC WARD ZA-tibL ] CAP. 10 BEOS. TOILET. EXAM ROOM.- ROOMS. ETC. - 194 1S4 193" FIRE 3TAT10M 31.87-10 I AFPAFtATUS. fe20-365 62X> SERIirs BOILER. HOUSE. 43; 45 -f I BOILER R«, POMPS. FUEL 412-2- RED CROSS lOOilOp' ] OFFICES. ASSEMBLV RB, 50LARIUN\,nC HEADHOUSE TYPE NOTEL— BUILDINGS OF T^IS TYPE *RE WOOD, FRANCE fr STUCCO. FOR TILE BOIL01NG5, SEE DENVER SZTE-*! R-J^ L5T0RY ADMI NI5T RAT 1 ON S6'»156 i OFFICES Z-1.3B8 B-9 <<.54. 701 C C-iO ■ ■• OFFICERS WARD 48'»2.U" 2 CAFWCITY 69 BEDS, H: HOUSE - AND QUIET ROOMS - C-IO 653 7tf2 " D-IO - - •• QUARTERS 30«5&' J CAPACITY 49 OFFICERS Z STAFF - OFFICERS »»TM LIVlAiC RI'.LAV. ETC. • D-IO 662 7(CO •• ! D-ll " ■' -OTA-MESStKITN 50'»I56' 2 . CAPACITY 100 " D-ll 6&1 704 ' V"- fAO - " NURSES OUAFTTERS 30'«15fe' i . CAPACITY SI BEOS •' E-20 660 582. 7D5 - K, til " •■ "QfR5«lNFIR;r!?FL 30'»15fe' : . CAPACITY 40 BEDS " E-21 656 582 7i06 " r-?? MESStKITN 30'xl5&' 2 . CAPACITY 250 •• E-22 659 7i57 • r-?i ■ •■ LAB.& MORTUARY 32.'«i08' 7 FOR EOUIPMENT- StE DRAWINCS. *• r-zi 658 7D8 ■• G-7 • ■ SURGICAL WINC [l PLS] 48'»222' ; , 1»'^FLPOS OdjiMCRSCCLrANOPRnCRtl - 2«- ETE.EAR.MOSEXRAVt DEMTALMPT • G-7 655 TB9^7Kr H-12. 1 STORY GARAGE 48'x 48' ^ CAPSMACmNES; WASHINC ROOM •♦ H-12 Tit " H-13 ■ ■ SHOP BUILDIMC 32"it lOS' SHOP TAILOR COBBLER.CARreNTER BLACK3MrT«. MATTRESS REPAIR ETC 1 H-13 712. • H-14 2. •■ HOSPITAL EXCHANGE 24'x 8+ : >. STOPIE BARBER SHOP ETC H-14- 713 " |-?8 1 - GENERAL MESS tKITN ion lo*- 3t>' % ISO' CAP, CAFE 550 MEN;CENL.Ml3S-550.re« M I -28 663 714 " K-.M 2. '■ WARDS [^ PLANSj 48'» 222' . , CAP WARD lOOBEOS.MHOUairOBniS - LABORATORYE MURStS RETIRINC RO , ■' 1^-34 664 584 715 7I4.- M-:^ " • ISOLAtlOMWARofzPL 48 'x 22 2' i 1 CAP. 32. BEDS , H MOOSE 10 erO 3 - LAVWrORYt NORSES ROOM M-5 666 in-M' M-4 . ., « 48'«2Z2' i I CAP-WINCS2.M03. H-MOUSE 7 BEDS ' M-4 665 TQ-W N-f) " " H0S.C0RP5 BARRACKS 36'kI68' ; I CAPACITY 100 BEDS - M-9 667 504 7Z\ " N-in HOS. CORR3 DETACHME«X 36-«l«.8' - I CAP too BEDS, CAFETERIA MS SEATS *• IN-IO 7tt!> 0-in 1 STORY STORE HOUSE 32''« 120' 1 OFFICE STORE Re . SHELVING •" o-\o 72A ' P-f. • - CHAPEL 34'« 34' 1 CAPACITY 350 u P-6 725 " P-7 - " GUARD HOUSE ZA\ feO" OFFICE, CUARORI. PRISONERS R" *t P-7 726" Q " " LAUAIDRY a4x 150=6 I FOR EOOIPMENT 3EE ORWC Q^ El>™8 Q 310 is R-4 I • PSYCHIATRIC WARD 48'x22£ . r CAP WAR Si BEDS H HOUSE ZO EtEOS I LABORATORY 4./(URSES ROOM " R-4 657 s?72ar • " POWER HOUSE •, ■ FIRE 5TATIO/S RED CROSS 3rx87-IO' too'-ioo'l 1 BOILER Ra . POMPS FOEL 1 APPARATUS 1 OFFICES.ASSEMBLY RMSO . 412-2. 620-34I LARIUM «20 SERIES - - 1 SECT I ON C. PLATL 86. CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OF THEAFW TYPICAL HOSPITAL BUILDINQS iJHSmUCTED FOR THE SURGEON GENERAL OF THE ARMY SECTION C. PLATL 8T B-IFH BUB 'Ai. LA6OR.AT0aV T=L n.oap »C<-nt«0 1: BUfttf AMIMAI.' HOUtB.. iar^i' L "l......-.i. Aufoptv Rn <■ H :.-'j;;:S r^ '^^ 7FV kASOK. ATOR.V -I 5t r T« Ttl A 1 III I ,1 < [ i s *■ • T c a I i.A»aK>ktan.r. PoR^x. I6«'. PIR.3T FLOOR. PLAN DfiPARTMeNT L A BOR. AT QKY LAB I ttt oF^rcb V- WAiYlNO EA*. NOtE. V THROAT <■<■•>'•'■ l)h -Ir- n * — ' — ' FuOOa PL,AN tve . e Af*. . Noae *• thRoat cuinic PEIiTAL INFIRMARY FOR- ORJglNAL. 5£E PRWG. Z CONSTRUGtION DIVISION OF THEARMY TYPICAL HOSRTAL BUILDINeS CONSTRUCTED FOR THE. SURGEON GENERAL OF THE ARMY LABpRATPfiy SECTION C. PLATE 88 MVKCK* WOII.K. fOMlVKI- ■ na<. KM-' , >TOKE Rn. SeCONi; STOR.Y PLAN^ OPtrtATIMO PAVALION Scale rOJL ORI SINAL- SEE DRWGr. Z CONSTRUCTDN DIVOON CF THEARMY TYPICAL HOSPITAL BUILDINGS dONSTRUCTEP FOa THE -SURGEON GENERAL OF THE ARMY OPEn.ATIM« PAVALtON SECTION C. PLATE 6© SCALt /i tt jt. I; I I FLOOa PLAN . QENERAL MESS «• KITCHEN CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OF THE ARMY TYPICAL HOSPITAL BUILDINGS CONSTRUCTED FOR THE SURGEON SENBRALOFTHE ARMV I KITCHCN i*!'' SI'.V, UNCA. roACH neoo C/>.n.T Roer>i, *ti:- t4-.6». ' KIT SECTION C. PLATE 90 =^ -vrv ^ STORE& I KITCHEN n wtJm ■^NH h CART CORtclOOtC. PCOOR. PUA.N. KITCH&N V. MfeSS. F«.OOM. EX.TH.NSION. 3£\ CAre-reRiA sERVice.. &CALS. 9 »■ h ^^■ T0T2. Qg-ieiNAL, SEE DRWS.Z CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OF THE ARMY TYPICAL HOSPITAL BUILDIN6S CONSTRUCTED FOR THE SURGEON GENERAL QF TH£ ARMV|y|ri:H€N>NESBS 5 ECT I ON C. PLAT t 91 KOO r 1 RO O r. Ko^r y.T. ' ■ 1 REGPT- Ol^ P T C t ' ' 1 Ro^r. H.T. K-M. J [rou.Eii| "Tinw n f A. \ K. O Second rLooR ^pl/^k- 1=1 X %li >6bY. WAITING Tl- OUTQOIHS.P. 3- FH- 1 1 3TOgA&E gM n ?ATIEKT4 3 n an WALK,'. ac' . i a * -i^A-i*- ROOM- HOIVCt TOILET- Vi UNDeEMI>4& ■ROOM- X O o ». a II) 1^ O o - 7 WOEKlMft . EXAMINATION KOOM iPAoe. CONNECTtNG-. SK. PA&SAG-L orricE E-ECBPTION R.<3fpM. £. covtitn'© pdRcH- If 6'. o'— : SxAfI KM. nctR UNDS. KM- i: PORTE COCHEKa- TIRiT rUOPR Pt.AM t, iCAt'E ■V. « #4 i^ J!. m i l i iti I I I rOR. ORIGINAL aEL DRVir&.Z C0N5TRUCTDN DIVISDN OF THE ARMY TYPICAL HOSPITAL BUILDINGS CONSTRUCTED FOR THE SURGEON GENERAL OF THE ARMY HCCtWlNG-MDG 5 ECT !ON C. PLATE. 92 isr-o" i E.1'FT:t nnnnnnnn nrrnnnrfgp | ; CO V E, R. E, 9 P O K. C H- 1 ONE aTOR.Y BOJLDJNG •rLOOR. PLAN- WARD '^'"'LAVATORY. Revise D. WARD jliii' i4 •■ W A R. D CO V't R. S. » P O J2.CH- ■n .^ECONO ^LOOR FLAM- rtR.l § I ! 5c|eeiiMCD- f=* . ONE5TdRY OUILDING- FLOOR. PLAN- TUBERCULOilJ WAieD -A*' ""• CANV^t CUICTAIjl •<• ae.w.g.«.H- — y UMCOVftVLeb POUCH. i: Ml i.OCKR,ie.S ■ "^ ■ 192- o" . 'Scale •rLOOR. PLAK one; iTORY builp'<: , tJ UHCOVtKHS POR.CM- TUBtKCULOilA WARP: FOR. ORIGINAL 5EE PRW&.Z CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OF THE ARMY TYPICAL HOSPITAL BU I LDIN6S X5NSTRUCTED FOR THE SURGEON GENERAL OF THE ARMY LCTION C. PLATE 33 covLic&o Poe.e.>r l&T. ■mailIbathItsi ITCMtM-l I ' ii J. iff: D KIT ^ECOMD FLOOR PLAN- • 7 1 K 5 T FLOOR. PLAN- W A R. D- IMTERMtOIATE WINO" - Scale CONSTRUCTDN DVISION OF THE ARMY TYPICAL HOSPITAL BU I LDI N6S constructe;d for the: surgeon general of the army K mead house type: - WARD SECT (ON C. PLATE. 94- C.OVE.RLP P,Oe.CH' 13 ^P" • i r.'..i T KirCHCN KALLr*™! M^ ill J.1 w a r A R. ». o o 111 •I •I > o jfjg \Si dt coe,i:.r dor.- 5EC0HD TLOOE, PLAN- covt.KI.B ^P'QSX.CW' r'^ ^'f-'r I . I ' fToinT. KITCMEM- .Mil. " JiE w A R. S u:Jij i 3C 1} u o > o o 11 I CO E. K. I O O R,. 5 « #1 ni <^£ -76-0- rH2.5T PX.OOI?. PLAN- WATS-D. ttrr tMo wins-. SCALE 9 » _/i _?4 -I — =9 TOR Og.let-. -iparwide JAMb-iS.'tlEAP'J'ECTlOKL HALF- PLAN- DETAIL- OF -TYPICAL ^/HOWEfL-yrALU" ^ ALL TYPE, J: ^ i^r- ./ECnosa-THHU-MULLIOtL ^ECTIOH-'THiO)- SCALE, //a." OOMCR-ETB- FLOOSL/ ALUTYPErJ'.'^'^^ '-fSpTlO ■fel' ■^ iA>cM/arCur(«ii7 .1 •'" 1l' •!'• -'11 J &r •ipe DETAIL'/ D0U5LE nUKfi" WIJIDOWJ •z-ioz DETAlUOF-HOOOr DerAiu OF paoMJ waul of jleepihs ?etcit JROWIHQ CANVAS CUfcTWU. AU.0 ITS OPEKAnOJL '-^PC-TION-. ' T.B. WARD J. *^ ALL TYPE J CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OF THE ARMY TYPICAL HOSPITAL BUILDINGS fcNSTRUCTCD FOR THE SURGEON GENERAL OF THE ARMY r>iLE BLDe. OETAI LS SECTION C. PLATE. 98 /x 6" 8 O SA7 f^oa^fA/^ 1^^ 7^ ^ — "^ ^^ ■ Aj y V 1 ^^ ^ ^ Ty^je^t i.mr£i. ofr^tL. ^ffiS PK.a3. OAT CatTUJtt 4>t' ■•«."»■ a y^P^c/ii. kS^CT/o^ • 0//£. 3TOi^y 34//jLpMf^ CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OF THEARMY TYPICAL HOSPITAL BUILDINGS CONSTRUCTeO FOR .THE SURGEON GENEWAJ* OF THE ARMY Zior detaVls mmmmtgmmammsm iijijr».^^.K.a iribwvi onstti*u»^\, %/«.» I II KJe.K.. Section C. Page 73. Cenurai, Aruangement. The layout of the Military Hospital must first of all lend itself to efficient medical adminis- tration. As far as physical conditions permit, the Receiving Building should be placed close to the Administration Building. War Buildings, should be located in econoniical. relation both as to distance to be traversed to and f roin the receiving and service portions of the hospitals, as well as to the floor levels of the different buildings. Buildings for special purposes, such as Lab- oratories, Operating Buildings and Treatment Buildings should be located as centrally as possible. Hospitals built of temporary wood construction require that every reasonable precaution be taken against fire. Buildings should be placed not less than fifty feet apart. Where there are a number of buildings in rows, fire-breaks consisting of cleared ground at least one hundred and fifty feet in width should be provided between rows. Because of the pockets created by the intersection of connecting corridors, great care must be taken that trails for fire apparatus lead into these pockets through the corridors, by means of ramps or cuts. In the corridors, themselves draft stops, with flush panel wooden doors held by fusible links, at intervals of one hundred arid fifty feet should be provided. By consulting Plate No.'s 75 to 98 inclusive, relat- ing to Hospitals, many of the standards used in Hospital Construction may be obtained. For description of materials and for methods of construction in general, see "Construction Notes," under heading of "Buildings." The designs submitted by the office of the Surgeon General show, through changes, a steady development of the Pavilion Type of hospital into the Head House Type. By making buildings two stories and uniting them at one end by a continuous building connecting the wings, one- third of the ground area formerly occupied by the original base hospital design is used for this latter type. All utilities are concentrated, the buildings are better heated and the administra- tion from a medical point of view is greatly improved. The percentages for determining the number of beds to be built have varied : for the original thirty-two base hospitals at campS and cantonments, it was 3 per cent; later, certain of these camps became replacement camps and hospitals for 4J^ per cent of the personnel were pro- vided. Embarkation camps, where a final combing out of sub-normal troops took place before sailing, were increased to 5 per cent. Classification. The following kinds of Hospitals have been built by the Construction Division: (A) Base Hospitals at all camps and cantonments, at Coast Artillery Forts, and at war plants, such as Ordnance, Quartermaster Depots and Signal Corps camps, where large bodies of enlisted men are housed. Note: Where the number of enlisted men has been three thousand or less, Regimental In- firmaries according to standard cantonment design, have been furnished. At the thirty-two original camps. Regimental Infirmaries were constructed for each 3,000 men in addition to the main hospital. (B) General Hospitals for the treatment of officers and enlisted men, in general, returned from overseas include Hospitals for consumptives, for the blind and for the reconstruction of wounded men The first General Hospitals . were constructed of the pavilion type buildings. Later existing buildings, such as hotels, store and school buildings, were remodeled, at a mmi- mum cost, for receiving casuals before they were distributed to the Department Hospitals. (C) Departmental Hospitals are located at Departmental Army posts in which the barrack buildings are altered for hospital use, supplemented by additional construction of mess and kitchen, power house and special treatment buildings. Section C Page 74. WAREHOUSES AND PORT TERMINALS. GlCNERAI,. Storage and terminal facilities for military purposes, differ in their requirements from similar commercial developments based on peace-time requirements. First, it is essential that there be a standardized emergency type of construction that will provide economical semi-fire- proof storage spaces, in the quickest possible time; Second, such an arrangement oj buildings and supporting railroald yards, as will afford lar^ and efficient facilities for storage and rapid handling of supplies. The facilities provided, are broadly divided into two classes; "Interior" warehouses and depots, and "Port Terminals." Interior Warehouses and Depots : Are usually located away from the seaboard. They include storage provisions for Quarter- master Corps, Ordnance Department, Medical Department, Department of Military Aeronautics, Signal Corps, etc., and are variously 'named. They act as reservoirs for the accumulation of large reserve supplies. In the case of interruption of overseas transportation, they relieve traf- fic lines of congestion, and thus prevent the slowing up of manufacturing which may be due to lack of transportation facilities, or to lack of storage capacity near points of manufacture and at port terminals. A typical example of "Interior" Depot is shown on Plate No. 100, for the Schenectady Army Reserve Depot. For typical grouping of warehouse units, see Plate No. 105. Port Terminals : Are located at seaboard ports and should be designed with a view of provisions for : (1) Handling — space for commodities, for immediate transfer to ships or the reverse; (2) Reserve space for storage of commodities, pending shipment by rail or by water, which space should be sufficient to carry at least sixty days' supply, in order to guard against the con- tingencies, of interruption of shipping by water from any cause and the consequent slowing up of manufacture due to congestion of rail facilities. Port terminals usually necessitate the design and construction of docks, piers and pier sheds. Frequently dredging and harbor improvements are involved; also the design and construction of lighters. Typical examples of Tort Terminals" are shown on Plate No,'s §9, 100, 101. The head-house type of terminal, such as that built at Charleston; S. C, has advantages, due to provisions for working space in the head-house communicating with, and supported bv, the storage area of the wing warehouses ; see Plate No. 99. " ■ In connection with Port Terminals it has been found that storage areas can be arranged on the piers, m pier-sheds, to advantage. This provision, reduces handling of merchandise to the mmimum. An illustration of this type is the Philadelphia Q. M Ternimal Plate No 101 Section C. Page 75. Classification of Construction. Under emergency war conditions, construction provided for Interior Depots and for Port Terminals, both in this country and overseas, is divided into two classes : temporary and per- manent : Temporary warehouses are for use during emergeBcy conditions, or for the duration of the war and during the period of demobilization, after which they may be torn down or disposed of as may be determined later. The necessity for permanent warehouses is determined by one or more of the following factors: congested localities, where multi-story building is advisable; conditions requiring fire- proof construction, in localities where permanent facilities for the Government are needed for future use ; cases where satisfactory , agreements can be made for turning over the properties to private ownership when the Government no longer requires their use. In the latter case, the design should be made with this possibility, in mind. Type of Structure. The type of construction to be adopted, should be determined by a study of each individual case. Many of the items affecting the selection of a site, will also influence the type of con- struction adopted. Other items are the following: (a) Shape of property; (b) Shape and nature of water frontage ; (c) Character of materials to be handled; (d) Nature of surrounding property. If Toredo or other destroyers of timber work are present in water, the woodwork of docks should be protected, or concrete substituted. Site. Certain important features should be considered in connection with the selection of sites for Interior Depots and for Port Terminals, of either temporary or permanent character, among which are the following : (a) Rail transportation connections ; (b) Water transportation connections; (c) ^^rovision for expansion ; (d) Labor for operation ; (e) Existing railroad yards and trunk line connections; (f) Accessibility to local manufactories; (g) Available water supply ; (h) Available electric power; (i) Presence of Toredo or other destroyers of timber work in water, wheredocks, wharves, piers, etc., are necessary ; (j) Character of soil-borings for buildings; " Section C. Page 76. (k) Depth of water and character of bottom soil as indicated by test piles and borings ; (1) Dredging^ . (c) Character of materials to be handled ; (d) Nature of surrounding property. If Toredo or other destroyers of timber work are present in water, the woodwork of docks should be protected, or concrete substituted. RAII.ROAD Facilities. , The railroad facilities required in connection with either "Interior" warehouses and depots or "Port Tei-ininals," should be such that each may. form a complete unit in itself for receiving, classifying, storing and f or\varding cars. In relation to this subject, there should be consid- ered: the type of structure selected, the character of materials handled, and the nature of exist- ing facilities. Provision for the following are generally necessary: (a) Supporting; yards ; , ■ . - : ' (b) Open storage; (c) Engine storage ; (d) Cinder pit, coal storage, water stations ; (e) Repair tracks and shop. Equipment Utilities. . , Due consideration should be given to the utilities broadly classified below, provisions for most of which, will usually be found necessary: (a) Fire protection, hydrants, sprinklers (dry) (wje^) elevated tanks; storage tanks and pumps ;'■; ^ ^; .-• \" ^ .--vv -,;.,. ^:; j i . :._ .- :■, < r■■^ ' -i ., ;- ■■/■■^.r..' .' , "' ' (b) Water supply for domestic uses ; (c) Electricity (light-power) ; protective lighting; fire al^rm; telephones; (d) Elevators and spiral chutes, cargo whips, cranes; (e) Mobile equipment (electric tractors with trailers, battery .charging room and equip- ment; locomotives and locomotive cranes); (f) Machine shop; ■ (g) Garage; (h) Roads; (i) Boiler house; coal storage; (j) Heating facilities; (k) Barracks and quarters ; ' (1) Fences. SECTION C. PLATE 99. ^^^^5^ CHARLES TOM P.M. AND OTlPNANCE TERMINAL CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OF THE ARMY 'TERMINAL' GENERAL PLAN SECTION C. PLATE lOO T T T ScAuz ar ?EVT ^ '.'kT'II Of H9i>.r«LK tllS. CovY- iui«.a>Kn»i> — j , •; - i y' «. •. JCV-t- (io»>. ricKiitiiD lint aCH EN ECTAPY ARMY RESERVE DBFOTj -NOR-FOLK. Q,M • T E R M I N A L • CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OF THE ARMY • TERMINALS - GENERAL PLAN 3 SCALE, zoo a 200 400 - «oo 600 1000 I I I J I I I I I I 1 I I I I CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OF THE ARMY FHILADtLPHIA O.M, TERMINAL GENERAL PLAN ■SECTION C. PLATE lOE CROSS-SECTION OF PIER Bk WAREHOUSE PHILADELPHIA Q.MTERMINAL 5cALK«r FeiT CROSS- SECTION OF PIER «c TWO STORY WAREHOUSE NORFOLK q.M. TERMINAL Sc**.K OP ^IT T . T . T . T . f y T y T I « II J!'| iV:- g "-'liirallBnifji.i^AijiWm )i>||l|||a|||gi||l||| CROSS- SECTION OF PIER & ONE STORY WAREHOUSE NORFOLK Q.M. TERMINAL CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OF T/HE ARMY CROSS-SECTIONS OF STANDARD PIERS AND WAREHOUSED SECTION C PUTE103 — lo'-ft'— — pi -Jit'.tT" p-Liyt t.aj>B tOOM.VH ..a»fT. -1 SS5° ^|.w-|.w|. 'M!TT"'<'^tro ! ""'*™"'''^"i''"' ''' r '' 'etj g'''' ^ ' ' — 1 FW ' f h ltl^ l ffl' 1*1 ^ I tin il l Xg i * r> .'^"'\ i. H^ X :? LOW WATER CUT-orr TYPE rOR GANTRY CRANC STANDARD WOODEN TYPE FOR UOCOMOTIVE CRANE ^CALE «P fECT "it! ^ ^ y CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OF TME ARMY CROSS- SECTIONS OF STANDARD TIMBER WHARVES SECTION C. PLATE 104 •>Mft^«t»~ 4 •1m««>, iA iPACBA;NWM>BIL WlUk* WHWyifct fc«IITW. -^ 410'C £^ES5S — 4»^©"t« •o'-»"- r»7-» TO 4r-P • STANDMID 4»NCfKTe PILC a*'0 COWjTKWeTtOH HSAft «H ^*t- •••■— t t- SECTION THRU WHARF W.W.W. P* mbVt CeNTKSb .k. tZ.21 timmk. coHiixwenoH-' — itunwAbcs- SECTION THRU WHARF Scale 0r TftH W 4 4 .> =J r6 '•"'«** xr-Kie.c^iPANSKb a REIMroRjCCft \M£TAb OR. B«UAt> &i.A«> -\ \ TOP OT K-All. y fKAVAHSlSW MMT' TO Bt 1HAKTM IN THIft »IBT. JU)'-«' OIL So:e^APAK.T KM. Vl»v MTWU H ^VAN JOINTS TO «a ««'.«• SECTION ON LINE 3-3 SECTION ON LINE. 2-a CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OF T>HE ARMY CROSS-SECTIONS OF REINFORCED CONCRETE WHARF SECTION C. PLATE 105 R.00r PITCH - J^'+o 1^0 /• YlTCiriEP TILE. COf\HATTti:.y cfiAWifi *ta. • • VATtR. BfttRtL «- J BOCKETJ FOR. 0FH6INAL 5EE CONSTRUCTION PVISION OF THE ARMY TYPICAL EMERGENCY STORAGE WAREHOUSE TYPICAL COMPARTMENTfi' GROUP PLAN SLCTION PLATE loe rOR. OR-IOINAl. it-C. J>)tAWlrt ^ 1 \A/ W' ilJ a u »- kl L )CK PLAN A'**I i*ll.AST.KIt&'eACH AID IN .Wall-' or ortN 1 9 TO EAO* J)rt,«T i|3fi« dce Tri'icAL GKolup rtWH pr WAKl MOVdU ON .1 rUAifC IQ5 1> 11 *s 1 a j L -(- TO &EAM ^ CO/irtECTIOrt c^L'An-«?r nR£ wall piiASTEi? PL ATI. WITS ?4" . JSIAH. Moit Foit *"#' •'■■*■'•■■■ PLAM PF TILE 3JI>B WALL AMP axo'FOit ft' HpVtOW TUe. WlTK rtoeics AMD riLATrOKn T© SE OF |: Zj3^ COMictLKrE. -.rxl rOUNPATIOM- *T'*'%or riRE WAL tr-:?:^ 12-0 roOTINaS TO E,XTILIt]> £S.LOV rROJT LlxtC CR.055 5E.CTI01i THROUGH WAR.EHOU5L f^ 51!:CT10/i THROUC3K tND WALL- NOitOW TILE. ^6KlO WOOP »t/MP£IC» Arj>ooR,s omy. • 1" JOLTS' 2-'o" <>•«. :5tCT10]i THR.O ^IPE. WALL AT DR.1VLWAY- I FOR ORIGINAL ^Ll JRAVtMS &271-ia" CONSTRUCTION rrVPIC^L EHER6E CONSTRU DIVISDN OF THE ARMY NCY STORASEWAREHOUSE CTiON DETAILS SECTION C. PLATE. I09 Jx4«a ^i^^L^ip^ 5CUW9 El I ?tri»i(|5, ■^ tLEVATlON I DELTAIL or LOCKl/IG DL- VI C£ roit 0UT51PL JX20i?^ I ^ i5 X IK* halve; OKPtJJT V 1 5LtPl ri(j POOR. JH OUT^IDL WALL „ , Soal* «- d=ta,v .^flCTION "A*. ELEVATION Or 5L1DJMG DOOR.t> lii J K.ICK riKX WALL5 JCALE I I I I '""aExr.wLT*. M.JiH-lft. feg2-30.1^o CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OF THE ARMY ITYPIGAL EMERGENCY STORAGEWAREHOUSE nnOD DETAILS SECTION C. PLATE.110 dt'CONCRtTt TOP- 1-a-H. ft.tl/i - 2-o"o.c. HiORIZONTAlty &- VtltTIChUy S3Z rAPLR- > 11 .~T^ G,Kt*. VAiVL ^tCTlOli 2n Ll/il 'A-A ■* Fr. I I I I I I 1 I I : ^R-LAK riLC, AHC BOltD VlTH CoNclttTE, 5 Tit COBCRtTB. CUII* DLTA1L5 or PLAN J3na -METAL COVER.ED-' tflttAL COVt«,feD JWOIL f HlA«3 E cti.on"!)'. 5ash to be vVHiTft PiNt WITH Mofcnst AND Tbmom Joints MAOt in White Lead. Pwut AT fACTORr &EFORt GlXZING. PUTrr TO bl WHITINC ANP IINSEEO OtU, or FKEO KwHCS GlAZINC C0MP0UNI>,OR£qUAL, r R0RI&mAL5EE DRAWING 652-90. CXDNSTRUCTION DIVISION OF THE ARMY TYPICAL EMERGENCY 5TORA6EWAREH0U5E WOOD SKYLIGHT DETAI LS : SECTION CPLATEllE kki ' . A* U* U'* TUBII SAAB ^. ^ ^^ > ^i ■o'*«f „ iJEl. ^^ wimtI **" ^ niiiiiii ^ i TYP E ■ W////////////////////////////////Z IJ'KtADtl^ llll l ill l l D ^ 9.bW. WITH CUK5 BOX ' r c.v/,sEnvict SXALE T.-0 1 9 3 4 S 6 7 a « a- I ] I I r I I I I I I FOR ORIGINAL SEE DRAWING 672-42 CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OF THE ARMY TfPICAL EMERGENCY 5T0RAGE WAREHOUSE STANDARD TOILET ROOMS 3ECTI0N C. PLATE lia q:^ •i^ O O— ^ "«■ ■ci» ^ ^' W — "W F1R5T FLOOR PLAN J ^s^s-^s-^s a: fH r r r r o 5ECT10N 52 Zi 16 B I I I I I I I I I t I 4 Scale of Feet, I I I ^ 0^= ^£ m UUUUUUUUUU I I— 11— 1 r— im i=icn S~ UUUUUUUUUU en CDCD 1=11=1 cncn NORTH ELEVATION I For Original see Drwc;^. cz5i - iz w zs, CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OF THE ARMY CHICAGO INTERIOR PERMANENT STORAGE WAREH0U5E5 ■^R- SECTION C. PLATE 114 «=- CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OF TMZ ARMY DETAILS OF STANDARD DERRICK LIGHTERS JECTIONC PLATE 115 4n CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OF TM^ ARMY PLAN AND ELEVATION OF STANDARD COVERED LIGHTERS ■SECTION C. PLATE 116 CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OF T>HE ARMY DETAILS OF STANDARD LIGHTERS SECTION C.PLATE J 17 ^.- CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OF T/iE ARMY DETAILS OF STANDARD LIGHTERS Section C. Page tt. Design and Materials. In selecting materials for temporary buildings, it should be kept in mind that the salvage value of such materials, or of completed buildings, is low as compared with their usual cost under emergency conditions. Temporary, one-story warehouses should be constructed with brick, concrete or hollow tile exterior walls; brick fire-walls; concrete or wood floors; wood roof -framing and supports; pitch or asphalt composition built-up roof -cove ring; see Plate No.'s 105 and 106. Open sheds should have similar construction, omitting the exterior walls and if permissible. Omitting wood or concrete floors ; see Plate No. 107. Temporary warehouses should be divided into sections by brick firewalls, extending through the roof ;_ see Plate No! 105.^ The undivided area should be kept within 15,000 square 'feet, although in many of the buildings fcuilt, where special consideratioii was given to other features of fire protection, this limit has, been exceeded. Sheds. should be similarly sub-divided, if used for the storage of inflammable materials. Metal vehtilators should be provided for warehouses. Wood or metal skylights furnished with wire-glass, are preferred to windows for lighting; see Plate No. 111. Both sides. of open- ings in fire-walls, should be equipped with appi-oved Underwriters' automatic fire-doors, see Plate No. 109. It has been considered advisable to install the dry sprinkler system throughout warehouses, locating the dry valves in pits electrically hestted ; see Plate No. 110. By this arrangement, it is possible to omit heating or to heat the units as the character of goods stored in them may require. The necessity , for saving steel, is an important factoi" in designing emergency construction ; therefore, in warehouses, it has been limited to such structural features as absolutely reqtiire its use. , In permanent construction, reinforced concrete has been installed in order to avoid the use of structural ,steel shapes. In congested districts, such as the cities of New York, Philadelphia or Chicago, there hav^ be^ provided permanent multi-storied warehouses, terminals and, piers. The warehouse group at Chicago, as typical of this construction, is shown on Plate No. il3. SECTION C. Page 78. FUEL OIL AND GASOLINE TANKS. Capacities and Construction. Tanks for the storage of gasoline and oils may be successfully constructed of reinforced con- crete, when the use of iron and steel for such purposes is restricted. Drawings are available for standard concrete tanks for storage of oil or gasoline, in the files of the Construction Division, as follows : Drawing No. Gallon Capacity Inside Diameter Height Inside 610-300 13,000 6463-110 300,000 43 feet 6 inches 18 feet 6 inches 6462-111 350,000 50 feet 17 feet 6 inches 6439-110 300,000 60 feet 14 feet 6 inches 6396-110 500,000 73 feet 16 feet 6463-110 750,000 80 feet 30 feet 4 indies Concrete used for tanks should consist of one part cement, two parts sand, three parts broken stone or gravel, and 10 lbs. of hydrated lime for every 100 lbs. of cement used. Crushed storie or gravel used, should be such as will pass a 1-inch ring. The materials should be mixed together in a batch mixer, at least s minutes, a.iter all the ingredients are in the mixer. The concrete mixture should be of such consistency, as will flow sluggishly into the forms and siich as can be conveyed from the mixer to the forms, without separation of the coarse aggregaliefs' from the mortar. While being deposited in the forms, it should be well compacted with a straight shovel or slicing tool. After the process of pouring concrete is begun, it must proceed as rapidly as possible, thus reducing the number of laitance seams. Where it is necessary to bond new con- crete to old, the old concrete must be thoroughly cleaned, roughed, drenched with water, and then slushed with a mortar consisting of one part cement and one part sand. The entire bot- tom of the tank must be troweled perfectly smooth. The interior surfaces of the side walls and the surfaces of all the columns should be made smooth, by careful and continued use of the slicing tool, during the process of placing the concrete. Any rough spots which show after the forms are removed from the interior, should be made smooth by mortar applied with a trowel. Forms should be of dressed and matched lumber and carefully joined to insure smooth surfaces. Forms should be left in place at least seven days. Note: All of the above applies to tanks for the storage of fuel oil only. If gasoline is to be stored, the following additional instructions apply: When thoroughly dry, the entire interior surface of the bottom, side walls, and columns, should be sprayed with a coat of the best "long-oil" spar varnish thinned with 30 per cent vola- tile mineral spirits and applied under a pressure of 60 lbs. per sq. in. by a paint gun. After this coat has dried for a period of at least 34 hours, it should be followed by two more coats, separ- ated by an interval of not less than 48 hours, using pure undiluted spar varnish and applied in the same manner. Each varnish coating should be put on in such a thickness, that one gallon will cover approximately 300 sq. ft. The volatile mineral spirits should be a hydrocarbon dis- 5f CTION C • PLATE 115 Gr.c/. ^^'r/u/»sPv>e. Cast Coneifm-ijt Caiftr wifft AfOK0 7>:f- MeJfi or^ f /ToJt -4- o.e ./Te//tfyre//ft t/a/lsfa be//a^rfyhf ii rf^-n-lii^h.-.M;/-'^ ^ ' -3 -/« J^ /rotfi-/g'o.e.. , .»j ^«^ ft*** ben/e-'S' /g *.e. /fatted f/^nJf ^^i^ Ifodi- fm'o.c. -/& ^ /ofi/ifiteftitvJ Jftpt^Af ^aefi - /S '«.e. ■iEr-:i ALTERNATE METHOD :- Softotn one/hb//s of Tank ir>jtat,fo^ y/f7M»tf aiiM f^of //»B Cofnen'f a)M* S<»/»/; ^/e^Af tr^tf* iaaHm an^ loark /iifo Juir/bce, ^acff/otrf a/f^ fy-aa^t ^maaih. Whtrt efr^jf/uf'th cut fit o»» coof o^ \fA«//t7e y0r/*/'i/>> S c r T 1 ft M "A A" _ Conftiiuous Sx-^'J/o/m e^iff/» /yoerl M tv I iWM t^t*> an/rftec/e«/>eef it/eye W9/ti are p»v)^i-' ,fl.^yr/-'lmiiifiir» btfinfavriiy ti^aUtJ CONClfSTC •■- f'2'3 ifAcfuiVi- as9i'»ya/» ,a./ean cruyJietf ■s/an* erynt^a/jifo pan /?»fc^.- . Concrtft fa ba tual/ioarlrfti mruun^ reifforeamani , . ffpajtfhJa, Pour in ana. o/t»r»ffon. oMar ivita, f/aornioii ht pairacf in of" cenfiittiout e^arc)hao,ci/t^ Wa/ls in er^/Aoir. l/a» no loira, /a,r irac/f^far^.^ ^ -^ucM^ ^ fJl'Senf^, fM'a.e.titt/A ^Hjf4fa*- 'Sfr'f./M^ PLAN AT End of Tank- scAue hHI.:-'i I i I CONSTRUCTION DIVISDN OF THE ARMY CONCRETE GASOL IN E OR 01 LTANK rADAr.iTV 1?pno GALLONS SucTiqN p. tilate, water white, neutral, clear and free from water. It should have no darkening effect when mixed with basic carbonate white lead. The varnish should comply with the War Depart- ment Specification No. 6, with particular attention to the water tests. As an alternate to the instructions of the precefiifig pEiragraph, iif may be {Jeemed advis- able in some cases to use one of the proprietary proofing methods of the market, but, only on condition that the concern awarded the contact, shall furnish an acceptable surety bond guar- anteeing the construction to be proof against leakage for a given period of years. Section C. Page 80. ELECTRIG POWER AND ILLUMINATION. STANDARDS FOR ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION. GENERAL. PrEwminary Note; These instructions are not to be considered as adequate specifications, for materials to be furnished or for work to be done, under the lump sum contract. They are intended to serve in connection with the emergency form of contract, which was adopted to enable work in the field to proceed immediately, without the necessity of waiting for detailed drawings. Detailed speci- fications, for use in connection with lump sum contracts, may be obtained by application to the Washington Office. SuppivY OE Energy : It is the established policy of the Division to obtain electrical energy, for all enterprises, from existing sources as far as available and consistent with economy and with military necessi- ties. The utilization of existing power plant equipment thus makes light and power quickly avail- able for construction purposes, with an accompanying conservation of fuel and labor m opera- tion; and in general, results in economy as compared with the installation and operation of an isolated plant. However, in certain cases it will be necessary to install a generating plant on the premises, as where small amounts of power are required remote from existing facilities, or where military policies require a project to be self-contained. In some cases where steam heating will be required, it may be desirable to install generating equipment to operate during the heating season, and exhaust into the heating system, purchasing power on an off peak basis at other times. A careful investigation should be made before decid- ing on such an installation, as it may not result in economy where the electrical demands may exceed the steam requirements. In making a study of the relative costs, full consideration should be given to the greater investment required in building, high pressure boilers, piping, boiler room auxiliaries, low pressure steam mains and fittings, in addition to the cost of gener- ating equipment itself. For camps and cantonments it has been found that the average monthly load factor is approx- imately 35-40 per cent; the winter demand for lighting only, 35-30 watts per capita; and for lighting and power, 35-40 watts per capita. For tent camps, the demand is 50 to 60 per cent of the above. For Hospitals, the demand is approximately 80 watts per bed for lighting only, and 100 watts per bed for lighting and power. In general, all power distribution should be alternating current. Where direct current is required for speed control, it should be obtained through the use of rotary converters, where the demand will be 100 K. W. or greater, and by motor-generator sets or rotary converters for smaller installations. Section G. Page 81. The Constructing Officer should report to the Washington office, as to the ability of the power companies adjacent to the job to furnish the estimated requirements, both during the construc- tion period and for operation ; supplying them with an estimate of the approximate amounts of power fequired at various dates until the project is in full operation. Should none of the com- panies be able to supply the entire energy required, on account of location or lack of generating or transmission line capacity, the fact, with complete details, should be reported to the Wash- ington office. As a matter of economy, the entire supply should be furnished by one company, but in very important projects, duplicate supply lines or an emergency tie to another source of supply may be desirable. In practically all large projects, a decision as to the source of supply and the pre- liminary negotiations as to terms and conditions, will have been undertaken before construction forces are in the field and consequently when the Constructing Officer is assigned to a job, he should at orice acquaint Himself with the status of the negotiations. It is generally advisable that the Constructing Officer avail himself of the advice of the Elec- trical Section, as to the best form of rate schedule applicable to cases involving the purchase of permanent power supply of over approximately 50 KW and also as to other conditions under which service will be furnished. JixTENSiON o? Transmission LinEs : In some cases it may be necessary for the Government to construct an extension to the existing high tension transmission line of the Power Company to reach the project. . In general, the details of construction of such transmission line extension and transformation facilities, if necessary, should be in accord with the power company's standards, so that there can be no question as to the suitability of the equipment for operation on the company's system, and so that it might readily be taken over by the company as an integral part of its system at a later date. , Materials and Apparatus ; Installation : All material and apparatus used in the equipment of the project itself should, so far as pos- sible, be that described in the "Army Catalogue of Electrical Apparatus and Supplies" and also conform to the current and applicable standardization t'ules of the "American • lnsti;tute of Elec- trical 'Engineers," the "National Electric-Light Association," the "National Board of Fire Un- derwriters" and the "National Electrical Safety Code," with, such modifications as are specified herein, or as goodi engineering may prescribe, with due consideration of the uses and permanency of the undertaking. ' All reasonable laws and ordinances of the locality and service rules of the, service company and public utility commission having jurisdiction should be observed. Substations : ....,,.,, Sub-Stations should be of the out-door type ; that is, with transformers,, high tension bu?, and protective apparatus located out of doors, and with wiring supported on ' skeleton frame- work, which may be wood, steel or reinforced concret^ as determined by the character of the project.' See Plate No. 119. ■' ' In large projects a primary feeder switchboard should be installed as a part of the substa- tion equipment which should be housed in a. suita,ble building with. concrete flooj and with brick, tile or concrete walls, or of sheet iron for temporary construction." Distribution feeder panels should be plain finished slate, on pipe or angle-iron frame, each with ammeter, an ammeter-switch SkcTlON C. Pa^e ^S. ahd automatic hand-operated oil circuit-breaker, with adjustible time limit ^.overload tfip, and a sltigle set ot ctiirrent transformers for ammeters and circuit-breaker trip cq'jIs, Calqbra.ting, ter^ friinals should be provided for readily connecting portable watt hour, m^feers if desired, .Eaclj Switchboard Shbtild bfe Equipped with a vdlt metef On s^iringing bracket aud 300 watt potential t'rknsformer; iblt meter receptacle and plug fdr measuring voltages on all phases. If an attendant is not to be on duty at all times at the substation, a curve drawmg volt meter of the circular chart type should be installed and connected to the main bus. If the power con- tract does nbit provide for the measurement of the tnaximum demand by the power company, a demand meteir arfaflged f or a 15-minute time interval fshould be provided by the Goyernpipiit and connected to the ttiaih bus. Suitable space on panels, or • otherwise, i$ required injtljg wiring scheme, should be jjrbvided for metering equipment to be installed by the power company. In some instances where the; seryicq, is taken, djrect from a main transmission line, the volt- age regulation may not be sufficiently close for satisfactory lighting. In such cases autbthatic r The electrical characteristics of the plant should .in general follow the principles outlined akdei "Substations." Energy should be generated al the distribution voltage. OUTSIDE WIRING. Primary Dis'^isiBUTioN : 1- ..■.,.'-... . ■ :.-.•- V ,...■,., . , ;, , , ■ . In projects where there are a number of buildings in scattered groups, qr. single buildings covering large areas, a primary distribution system, preferably three phase, should be used ob- taihitig ehei^ ^ilirectly f roih the poweif cdm|)any'^ line, where the potential do?s not ekceed ^;€00 volts. , If the primary supply is of a higher foliage, & transformer substation will be erected by the Government ; or by the compaiijr; If {fie cbntrdcf is made for energy at a lower Trbifage. Section C. Page 83. The primary distribution system from transformer substation should be 3-wire 3-phase 2,300-voh; except for a system serving exceptionally large camps, or a large group of widely scattered a,ctivities with relatively large demands, in which cases, a 4-wire 3-phase system, 4,000/2,300 volts, is desirable using standard 3,300 volt distributing transformers with neutral grounded at the substation only. For best regulation, transformers should not be connected to lOng feeders at points near the substation. The total area to be served by the system should be roughly divided into zones, each to be served by a separate feeder, the number of feeders being governed by the load and the character of the project. Branches feeding relatively small amounts of lighting load only should be single phase, but so installed that they can readily be converted to three-phase. They should be so coniiected as to balance the load on the three-phase feeders. Both single and three-phase branchies should be provided with means of ready disconnection, such as disconnect- ing pot heads, at points where main feeder is tapped ; providing such branches would introduce a real hazard if kept alive during a fire or other emergency, and it is essential to maintain service to other sections of the undertaking seryed by the same feeder. Branches of feeders serving specially important utilities, such as pumps and protective lighting around ordnance depots, should be so arranged as to connect to feeders at separate points, providing such arrangement does not result in unwarranted excess in copper. Discon- necting pot heads with dummy caps and tubes should be provided at each point of connection. Large power loads not widely scattered should be served by a separate power feeder. SECONDARY Distribution : Secondai-y mains and services from distributing transformers to lighting panels or cutouts in various buildings should be 330/115 volt, 3-wire single phase; excepting when there are 4 or less circuits within any building, then the services should be 115 volt, 3-wire. Secondary power services for installations of more than 3 horsepower should be 330 volt, 3-wire, 3-phase ; excepting that 460 volts may be used for large installations, where 3,300 volts is undesirable. Certain large power installations as hereinafter described may be 3,300 volts. Power services for less than 3 horsepower should be 330 volt single phase. Ordinarily, the use of larger conductors than No,, 4/0 B & S in open wiring or 500,000 C. M. in conduit, is not economical with 60 cycle current and the voltage of the system should be chosen and layouts planned with this in view. Secondary mains should not be interconnected, except where economy in copper or other consideration makes interconnection desirable. In such cases, the connection should be made through a suitable pole mounted weatherproof cutout, fused at 50 per cent of the rated capacity of the smallest transformer interconnected. Secondary distribution for tent camps shall consist of 6-inch 30-foot poles,, spaced approx- imately 50 feet on centers, the conductors being carried on racks. No more than 18 lamps should be connected to any branch circuit. Porcelain cutouts with plug fuses should be mounted in steel box on pole, with all wires entering box from below. For typical tent camp distribu- tion see Plate No. 133. Poi^E Lines : Poles, for general line use should be 30 feet long and 7 inches in diameter at top, for one op two-line arms ; and 35 feet long and 7 inches in diameter at top, for three or four line arms. For light and power line poles used jraintly for telephone or other signal wires, see Signal Corps Specifications No. 601 included in this Manual and Plate No.'s 130 and 131. Section C. Page 84. All poles at corners, dead ends, curves, railroad crossings, and those supporting transform- ers to be N. E. L. A. Class "B" or heavier, others not carrying signal lines may be "woods run." Poles for cantonments and other semi-permanent construction, are to be untreated!, excepting that roofs and gains should be painted. Standard span lengths should be 100 to 135 feet but no span should exceed 140 feet. Each pole should be roofed, gained and bored before being set. Gains to be J^ inch in depth, 4j4 inches in width, spaced 34 inches on centers, the first gain being .10 inches from tip of roof . Necessary buck arm gains are to be cut 12 inches below the line gains. Corner, junction and dead end poles should be set with a rake of 13 inches at the top after the strain has been applied and single poles carrying transformers with a rake of 8 inches, to 13 inches. All poles carrying branch cutout?, street or protective lamps which can be reached from pole, switches, arresters and transformers should be stepped, spaced 18 inches between centers, extending from a point 4 feet from top of pole to a point approximately 10 feet above ground. Steps should project 5 inches from pole, located in line with lead. Cross Arms, Hardware and Fittings: Double cross-arms should be installed at dead ends, curves, junctions and corners. These arms should be fastened together at the outer ends by means of space bolts. All bolts should have washers to prevent bolt-heads and nuts bearing directly on wooden surfaces. Insulator pins should be locust, secured in arms by 8-penny nails; and all arms are to be completely pinned. Insulators placed on pins are to be for immediate use only. Brackets may be standard metal, two-point or three-point. Guys and Anchors: Guys should be set at all dead ends, corners and places of unbalanced strain, using patent anchors, except in marshy ground, where "deadman" anchors should be used. Guy cable should be galvanized standard steel strand, attached with iron pole collar or shins, with guy hooks, where on cedar poles. Strain insulators and ground clearances are to be as per Signal Corps Specifications No. 601, included in this Manual. Where necessary for protection, guys are to be covered at ground with a 10-foot length of 3^-inch galvanized pipe plugged at the upper end. Wire: All line wire, except as hereinafter mentioned, should be bare medium hard drawn copper, in even sizes up to No. 1 B & S. Sizes No. 2 B & S and larger are to be stranded ; smaller sizes are to be solid. The minimum size for service connections and series fence lighting circuits with spans not over 75 feet should be No. 8 B & S and for otlier lines. No. 6 B & S. Splices must not occur over railroad or street crossings. , Sleeves should be used for splicing all wires. Siemens Martin steel strand may be used for series lighting conductor where the circuits ^? f ""l^n ^y 5/16-mch strand has a resistance of about 7.1 ohms and an internal reactance of about ,0.3 ohms per mile at 6.6 amps. Wire Positions: Primary wires must be placed above secondary wires, if on separate arms and the two classes should, as far as possible, be placed on separate arms. ' Sb;ction C, Page 85. Series circuit wires should be located on pole pins, lowest arm. The neutral of four-wire three-phase systems should be on a pole pin on the same arm as the phase wires. Lightning Arresters, should be installed on the primary lines for the protection of, and on the same pole with, all transformers. Arresters should also be installed on Ihe same or next adjacent pole to all cable terminals, primary line entrances and at other points where there would otherwise be an exposed piimary circuit of over 2,000 feet. For constant current circuits, arresters adapted to such service should be used. For 4-wire, 3-phase circuits, s plain 300 volt-gap arrester should be used for the neutral wire, with standard phase arresters for the three-phase wires. Grounding: The neutral wire of all single-phase 230/115 volt secondaries, one side of all two-wire 115 volt secondaries and the middle point of one transformer on all three-phase 230 -volt secondary installations shall be grounded, at transformers. Three-phase 460 volt secondaries should be grounded through one 300-volt g;ip arrester connected to the middle point of one transformer. Ground connections may be made by driving 10-foot pieces of J^-i^ch galvanized pipe into the ground, the pipe to be fitted with point and cap; and when driven, salt should t>c sprinkled on the ground at the top of the pipe ?nd thoroughly moistened. The ground wire should be rubber-covered No. 6 B & S copper, attached to pole only at ends and covered with wooden moulding on pole and along cross-arm. Grounds on lighting and power secondariejshould be kept separate, except where taken from the same transformer bank. Lightning arrester ground < onnections must be separate and apart from all other ground connections. Where more than one ground is installed on the same pole, they must be placed on opposite sides of the pole. Secondaries over 500 feet in length should have two grounds on separate poles. Transformers ; Distributing Transformers, for power and lighting should be standard pole type, oil insu- lated, self-cooled, single-phase, installed with primary fused cutouts. In camps and similar in- stallations where all of the lamps connected to a transformer are liable to be used at one time, the individual lighting transformer capacity should be approximately 90 per cent of the con- nected load. For power installations, transformer capacity in KVA should be 80 per cent of the- maximum total horsepower of motors which will be in operation at one time, except instal- lations of less than 3 motors, or for pumping stations and refrigerating plants in which cases it should be 100 per cent. In specifying transformer sizes, consideration should be given to any increase in load which will probably occur in the near future. In power installations where the total transformers rating is under 30 KW, two trans- formers should be installed, connected in open delta. In specifying transformers to be so con- nected, it should be observed that the capacity of the bank is approximately 85 per cent of the combined rating. Transformers should be mounted as follows: Maximum Sizes on 1 Pole Maximum Sizes on 2 Pole Class "A" Structure, Class "A" 1-50. KVA 2-50 2-25 KVA 3-37.5 3-10 KVA Larger sizes to be mounted on ground SECTION C. Page 80. Note: Class "B" poles may be used for next smaller size transformers. Single transformers of 5 KVA and smaller should be hung from double line arms. Larger sizes, and all installations of more than one transformer on a single pole should be hung from double arms spaced not less than 24 inches below the primary line arm. Primary transformer fuses for 3,300 volts should be as follows : (a) Single phase, 1.0 ampere per KW up to and including 10 KVA. (b) Single phase, 0.8 ampere per KW above 10 KVA. (c) Open delta, outside leads as per (a) and (b) ; middle lead, next larger size. In open delta installations on 4-wire 3-phase system, the neutral cutout shall not be fused but connected through with copper wire. See Plate No. 120. (d) Closed delta, all leads 1.75 of (a) and (b). Cutouts for three-phase transformer banks should be in the line taps and not in the indi- vidual transformer leads. Porcelain primary cutouts should be used on outdoor transformer installation of single units, 50 KW or less and for banks of 100 KW, or less. Larger installations should be protected by expulsion fuse cutouts. Transformer secondary leads should not be fused. Constant current transformers, up to and including 10 KW should be stationary coil, pole type controlled by rope operated pole type primary oil switch. Larger size transformers are to be moving coil, station type. Street Lighting : Street lighting should be by means of 100 c.p., 6.6 amp. type "C" units, on series circuits, using film cutout sockets, gooseneck brackets, and 18-inch radial flat street hood bodies, spaced at comers and on approximately 200-foot centers, mounted 20 feet from ground and on silternate distribution line poles where available. At comers, fixtures should be directed toward the center of the roadway intersection. Street lighting fixtures are not to be located on poles with trans- formers, if it can readily be avoided. Circuit voltage should not exceed 2,500. PEdTECTivE Lighting: The former standard protective fence lighting practice consisted of 600 c.p., 6.6 amp., type "C" series lamps in flood light projectors facing in one direction, parallel to fence line and spaced approximately 500 feet, mounted 12 feet from ground, employing line insulating trans- formers and mogul base series sockets. The present standard consists of 100 c.p., 6.6 amp., type "C" series lamps in film cutout series sockets in porcelain enameled steel angle reflector sock- ets; spaced 56 feet, facing at right angles to fence, mounted 12 feet from ground on 45 degrees gooseneck attached to extension of fence post, with alternate lamps on two separate circuits, hav- ing wires supported by transposition insulators mounted on 2-point brackets attached to fence post. The reflectors should be so adjusted that no light is thrown on the fence itself. See Plate No. 119. Section C. Page 87. Railroad or otber yard Hghling^ can best be provided by flood light projectors in batteries mounted on pole or tower structure or op buildjilgs, 3t svifficient height to avoid objectionable glare. Sixty to seventy feet mounting bright is desirable. UnDBRGRGUND CONSTRUCtlON : Primary or series circuits which must cross parade or drill grounds, balloon or aviation fields, should be multiple conductor paper insulated lead covered steel armored cable laid directly in the ground and terminated in suitable pot heads below line arm on the terminal poles. Underground construction may also be used for fortifications and large permanent ware- house or terminal projects, but not for general distribtitioji in camps and army posts. Wh^re so used, either an underground duct system with lead covered cables in conduit or steel armored cables laid directly in the ground may be installed, as the individual circumstances may war- rant. Allowable Voliage Drop: The per cent drop based on delivered voltage to the point of delivery and also based on the estimated maximum demand should not ordinarily exceed values given in the following table : Class Wiring Light Power Building 2 3 Service IJ^ *2 Secondary Mains 2 *3 Primar)' Mains 2 *3 Primary Feeders 5 7 Primary Feeders (regulated) 10 10 *In special cases where the t>eders are closely regulated, these values may be increased 5l) per cent, but care should be taken that proper voltage is obtainable to provide sufticient starting torque for all motors. INTERIOR WIRING. General : A fused service switch of ample capacity to carry the full connected load should be in- stalled in each building at the nearest convenient point to the service entrance, except as men- tioned herein below. All power services over 250 vnlts or 300 amperes and lighting services over 500 amperes capacity should be protected by circuit breakers in place of fuses. Circuit breakers on power circuits should be provided with inverse time limit trip. If circuit breakers non-closable on overload are installed, switches for circuit control may be omitted. All polyphase motors over o HP which are not subject to constant super\-ipion while in operation should have means for prevention of operation on single phase. In cases where motors of 30 horsepower or larger are installed where accessible only to competent employees, the motor circuits generally should be for the primary distribution voltage where this does not exceed 3,300 volts. Service mains should be provided with disconnecting type fuses, choke Coils and lightning arresters on pole, and disconnecting switches and an oil cir- SEcrioN C. Page 88. cuit breaker with time limit trip m the building; Each individual motor circuit «;hould also be equipped with' disconnecting switch and auto starter or starting panel with time limit adjustable overload and undervoltage release. Wiring on lire-proof walls or pipe supports may lie open type; in other cases, should be multiple conductor lead sheath cable in conduit. In 230-volt alternating current power installations with a small amount of incidental light- ing, the lights may be fed from power transformer bank by bringing- out, middle tap of one transformer secondaiy and using the same as neutral. See Plate No. 130. In this case, the transformer thus tapped may be of larger capacity to take care of the increased load due to lighting. In each case where a service is carried along the outside of a building the leads should be rubber-covered and carried under the eaves an \ supported on metal service brackets and racks in a manner to afford as full a protection to the wires from the action of the ek-metits as pos- sible. No sockets, reflectors, motors, or appliances should be installed or connected until all light- ing circuits have been properly pcled up and tested, and all grounds and short circuits removed. Wire shall be run continuous without joints as far as practicable, from cutouts to the last outlet on each circuit. Single conductors No. 6 B & S gauge and larger shall be stranded. Each distributing center, service switch or circuit breaker should be enclosed in a steel cab- inet. Fused mains and branches of a capacity up to and including 30 amperes on lighting circuit should be plug-fused, all others cartridge fused. All fuses on power circuits should be cartridge type. All branch lighting circuits should be 115 volt 2-wire. There should be not to exceed 16 sockets on any one lighting circuit, regardless of the total wattage of the circuit. Watt-hour meters should be installed in services supplying water and sewage pumping sta- tions, refrigerating plants, laundiits, reclamation plants, and camp community projects. Cur- rent supplied all "non-issue" projects must be metered, the meters furnished , by, the individual consumer. All permanent army post buildings should be provided with watt-hour meters. The following tabulation of general illuminating intensity values, expressed in watts per square foot of floor area, is intended' as a guide for preparing layouts : Name of Building Watts per Sq. Ft. Camps and Cantonments. Storehouses .20 Barracks .25 Fire Stations, Infirmaries, Mess Halls .30 Shops, Motor Repair and Ordnance Repair .30 Class Rooms, Officers' Quarters & Exchanges .50 Hospital Buildii^gs. Wards .25 Laboratory, Nurses' Quar'.ers .40 Miscellaneous Buildings. Port Terminal Warehouse .25 Shops, Mechanical Repair Unit .75 Section C. Page 89. INSTAI ;.■■.■;;•, -. -,,■_ Commimication Circuit drop wires ipay he attached to the guard arm by knobs. , Drawing 14:43. On poles not provided with guard- arms similar arms for distribution may be provided. Drop wires may also be attached to the pole by brackets or separate knobs, providing the climbing space is not obstructed. Drawings 1444,. ,1447 and ;144;8. Span wires or brackets for street laiinps may be- attached to poles jointly used, and street lamps operated upon either the arc or ihtandes;erit- system may be maintained upon the same, provided the fixtures and lamps shall conform to the f pUowing requirements : Drawings 1444 and 1445. : •: : No fixture or any of its metal parts, shall encircle the- pole. The attachment shall be re- stricted to the face or back of the pole or to thfc half -.of .the pole toward the lamp, except that span wires or brackets may be attached by bolts passing through the pole. The vertical clear- ance between lamps, fixtures and messengers carrying conimunication cables or wires shall not be less than twelve inches. Drawings 1444 and 1447. Where a cable terminal must be mounted legs than twelve, inches vertically from the fixture,, it shall be located approximately ninety de- grees therefrom. ..The lamp and its electrical conijections shall be effectually insulated from its supporting fixtures by insulation or adequate m^hanical strength, and the insulation shall be able to withstand, when wet, a breakdown test of at 'least twice the maximum voltage of the cir- cuit to which the lamp is connected. A strain insulator shallbe inserted in every span wire six to eight feet from the pole. IX. Service Taps to Suppi^y Lines. Connection to supply lines for service, street lamps, or connections to underground wires, arid, in general; connections forming a part 6f the supply system, may be run vertically upon a pdlfe and if necessary through or by commuflicat ion wir^s, provided, however, such supply wires and connections are so constructed, placed and maintained as to conform to the following rer qiilrements : Drawings 1444 and 1447:' Where such wires or connections are run thrpugh or by communication wires, the connec- tiqrlS from a pdint' not less than forty inches above; fd their termiiial point below the communi- ca'tion ' lines, shairbe made with twin conductor wire feath conductor wire being insulated with a standard riiBber icbmpouiid, or its equivalent, and each pair of wires being covered together by Section C. Page 97. f at. least one thickness of weatherproof braided or woven covering. This twin conductor shall be either carried down the pole through a conduit of solid insulating material, thie conduit being se- curely attached to the pole ; or it shall "be carried djOwn the pole taut and fastened upon stand- ard insulators, which shall be supported upon pins or Jbrdckets so constructed anc': attached to the pole that the twin cable shall bo firmly held at a distance of not less than five inches from the surface of the pole. .; . Lead sheath cable carrying Supply Circuits shall be inclosed within a pipe or conduit of solid insulating material between a point not les^ than forty inches above the highest communica; tion wire and a point not less than six fefet ' below fhe IdWest communication wire. Ground wires shall be run in fibre conduit or otherwise effectua'ly insulated and protected throughout the en- tire attachment to the pole. X. Service Taps To Communication Circuits.. . . Connection wires, service wires ground vvires or lead covered cables formin|f a part of the communication ; system may be rui. Vertically upori. a pole, provided they are constructed and riiaintained in accordance with the following, requireinehtf.; .:., \ , , -■. The wires throughout their attachment to the pole shall be insulated with standard rubber compound or its equivalent, and covered with at least one thickness of weather-proofed braided or woven covering. Lead cables carrying Communication Circuits may be run vertically on the pole proAriding they are inclosed in pipe or conduit of solid insulating material where unprotected vertical runs of Supply Circuit Wires are paralleled. Communication ground wires throughout the entire attachment to the pole shall be ^enclosed within an insulating conduit or otherwise ef- fectually insulated and protected. Joint poles with vertical attachments shall be stepped. Vertical attachmenty shall be so placed as not to interfere with the use of the pole steps. XI. Locations and Clearances ior Guys. Guy anchors shall where practicable, be placed at a horizontal distance from the pole they reinforce, measured at the ground line, not less than two-thirds of the height above ground of the point of attachment of the guv to the pole. All guys, except anchor guys, shall preferably be attached to non-conducting supports and so placed and maintained that no parr of any guy shall be within eight feet of the g;round. Drawing 1445. Guys crossing roadways shall clear by at least eighteen feet. Guys crossing footways shall clear by at least ten feet. Drawing 1445. All guys shall clear by at least four inches from the nearest wire on the guyed pole. Drawing 1446. Guys which pass over or under supply wires, other than those on the guyed pole, shall be so placed as to maintain a minimum clearance of two feet between guy and supply wires. Guys shall be free of contact with all wires, cables, messenger wires and ground v/ires, and shall not contact with other guys except those on the same pole, stub, or anchor. XII. Location oe Strain Insui^ators. Each guy wire attached to a pole jointlv used shall be insulated by the insertion of one or more strain insulators. Drawings 1445 and 1446. A second strain insulator shall be placed m each gU3', except those attached to a wood guy stub at a point more than eight ( 8) feet above ground The second strain insulator shall be placed at a pomt between six (G) and eight (8) feet from the object to which the farther end of the guy is attached, provided, always, that the insulator so located shall not be less than eight (8) feet above the ground. Drawings, 1445 and 1446 In the case of guys in which a point eight (8) feet from the pomt of attachment of far- SECTION C. Page 98. ther end of the guy is less than eight (ft) feet above the ground, the second strain insulator shall be placed eight (8) feet io vertical distance from the ground. In anchmr guys, the strain instdator shall he placed between eight (8) and ten (Itt) feet vertically from the grobnd. I>rawing 1446. Where gn)rs are attached to a sftub at a point more than eight (&) feet above ground, the anchor guy from the stub shall have a strain insulator located at a point not less than eight (8) feet above ground, i. e., guys in which the two strain insulators here required would be located within five (5) feet of each other only one strain insulator need be used. XIII. Mechakicai, Strength of Strain Insulators. Strain insulators used in guys shall be at least equal in mechanical strength to the tensile strength of the guys in which they are used. They shall be preferably of the interlocking type. XfV. Insui,attng Requirements oe Strain Insui,ators. Strain insulators used in guys shall not flash over at twice the maximum line voltage under a uniform precipitation of water of one-fifth (1/5} of an inch per minute at an inclination of forty-five degrees (45°) to the axis of the insulator. SECTION Cv-PLATF Kfs CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OF THL ARMY TYPICAL^ HIGH TENSION OUTDOOR 5U5-5TATI0MS DETA1L5 or PROTECTIVE FENCE LIGHTING NOTE,: WMBH U&wr AHO POWVM nCcOHOARV Ant CONHCCTEO TO a«M£ OnoUNB, THC POWER SnOU^O MUxf BC ON SECTION C, PLATE 120 PRlMAaV MAirJ3 PRltylARY MAINS PRIMARY MAINS CONkccTiok'T^ SECONDARY MAINS SINGLE P»-WS£ CONNECTIONS SECONDARY MAINS TWO TRANSFORMgRS 3 PHASE CONNECTIONS CFoa aonvv, or lcss) TRANSFORMER CONNECTION 4WIRE-3PHA5E DISTRIBUTION COWNECTOIM 'x*C THAT TnAKnrORMER. Pln-L FUSE PLMO, AND CONNrCt PRINilRY tisutmmu JO OAHU T^nousH pornexo to aesTene acRvice wrrn 7wo IN case ANV PRIMARY pH^U auRss aui> puli. fuse 9 PLUS onr TMAT PMASC, ano COMW£CT PBIMAQVl: TO BAWn THROUCN FOTXCAB TD RETTCHI THREE TRANSFORMERS 3PHA3E CONNECTIONS Crow MOR.E THAN ZO HW) diagram of Connections FOR Normal- operation DWCR/HM OF CONNECTIObia IM CASE one TRANSFORMER BURN 3 OVT ■DIAGRAM or CONNECTIONS IN CASE ONE PRIhURT PHAfie WIRE BURNS oirr THREE TRANaFORMERS SPHASt CONNECTIONS PRIMARV NEUTRAL TO BR GROUNDED AT TttE STATION ONL.V FIG 3;^, ELEVATION SECTION TYPICAL DETAIL OF DrSTRIBUTING P>^NEL ELECTRIC WIRING CONVENTIONS, — ^INTERIOR -WORK -O- PORCELAtN "KtVLesS CeiMNO RECEFTACt-e AND rf'cONE PAtta ENAMEL, STEEl. RefuEOTOR. UNLESS 0TMERWI9E INDICATED _O-080B CORD OUTLTT PORMI-AIN ROSETTE, PENDANT CAP KEY SOCMET ^COpC fAINT ENAMEL 37CEU «.CPI-PCTO«,*r'' CORP «-<" FROM FLtOH A'-d* OR SPECIAL MCIBHT WHERE COKTftOLLEO BT SWmcM^ ■I ^.111 PROP CORD A3 ABOVE. KEY 4'-a*-FR0M FLOOR CORD TO HAVtf ADJUSTER ■^(jt-PUU. CKWN PORCELAIN CEILING HECEFTAcLE; CORO «-D'FftOM FLOO(^; flCffC. STEEL REFLECTORS^ EXCEPT WHERE OrflERWraE SHOWN H^- PORCELAIN KEVLCag CEILINC RECEPTACLE AND r'n^ GLASS BALL .^g(_PULL CHAIN POR.cei.4!N CEIUNS RECEPTACLE AND A ^' GLASS BACL C W/RE LAMP GUMtO^ IN PLACE OF REFLECTSR. I>^ PORCELAIN ENAMEL SnAULOW BOWL REPLECTOR SOCKET OUTNDC SOOSC NBCK,1»1RCADeo FITTIKO ON IHI^ rOR CONHrcTION INSIDC OF BUILOIHe "TO WIRINC MffT IM CONDUIT 5 lOAKIR S,P SNAP awiTcHj CONCEALED BASE FOR NNOB AND TUfiE MSRK. S <0 AMF S,R ftjnH nU»J SIM IN THREADED CONDUfT FlITINO FCR IMPOSED CONDUIT JOR^OR Wmi TnREAOED COI^DUIT FITTIN* MtO CONOUTT ON VMLL f OR CLCAT WAR M •^ CAMP. PLUG ReeePTACLe SURFACE TYPE, CONCEALED BASE aURf'^ee TYPE FOR KNOB ANO TUBE WORK. ■-0 CAMP. PLUS RECEPTACLE FLUSH TYPC^ IN THREADED CONSurf FrTTINOS FOA CONDUIT JOBS, OR WITH THPCAOZD CONDUIT FirflNSS MID COHtXPlT OH WALL roR CLSAT WORn P THE LETTEr'p" IN0t«TE3 PORCELAIN KEV SOCKET mi STEEL CUTOUT CABIVVT W/TM SWITCH AND CWTOLTS A3 SHOWN ON PLANS ELECTRIC WIRING CONVfeNTIONS OUTDOOR WORK. ..•SPrlASE, 4VVtRE PRIMARY UhB • _3PHA9E, SVMRE PRIMARY LINE — .— , SINCLE XrlASE primary' branch -SWIRE SINSLE PHASE aecONOARY LINES -~. — . Z WIRE SECONDARY LINES -SPnASE SECONDARY LINES -—— ta_ .SERIEA STREET UOKTING CI R CUT, ♦O FOOT POLE • 35 FOOT POLE e 30 FOOT POLE e ZS FOOT POL« I SERVICES, HO-eroVoiTs O aoroOT POLE ^^ DISTAIBirrlNO TRANSFORMER, K.VA. CAMCITf AS t-V^BHED -f^V^f- CONSIANT eURREhrr TRANSFORMER AS MARKED J)f. STREET LIOMT 5RACKET ON POLE; C.SAMR^IOOCp Tn»eV SERIES MAIOA LAMP "8 SiNSLE POLfi MI0T1 TENSION FVlSt SWITCH; ONE FOR EACH V/IRE. NUMERAL INOICATCS NUK«BER TD BE IMSTALLCp —---_ BANK OF SINBLE POLE UfiMTNlNS ARRESTERS, NUMERAL. INDICATES ^ NUMBVn TO BE, INSTALLED ) f 'guv, -(M3ijLj»tor ^no anchor ., -fti' ClJTOUTS IN tUMTBRPROqP BO^ ON POLR —]^ OlSCONNeCTINO t^OIMBAOS"" rOR ORIGINAL 5tE PRAV/ING4> 620-36? • 675-12 CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OF THE ARMY [LEjC- WIRING CONVENTI0N5-TYPIGAL INTERIOR PANEL 3 PHA5L 4WIRE TRANSFORMER CONNECTIONS 5LCTI0N C PLATL 121 DD DD ' IrOK CSEIGINAU SEE DKWG 6116-704. CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OF iHE. ARMY OUTDOOR ^LLCTRICAL DI5TmE.UTI0N PRIMARY AND 5TRLE.T LIGHTING 5Y5TLM5 u u JdiSz^iM s^ ^5^^ u m 5tCT10N C- PLATt 122 u. -A- DaaoacimDaDOi on SoamnODfc k^ \ I' SO Waft Lamp ^itiEoKh Offi'ccri \Tcnt. ■"Sk \ «g*^. ■aCHEOULE-OF- BUILOIN&S NETLttrBK Kino oF BWILBIHa A 0£TACHMCNT BARRACKS 5 LAVATORY C OFFICCRd QUARTERS E ADMINISTRATION tfl-p'o. F MEDICAL BLD^- 6 WAITERS BARRACKS H »» LAVATOaV ( GUARD HOU&£ O GARAGE K POST CKCHANQE L BARRACK M LAVATORY H MESS HALL -O STOREHOUSe P tVASOM JHED Q STABLE, ft WATERIN6 TROUfiH 3 OrriCER* TENTS T ENLISTED WtNS TENTS U 9)^09 TYPICAL PUN FOR REGIMCtfT OF HEAVY ^ARTILLERY m¥^-^- s,-w.3-r Wiac'5t.>iK*v^*««r«»ii>*b S El ifcr ta ^■— ■i«r CED CE] qs] re aQ I) 3 A \' tn \m y TYPICAL PLAN FOR DCPOT BRIGADE ■^- f " 'r 'r T — Ol/TSIDE ELECTRIC WIBIHS CONVEWTJONS AND S^'ECinCATIOMS SWOWN ON AMOTHCB 3HeET , .faa, ^ I NOTCi i/7jM/er;'maf>f fi'ra of mfory ft^/rtfif^tti ioeet^ef»f1f /iitml tain injfalU^ at aae* traits fhrimtr I TOR ORIGINAL SEE DRAWINGS 4I2-113-1IO CONSTRUCTION DIVISION Or THL ARMY OUTDOOR LLLCTRICAL DISTRIBUTION 5LC0NDARY LINES AND SERVICES 5ECTI0NC-PLATLI23 (4 CiRCUtTS, PLUG PU9C5. UND ZO k RNire 3WITCHCf> MCEPTACLEi rOR. F0lir*H.E3 ELLCTR.IC LKJHT OUTLCTS -ELECTRIC LtCHT WIK.t^ TO PhNtLS -CL£CTltlC FOMtK WitES OUTLE.T fOR tLtCTKiC \tOH ALL WIRING TO BC INSTALLED lU ENfcMELED IRON COMBUIT. USING PITTlNCA AT k LL. OUTLETS (N ffCNCHAL , OUTLETS in BWN ROOM WILL BE HOffUL SOCKETS WITH V>0 WATT ENAMELED STEEL REFLtC TOH.S CONKECTED TO COHOUIT TmUJUCri T' flTTiWa fr 5U»- rtXDt.D *r COMDOIT IC'-O PltOM TLOOd. ALL OUTLETS IN MAIN ItOOM TO BE CONTIUH LED BY SWITCHES AT THE PAN EL ftOAtDS LICHTS IN OPFICH TWLtrS, ETC , To BC WATTAGE INOICATEO ON PLAM.WITH soc^t^s & em steel bepl com- TR.CLLED BV S r PUSH PLW»H JWlTCHES iH T»«OAB6*-" FlTflNC All ro at iN strict accorpancc wen uwder- WAITtRS ItULE^ ALL OUTJIOE UCKTS TO BE 11^ UirfED. WJTH-EKAMELED ITEEL REFL- COMPLtTC WITH SooiteT POR CONOylT COHBCCTIOM ■ WOTOt) LBS*. THAN 'Vfe (P TO BE IIO VOLT. riNlTLE TMS't .FED '■ILOM L'C-HTfNCT PANtL 3??6 • Z COHOUlf £00 A 3P WE C fUSED M»1W SWITCH ,1Z awiRC 30 A.H IG' 'rySE& D^^NCHES £00 A 3 F H e C rus tD EWI T C. N ■ i-eo A ir H-cc- ruSEP BltAMC". M-3TO Z WIRE BKaNCM CIKCUITS WtTH rtUI PU9t9 AND 30 A KMIFE 3WITCHSS ■MOTORS LtiS IKAM )4lP TO BE IIO V. ^mCLC r*IAtr 40 IP MOTOHJ ZSOO V- 3 rHASe ■ ALL OTNEA. STARTING coMPtNSA tor; ZiOO VOLT 5"lO *'lKE3 . ZSOO V IN9UI.ATION IN l'/4' COM DUIT 1-1 M, o o o ao f [iP 13]] ^' W t ^t^^l l IE n ACHIHES A H> EAC -J nnnDDDDDaanD I rOR ORIGINAL 5LL DRAWING 633 -HO CONSTRUCTION DIVISION Or THL ARMY LAUNDRY FOR 10,000 TO 20.000 MEN LLLCTRIC WIRING TOR LIGHT AND POWLR SECTI0N-C-PLATE-I2A CONSTRUCTiON DIVISION OF THE ARMY HOSPITAL WARDS NURSES SILENT CALL SYSTEM, SECTION- -.G- PLATE -1 25 /'if- CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OF THE ARMY SEMI-FIREPROOP TERMINAL WAREHOUSES OUTDOOR ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION 5E.CTI0N C- PLATE 126 ii if !5«. 'Jl m \u hi \h 1 HP i h '.Si is It 'is ; 1 '! :i A 1 ill 51 5 !3 5' y\.\- 1 55| m ^ 1. I ^'^ JM ,«.■ . ii 1 " F-^ "TTvsia S' lif uasi S^ "ill II T BO ^ X , rOK. ORIGINAL 311 DRAWING G 2 43 -72- CONSTRUCTION DIVISION Of" THL ARMY SEMI-riRtPROOr \A/ARmOU5L LLLCTRIC WIRING SECTION c- plate: 12? BAxrtKv or FkMBD LtAHT SECTION "D" CC05S 5PCTION' ELECTRIC WIRINk& F^TOUHt WtTM «OAMP.-SP.N.E.C. FU»t4 , »PHA»t PeWCC PkUO ltLCCPTACI.l.& loriic'-tf' TYrt A JUNCTION son as Pia DRVVO. *eTS-A O.C. POWER. OUTL£T-Z POLL, SAO V. AOA. cic. Kec£pTAci.i: « pi.ua CeiLINO OUTLET, 4'iA-DE.CP OUTLET BOV RE.CCPTA£Lt4 CNAntLtD JTCfL QePLCCTDa DOCK L16MT OUTLET WITHANaLC KCTLKCTOILd aoo WATT f^AZDA LAM^ a&'OaO%t.NKCK ^'PIPS SHALLOW ttOWL REFLtCTOa 4 too WATT LAMP ■ LiaHTlN& RCcePTAC;).e FOR. tNTCRIOft OF FREiaHT CAK& h PLOOO LIOMT PROJeCTOK.& nuLT. LAMP SINOLC POLE. PuaH SWITCM - 2- "12 R.C- i' CONDUIT ^fcX«LtV*Toa MOTOR —^ — . lOOA.eoow M.mc. 1^ _,._., _.._■, I T /-3-IOIt.vj*. PILIS B*C BLOt _. >W-54 LIN« roK ZtOV PLUat roK &TACK MACHk. « BATr fc H».^ saov.ixc.povvii LINE rsK CitA*H SJOU D.e.PoWEK LINl FO» WiriCH OUTLCTS, twcawFLoost KLoor aM FOK BLDa. 'ooA.eoov i.f-ri.E,. •v'A FOR bLD*. rv>.e D *■ owi-T J'TV ^- ^^- a' S30VDC PowtdLiNE Fod^mtM ouTL«T» fe-"^o-t- 4aOA.«OOW-£flN.C£.ru«tD ) iECTlON A SECTION B SECTION C Bir.«T WIRING DIAGRAM - PIERS B A C - BL DG6. I * £ T. CAft, S' V ^E I TOR ORIGINAL 5£E DRAWING. 6552-156 CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OfTHLARMY FIREPROOF TERMINAL WAREHOUSE LLECTRIC WIRING TOR LIGHT AND POV^R SECTION C PLATE iZ8 GUNITC OR BRICK WALL'i/ hSSgr If WSLL 15 GUNITE LiMC WITH fTiLE Sjjo' fcS,_ PLATFORM FORORIGINALSEE DRAW'G -610-252 C0N5TRUCT10N DIVISION OF THE ARMY TYPICAL BATTERY CHARGING STATION FOR TMENTY STANDARD TRACTOR 5 5E.CT10N C- PLATE. 1Z9 i GALV. BOLt.' GAL CASr IRON m roR i' cABLCi VgalV, IRON b6i.t O-;-ii'H0Lt 2i'jGI. STRAP BEND TO FIT WALL UNt 7 STRAND COPPER CABLt I' THESE PARTS TO BE INTERCHANGEABLE. NOT LtSS THAN 6-0 IN ANY tVENT TO REACH PERMANENT rtOISTURt 7C0PPER Plates each ^^ 6"36'. 0403 'thick WITH 4h edge rolled over and ■|"c0pper cable .sweated in. GROUND CABLE TO HAVE LOOSE COPPER SLEEVE 6'lONG FOR CONMECTION TO AERIAL CABLE ■JOINT WRAPPED WIThVb&S GAUGE WIRE AND SOLDERED /COPPER PLATE 6''36"-.0403' g'DEEP coke fILL BET PLATES PLAN AND 5E.CTWN OF SUPPLEMENTARY POINT AND SUPPORT. m TOTAKU j- CABLE i"RH.3T0Vtb0LTiL,0NG IfcGAUfiE 6.f.3TRAI? PLAN AND SECTION OF GROUND c: fCALV. IRON POINT THREADED TO FIT 6.1 COUPLING STANDARD -J'PIPE -THREAD \ /^ TO.I.PIPE FULL SIZE DETAIL OF MAIN AERIAL POINT 2-6 TO COUPLING BtND TO FIT PLAN AND StCTION OF CABLE SUPPORT r-^j FULL SIZED DETAIL OF G.1.WED6E USED IN i PIPE COUPLING IN CONNECTION BETWEEN PIPE AND f' COPPER CABLE G.I. SET 3CR£.l«/a.C li ■! H ST'OSi'i e.I. FLOOR FLANGE,' 5L0TTE0 SCREW HOLES IN STRAP TO TAKL ^'bOLTS. 5t'«b'gAL. IRON '3TRAR i COUPLING Z? WEDGE CALV. mpN CABLE To BE WRAPPED WITH COPPER WIRE ABOVE FLANGE & THOROUGHLY SOLDERED. PLAN AND SECTION OF ON VENTILATORS WITH I BOLT. 4 DRILL 6.1. PIPE SIZE: BEND TO FIT THREAD PIPE TO FIT 5 6.1 FLOOR FLANGE DETAIL OF SUPPORT FOR GABLE END AERIAL POINT UPPfll, EltO or coffin CNR1N SPlKCD TO (INDER 3lPe Of DOCK CONJTRUCTIDH AND FAITCHCD TOniNti tHCAStftC 2'^* COPPIR HffDl tHAlN TOHIIVI i^'liKK NOTES ALL IRON TO BE HOT GALVANIZED ■A:5UPPLEMENTARY POINT (2 PARTS) G, 'B.'SUFFORf FOR SUPPLEMENTARY POINT G.I "C'GROUND 'D.'CABLE SUPPORT G.I 'C: AERIAL POINT xVGI "fWEDGE G.I. 'G.'SUPPORT FOR GABLE END AERIAL POINT G.I "H."CAST1R0N CAP FOR MAIN AERIAL POINT. ■J.'GROUND FOR USE UNDER DOCK. MAIN AERIAL POINT SUPPORT FOR SAME . J"^! DETAIL OF AERIAL POINT ON GABLE END. STRAND I DIA. COPPER CABLE JOINT WRAPPED WITH *l4B-5 .WIRE ANB SOLDERED. ■7 STRANDS OF CABLE SPREAD & CARRIED THRU H0LE5 IN EDGE OF COPPER CYLINDER-TURNED UPC- SWEATED TO SURFACE GROUND FORMED OF COP- PER SHEETS Z-»U'-»-ii" GROUND UNDER DOCK PLAN 6- ELEVATION 2-|"cOPPER RODS RIVETED LAP RIVETED fr SOLDERED. [TOR ORIGINAL 5££ DRAWING 652-154 CONSTRUCTION DIVISION Of THL ARMY PROTECTION OF BUILDINGS FROM LIGHTNING DEITAILS or APPARATUS ORDNANCt 5T0RE:H0U5E5 5LCTI0N C- PLATE DO nt-KMSfOR-MtR. TRANSFOP.MEK. UWm SHALL NOT I JE IN ELECTR.ICAL „ CONTACT WITH- " CR035 ARM BRACES -■ cruARP AR.M' a a a A a £1 a -1 5IGNAL C0RP5 DRAWING 1443 NOT LESS THAN 40 INCHES 5IGNAL CORP5 DRAWING 1444 51GNAL C0K.P3 DKAWING 1446 a a a A a a a WHERE CABLE TER.- MIMAL IJ LESS THAN IZ m- VEK.T- ICALLY rtOM LAWSr BK.ACK.ET IT SHALL JE LOCATED l;^^^ APPR.OX/MATELY 90' THER.EFR.OM., 5l6fiALC0RP5 DRAWING 1447 C0N5TR,UCTI0N DIVISION Of THE ARMY CONSTHUCTION ON POLES JOINTLY U5ED rOR. SUPPLY & COMMUNICATION CIRCUITS 5LCTJ0NC- PLATE DI (TUY ;hau clear. LINL COHOUCtOM ON (JUY- EO POLE Bt NOT UJS THAN ^ INCHED WHERE THE TWO STRAIN IN- ^ULATOtS HERE UI^UIKED WOULD IE LOCATED WITH I M S f EET or "EACH OTHER, , ONLY ONE NEED BE USED ■ GTOarCET a 3 £i ri a a a 1 *. » ^ 1 a a a ^ 1 a a a 1 ^^ o • y9 1 4* 12" I2' 12" 6" g iS 6 6 a HOT LEK THAN 24 IN- 8- 12" 12", 12" 4" Tva RiBORt CT.OSS AK,K roK POLE PIMS TO 5IV£ 24 1M.aEAi:ANCE SIGNAL C0R.P9 Dt^WlNi»^t;^ ' -w '''i^a^^^m'mimwifcWwm 5IGMAL C R. f S DRAWIMG 1445 C0N3TCUCTION DIVI5I0N OF THL AR.MY CONSTRUCTION ON POLE5 JOINTLY U5EO fOU SUPPLY & COMMUNICATION CIRCUITS Suction C. Page 99. PLUMBING AND HEATING. PLUMBING. PrEUminary Notes: These instructions are not to be considered as adequate specifications, for materials to be fur- nished or for work to be done, under the lump sum contract. They are intended to serve in connection with the emergency form of contract, which was adopted to enable work in the field to proceed immediately, without the necessity of waiting for detailed drawings. Detailed specifications for use in connection with lump sum contracts, and schedules of fix- tures and materials required for each standard building, with brief specifications of the grades of materials to be used, may be obtained upon application to the Washington office. For permanent buildings located at posts on Government Reservations, or elsewhere, plumb- ing installations should meet the best standard practice as usually found in city regulations. Such installations should conform to requirements of "Plumbing Specifications for the Treasury, War and Navy Departments," which has been prepared as a standard for permanent work. For temporary buildings constructed under emergency requirements, the plumbing installa- tions should be such as to safeguard health, but in the most economical manner as to design and use of materials. Standard methods and materials have been adopted for temporary construction, as shown on Plate No's 132-133 and on drawings showing lavatories, baths, kitchens and other Cantonment buildings, many of which are included as plates in this Manual. Fixtures : Fixtures for hospitals should be in accordance with requirements given on S. G. O. Sheet No. 7-Zl, in the files of the Construction Division. They are generally of hospital design where required for surgeons and utility uses and of the best grade of vitreous, porcelain or stone-ware for sinks, lavatories, and slop sinks. Fixtures to be used for emergency work should be selected or designed to provide for rapid and economical construction, as follows: Water Closets, should be of the wash-down type, with low enameled or porcelain tanks and wood seats, as described on Plate No. 132. Such closets should be installed in buildings used for toilet purposes only. The number of men that one closet will accommodate, varies with the size of the unit to be furnished. In officers' toilets, or for small units, one closet to eight men is a generous allowance. In the standard lavatory buildings, one closet is provided for from thirteen to fifteen men. Notes: In Hospital construction, wash-down syphon action water-closets should be installed. Where toilets are concentrated and runs of the water piping are not excessive, the closets should Section C. Page 100 be equipped with good grade of closet flush valves. One water-closet should be provided for each fifteen to eighteen beds in wards and one water-closet for each sixteen men in barracks. Urinal Troughs, should be constructed of reinforced galvanized sheet steel, see Plate No. 132. Such urinals should be installed in buildings used, for toilet purposes only and not in buildings to be used for sleeping purposes. ■ Note: In Hospitals and in buildings used for sleeping purposes, urinals installed should be enameled iron troughs, equipped with integral backs, loose key stops and perforated flush pipes. Lavatory Troughs, should be installed in conjunction with galvanized steel urinal troughs, the waste from lavatories being arranged for flushing the urinals. The troughs should be of galvanized sheet steel constructed and equipped as shown and described on Plate^ No. 133,. . , Galvanised Sanitary Drinking Pountain, should be provided for each lavatory building, and in special cases such fountains are provided in shops and hospitals. Cast Iron Drains, with trapped outlets and sand pockets, should be provided where shown in lavatories. Shower Heads, should be of rough brass, about 4-inch face, with small water supply open- ings to emit sprays seven or eight inches in diameter. There should be provided one shower head for each fifteen to twenty-two men. The water supply should be galvanized iron pipe with angle stop valve control overhead. Steel Storage Tanks and Cast Iron or Steel Heaters, with coal burning grates, should be in- stalled to provide hot water for showers; also to supply one faucet for each lavatory building, sinks and other requirements, as needed. The storage tanks should be of capacity to store from two and one-quarter to four gallons of water per man in shower buildings and the heaters should be of sufficient size to heat full capacity of tank from 50 degrees to about 180 degrees in about five hours. Piping : Consideration should always be given in the field, to locations of buildings with reference to sewer and water mains, as these details govern the direction and runs for the branch piping. In most cases the standard drawings can- easily be adapted to apply to any local condition. For emergency construction, the policy should be to provide the soil and waste lines with only such vertical vent lines, as are necessary to prevent the syphonage of traps at the plumb- ing fixtures. The use'of S-traps with long drop legs into horizontal runs of pipes, should be avoided. Local or trap venting is not necessary nor is it required. Soil, Waste and Vent Piping in connection with temporary construction should be of standard weight hub and spigot cast iron, with full caulked joints of lead and oakum. Branches and turns should be made with quarter bends or sanitary fittings. Floor Flanges, for plumbing fixtures in temporary buildings, should be cast iron, caulked to soil pipe, with brass floor bolts and screws at fixture. Small waste lines should be provided with P or running traps with cleanouts. Floor drains should be provided, only where indicated, with bell traps of special sand trap pattern. In general, these floor drains provide the only means StCTION C. PLATL I3Z ''/l.J.frap lui^/iand/io/s co vori Sect. rHHu. WRiNAuft-uvflrowv. sURlNALA LAVATORY TROUGH. . ... Metal TB0U0HTCBE*24U.3.S.<>AUTOB£ FOLDED JKTO EDGES AT FRONT AMD EH 6 J. CnoSEAM^ TOBEOOueuEOUKKEO, HAMMERED FLATAKDSOI.OE1?£D,EHD)TOBETA?eBED SOFFICIENTUV TOAULOW rORHESTlNC In SHIPMENT. TOOBTAJH FAU^GRADE. WOOD SUPPORT AT BACK-%"T0 A FOOT. URJNAL OUTFIT. CoNSbri 0FOMETR0UCHAPPR0X.6-OLONG (-.^ROUCH BRA}3 6ELF CLOSlNe HOSg BJBB WHH.MALE iTHffEA0;^2."BRAJi PLUOWiTHBEeHlvK STRAiHfiR^CAiKET. BRASS LOC¥ HUT'+'LCMO 3RAS»TAIL PIECE *coopi.iNa WITH FRicTioH r!hc: i" tfAw.piPE with slipmot toruntohob atf|.oor lime to caulk IHTO a'HUB OPTRAPwiTH CUEAM OUT. LoCAtIoH OP WATER TO BE AS JHOWM OH LAVATORY DETAiL LAVATORY OUTHT . . ... Consists OF ©M^T«0UCK0FLE^S^TH 5HdWW0HPtAM5,PR0V»DE0WIT«WAS.TE5 ATP0I«TS1«01CATED OM PLANi.WASTETO.BE complete AS 5HDWH, WITH a"BRA$}PLoa, BEEHIVE STRAIMER, tJASKET, BRASS LOCK MOT, COOPLiMC AHD Z'TAILPJECE, WITH 2," l.K THREADED BRASS BUSHIN6 ON ^AM£. TAIL PIECE AWB gUSHINO TO BEZ"LO«eOVERAl.L.»-a"6ALV.EU..WlTHl.OCKMUtS,NiPPl.E ASSHOWHOHPLAM.!-/^ ROUCH BRASS SELF CLOiiNCBiBBjWiTKMALETKfJEADjTOBEFURMiSHEOPOREACH £-O"OFTR00fiH LEMfiTH. CLOSET OUTFIT fC!:«SiSTOFl-Vi7REOU5WA5HBOVeNSyPHOMACTiONBOWL,RUNOFKiLW, WITH Z/^SEAL^Z'BRASS 3PWO «■ TOROUCHiN AT l-^l'oHt HAR3W0003EAT WITHOyTCOVBR SEATTOBEMADE pROM l4''5T0CK,!l£tt9F{)RCE@ A«D riNisHEP WITH SCOAT OF SHELLAca-ZCOATJOPVARHJSHAKDFITTED WITH N.P CAST BRASS BAR MI,N«E-^K.p. 8PASJ5CREW.3EATT0BE OPEN FRONT TYPE.l^ViTREOOSCHi«A^R0H0FKlLN, OR E«AMELEO!«a»DE S-SUT, C.I.TAMK,BALLCOC!«> BRASS R0O*FLOATapiTTE0%'LP.TAiLPlEce,l,"RUSBERBALL, BRASS FLUSH VALVE. VyiTHOVERFLOW, a'H.P. eRA$JELL,T0PSIPEPOs;BLEACTirt6LEVER,|-a&0EEPC.I.CLOSETPLAMCE,W»TH iROH aOLTS AKO BRASS fl UTS- SHOWER OUTFIT CoHSi5T5 OF (-4"R0UCH CAST BRASS SHOWER HEAB WITH RE/V50VABI.EFACe..AMBa-^ RWaH BRASS COMPRESSioMAKCLE STOP3.5H0WERHEAD TO WEIGH ATLEA5T (6dZ. FACE PROVJBEB W »TM i.M«S OR FlAREBFLAHG&GRiP. HEABTOWSE HOT OVZR 36AU.0M40F Vtf ATEr? PER.^filN, AWOTOMAVE^ 7" SHOWER SRREAOia'BElOW FACE >wiTH 30# WATER PRESSURE ORfl" SPREAS WITH40FPBE35URE. PIPE FITTING «§■ VALVES. . . , . . ^ ■ ■ AllSOILOR waste piPESA«DFITTINCST0BEC.I.SroWE«fiHT,PLAINORTABREt». AllFITTIMGS AMDFi'pESFORW^ATEPSyaTEWTOSE QALV AtL VALVES FOR SHOWERSTOSE^ ROUCH BRASS COMP. AMCLE VALVES WITH IROM V«/>J /i "o.e. A 'eo/^u/^r. OeTAlU or SINK.. FLAN. 3CULLERY 51NKS 51HK» ^OX30XI£"oivioeO INTO TWO COMPARTMCNTj. ^INKS C0H5'T0F*l2.«.4.4. ASUSEDIMRIVITINC JIOES. JOINTS RiviTEO COLO AN D CAULKED WATER TICHT. C0RI1ER S LOADED MUITH 30LDER.EACH COMPARTMEHT TO HAVE A 2^'HOLE IN BOTTONV MEMt 8ACK,',CVrt!..4!4"rRO(«\ t.'jIPI^ BUMP- ED 0UTT0TAKEA47VeATHBR BDCE FLANCE. .SiHK FURIiisHEO WITH &" ROUGH BRASS COHHaCTCO' WASTE /MADS up OFTHEFOLUOwiwG AAATeRIALS. I-2,"BRAJS RTRAP. I-Z"© FIHETHREAO HippuEj THRE- ADED ONE END/ 2- 2X30 f'iHE THREAD NIPPLE THREAPED OnEEHD, 2-2x2 SIN CLE SLIP FINE THR6ADT.Y. I-ZXK DOI/BLE.SLIPFIHETHITEAD T.Y. Z-a"FiHE THREAD PLUfi. .SJHK OUTFIT FORWITCHEH LE5STHAN 30 MEW . COHSiSTJ OF )-Z0k40"FLAT RIM (ROM SINtf 3UPP0RTE0 OH WOODEN FRAME. 3INK PROVIDED WITH .STRAINEIT PLWO WITH 1 1 "tA IL A M li'VlT A ^ l-)i,"COMPRE SSION BRA$5 PLAIm Bi'B», I-%."C0MP. BRASS HOSE BIBB. Jink. TRAP COMNECTEO TO Z"xl>'t"rAPPED T.Y.CLEAR OFSIHIC, SO CLEAK OUT WAY BE REMOVSO PORCLEANINC WASTE PIPE. 3iHICTOHAVeA20<(30'WOOOeH DRAIN aOARD WITH 20"IR0N BRACKET .SET TO .&«; PPORT TMEORAIM BR'O. -/HiteoufJet DO M E5T1C HOT WATE R, SUPPLV- Mttfieiif/at. K 'ff/f./'ron. Jttam HSATER. OUTFtT. BOtLEie TANJC OUTFIT. Floor Support hancj on cciUn^ "sFnccssseirsf. OUTFIT Wl)t)iiBS.R . HEATER. {UERSHAVS-%.'5.S.CATE VALVE. <:!RCULAi:tM« COMrtECTIOMS BET«^E£K WATER BACKS ORHSATBRS FRANCE BOILERS TO BE'i;:^ .;^*PRA1« OFF DIBB FOR EACH RAMCE BOILCB OR B *YrERV OF BOILERS ON EH&OFCOLP WATER COHH.TO WATER BACKS. JFOROWGIMACaEE PBAW>B6.6tO-3SI-35fc. GONSTnUCTION DIVISION OF THE ARMY SCULLERY SINK.S1NKS a" HOT WATER SUPPLY FOR TYPICAL BUILDINGS Section C. Page 101. of cleaning the horizontal lines except by removal of fixtures. The use of small grease traps has been abandoned and this detail is provided for in connection with sewage collection and disposal, see Plates 38 A, 39 and 40. Piping for Roof Drainage, of emergency buildings is not generally provided. Buildings with roofs of saw-tooth construction, or roofs which cover a large area and require inside rain leaders, should be provided with cast iron verticals from grade, connecting with standard type of roof flanges which have enlarged openings, strainers and connections for caulking. Pipes bdow grade, may be of vitrified pipe. For vertical lines, 3 inch pipe will drain 1600 square feet, 4 inch pipe will drain 3100 square feet and 6 inch pipe will drain 8000 square feet. For horizontal runs, having a fall of J4 inch per foot, these areas should be reduced 30 per cent for same pipe sizes. Requirements for conservation of materials, have led to the use of 3 inch vertical vent lines for sanitary drains where 4 inch were formerly used ; 3 inch pipes are considered sufficient for venting small units, provided 4 inch pipes are carried through the roofs. The sizes of horizontal runs of soil and waste lines are based on using a 4 inch line, to drain sixteen or less water-closets (or the equivalent in three 3 inch traps to one water-closet) and a 6 inch line up to forty-eight closet wastes. Where lines are buried and where vitrified pipe is used, larger sizes have been adopted, and are generally shown on special drawings when required. IVater Piping, may be either galvanized iron or steel with galvanized malleable fittings. Protection of supply mains against freezing, should always be considered and provided. It is not possible to make economical layouts of water piping on standard drawings, nor to specify fixed requirements as to sizes, as relative locations of water mains and of hot water supplies are not always the same. For this reason, arrangements of piping in buildings, should be de- signed in the field, in a definite and economical way before installation is begun. Branches to fixtures should be generally J^ inch, except for hose connections, slop sinks, laundry and kitchen sinks, which should be ^ inch. The fixing of standard sizes to give eco- nomical results is not practicable, as in a location with high water pressure and water of good quality, sizes can be much smaller than in localities where pressure is low or deposits of solids in the pipe lines are excessive. KITCHENS AND BAKERIES. Note : The general information contained under this heading or on the Plates pertaining to this subject, are not to be considered as adequate specifications for materials to be furnished or for work to be done. Standard kitchen and cafeteria plans have been prepared, describing types and showing locations of necessary equipment and are available upon application to the Washington office. Before actual work is begun on any standard layout, consideration must be given to existing conditions and necessary modifications should be made in general conformity with the established designs. Kitchen Classification : Kitchens are classified as follows : (1) Standard Cantonment; (2) Hospital and Miscel- laneous. Section C. Page 102. Standard Cantonment Kitchens: A Standard Kitchen, is equipped with one or two ranges and hot water boiler, work sink with drain-boards and refrigerator. Capacities and equipment, including ranges and hot water boilers, for kitchens of various sizes,, are given on Sheet No. 630-316, in the files of the , Con- struction Division. Ranges for Cantonment Kitchens, are of heavy steel plate construction furnished with water- backs or water-fronts, cast iron fire-box linings and without shelves. Ranges can be obtained in capacities capable of serving up to 135 men each. The rating of ranges is expressed in terms of the number of men served and is based upon the top cooking surface and the oven volume. For installation of ranges, see Sheet Nos. 630-339 and 330 in the files of the Construction Division and Plate No. 147. The smallest range specified by this ofiice is capable of cooking for twenty men ; the top cooking surface of this range is approximately 38 inches, by 34 inches, and the oven is ap- proximately 18 inches wide by 13 inches high and 30 inches deep. The range most generally specified for kitchens serving barracks, is capable of cooking for 135 men and when two of these ranges are placed in a battery, they will serve from 350 to 300 men. The top cooking surface of this range is approximately 36 inches by 55 inches, and the oven is approximately 30 inches wide by 16 inches high and 34 inches deep. Refrigerators for Cantonment Kitchens, are built in sections with all parts interchangeable and constructed so that they can be put together without boring a single hole. Specifications for refrigerators, may be obtained from the Standardization Section of the Purchase, Storage and Traffic Division of the General Staff, according to the following : Table of Sizks and Capacities : Size (inches) Capacity Standard (Men Provided for) Specification Number 30 x 19.)4 X 40 1- 5 G. S. 840 ..G. S. 830 38j4x 25 x58 6- lo. 44J4 X 3854 X 66 16- 40 . 54 X 30 X 90 41-100. 60 X 43 X 94 101-380. .G. S. 830 .G. S. 810 • G.S. 800 A tabulation of refrigerators to be used, giving sizes and capacities, for the standard Canton- ment Buildings, are listed on Sheet No. 630-535, in the files of the Construction Division. Hospital Mess and Kitchens: Hospital mess and kitchens are equipped to care for three types of service, all of which may be used in connection with one kitchen at the same time. Types of service are as follows: (a) Set-up Mess, is service direct, from the kitchen serving table, or counter in mess hall. (b) Cafeteria Service, is from counter in connection with kitchen. Men on entering, are served from the serving counter and when passing out deposit their soiled dishes, etc!, in the dish-washing pantry. This pantry should connect, if possible, withthe 5ECTION C. PLATE 134 o o o >- I- i ^ t4 M 1=^ z: 8 10 lO 's9 r M CJ of ■3" f N M 5 (^ N 1^ r- f- 10 N is ■ 1 ■1? ,y 10 f tiJ X rvj M it \ '10 K (P 5 ■J s •J 10 1^ If 'v9 '0' 55 S Kj * 10 '•D v9 '8 X "o ? 1 1 ■ * in ivj ^ sS -3 ^4 ■|0 T f f, '>S _x (J s Kj Ki c *" '0 rt '0 b 10 X * '8 ■_ ■2 ■5, ■0' ,x n lO M "lb Kj * '0 '8 \9 '^ ? r- 'r~- k n9 N M lO N cil r '0 '0 > iX '0 •0 X ■ '0 e ■■* t 0^ '10 <0 '0 10 ,x 1 "8 X 4* c c c c 1 ■_ > - c '■J- V ■3 V b 10 X \3 If c <: It c c n -a i- s X '0 ■3 2 ■«> 3 c c in N '0 '<0 >1 V9 rJ '4 r s X ^ N tsl 4t. 10 10 5 10 ■>s ">9 5 '4 10 ".9 -s K ■>9 10 3c IL. 's9 '10 X 1 CO lO ro < 1 's9 lO b )0 10 N X 1 '0 "0 ■|0 '10 X V 1 X •0 ^0 ■|0 X 1 .X >0 M 1 N ,x *r4 .1* '0 X ■10 N X ■0 h X V3 + X b X 1 '0 lO _x N X 'lO X 'v3 - *.rj - M z: a &3 i M - *(<4 kJ 'm '0 3 ^ _J < '>c! L^ fi c ^ is '^ ii )- ic? > N >- h 3=5 i J? Nl ~?t ^ is: ';!? J? '•» jif ■^ ■a ^ ■>5; 'i^ if »^ i^ 't '^ i! ul uJ z:: V uJ > --> s 'Pi M T X 1 'fi 1 '0 N '0 "a \ 10 S a: 1 M "0 '■<)■ a. >o '5 X H 10 ■|0 K 1 , X X '*0 1 ■3 'n M N X 1 X X Vi N . X 10 io 'v9 X X ■0 X 1 VS M X '0 10 .X V) X ■>9 r uJ m X —1 -J < > of u w 1- z UJ H < a. X u s kj (- u S ■<. 0- r 8 ui -J UJ 13 kj > < ft Z 1- z ■X Hi r uJ § UJ a: < 8 -J KJ uJ 1 T. £ u 3 UJ -J CI < 1- 8 -1 u UJ V- 10 IJ -1 § < Z r; < jj < i- t < <6 -1 u iri bl 1 ^5 1- 3 S < UJ d UJ »- > U-l < Uj H S > J2. X 1 UJ X "J uJ U s 2 x: fi < v. y bj t5 iJ X VJ -J <7 ft < 5LCT10NC. PLATL 135 o o o e t < < 5 u < u o Q_ 8 c 1 c c - - ? •0 2 2 Vi ■ft X ■> t .J 'f ■pi 1 ^ ^ "o i ? i > > S 'vS a X "10 X .M Uj UJ M 1 r4 M & 0' i v9 ■<6 .X 10 X oj -J IVJ •5 M 8 -3 si £ S 3 3 s N ID ■« Vi X 'to .X "lO ,x 5 r 3 "3 ■3 -if ^^ c 3 •0 Vs ■|0 X uJ ■>o X X ID 1- r 3 i^ I'- 05 3 "0 '■T Vs X "0 Uj ■|0 X 2 X 8 ■0 ■q m 1 P "3 2 '"> £ C C ? 1 ? -> •0 X "•s "■0 X "0 < < .X X 8 M 5 'lO a u u a n ■"0 < < c c 3 3 'I 3 3 u M •0 ft! kJ < i ' ■ < < < < 3 3 3 3 « N '4 kl y > 3 £ ft K < c ( n 3 3 3 1 -1 a! < > < u b 1 3 J a! r e h- z= u 2: a, a S g zz 9 ii P t X 1 X 1 K '•1 '10 ■|0 N X ■|0 . X •«3 K 1 I"! DO "V Xij 4>J N X V) X 1 M t '■0 Isl X V X '•a Vj X 1 X V >- i Vj I X Hi. *1 3:i % ft > '^4 M t_ '_ p 5 1- u IVI ? I 'ii ■- ul ^ k; ul ■^ ii! ■.■ g. - — If iff 'S! ^ 2 > N (VI ^ i? ifi! J? < jii ^ ^ J? '^ .' ■^' P n SfT isj !S! :4 ■;S ^ !«; JS uJ k. ^ S^ i5! u '3 m > * » 10 X 1 Vo ■0 ,x lO '9, ■jO X 1 5 X N X V) X 1 rO X 1 UJ k. •0 'in N K 1 N >0 "I 10 0. '•0 0! UJ ++ Ul x\ 10 X lU fi -1 < kl 1 r r T. 1 of X < X -I 0. z: bJ -J X ft a 5 10 _j Cl 0 z u uJ u Ij ■0 b z: uJ -J bJ U t -4 r UJ I" •3 -J •t •0 ul Ul k. b. < r (^ u 1- < 5 uJ C a. u E ■0 E a; 3 V3 z: fid uJ Uj 8 1- => •0 _ SECTION C, PLATE. 136 3o OZ. CorPtlOWATedLpAM lUTiHHEO mSIOG. StU-VlMC SUELVtS TO 66 8UILT WITH COUHTERS; P LAN 2 R.E O o ■TYPT CAL- LAYOCJT' • r OR • ■NIJR3E5"- OR- Officers'- K;tche.n AND Mes So- s^^i^^fs- eov k*^ ' I -P 1 I f »H OipailHU. fLAW, get 'jUIICtOM Ginhal'* OFflCt'^ JHttT 1- D 11 Clean- j' » ' 4 *' * □ HofpcMO Dishes ■0^ — I > 9 -0 » n ■n 0|| □ Soiled D,l5hes. ^Door below Shelf iOot/sLc-SKRvicK- Room ■ Msklni I Pl'«>> > I V/oshino MocDinr. P^ -#^ CV d w at i * lO ■<>- SCALE iss^sitrasto 1 ' I ' i ' I I ' ' j laWo^i g iaifc .Soiled „JSI>inJ Cioan Mxniilr Typical Dish Wa s h » n g P A N» T P? I E s Foje- Hospital AND • Mess- Kitchens CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OF THEARMY HOSPITAL BUILDINGS TYPICAL KITCHEN LAYQUT t4H»*at cAwti SECTION C. PLATLI38 N o -r c 3. 1 Stock KsTTi-es. Z ROASTINU KCTTI.KS. 3 MEAr ROASTKRS. ^Vea&TABLE. BOILCR. 5VEe&TAB<.e CooKCR. 6 Dish Washinc Machine.. T VlLaiTASLC PBCLClr. 8 Meat Chopper. 9 Ice Cream Fncczsir.. 10 Ice CircAM Sox. KUlTM IZCIl": Sai/cbpah Rack. H 05 PI TAL N OTES. 13 BurexcK BcuchV block. M Fish Table. 15 Fish Bo>i. It Desk. IT Lavatohv. isUrimai-. l»Toii.tT. Z03lMK». EI£tri.ooR Drain Zt Sunk Ft-oaRV- Drain. Shov/er. Servinc Roams and Mess Rooms. Typical L ay o o t. Me55 and Kitchen, 3000x0 5000 Capacity. SCALE so so zizz —I— For Origwl Plan, 5ee Drawing 6^0Z-938 CAW »«\ec CANJ ." OO.; UNcaviiiK.e Piatfobm. m ^•v«va». RACKS. 11 ■•'.t^SHiSD' -■•' . ,';•..• ..•^'•. »l.'|e r«A^CrUp StKVICE.OKlIT Counter} ih mes> halu . Onil^KIMC FOUHTAfM SCALev, ee 3o 4o .so 1 ' I I I KiTcMiN , Service Roo/v^ akd Mfss Room Typical Lavout • roff • Hospital Me55 and K/tchen. looo to i500 Capacjty. I FonOSil&iNAkJ'LAH 5EE-DRAW1N6 S-fOg- 93 I. construction division of the army HOSPITAL BUILDIN6S TYPICAL KITCHEN LAYOUT Section C. Page 103. serving counter for direct return of dishes, etc., for use again. See typical layouts, Plate No's 137 and 138. (c) Ward Service: Each kitchen which serves to wards, has a Special Diet Kitchen in con- nection with the main kitchen, in which all special diets required for wards are prepared. Service from main and special Diet Kitchen is conveyed to wards by special conveyor carts. Each ward throughout the hospital, is equipped with a Ward Diet Kitchen from which food is served to the patient. Each Ward Diet Kitchen is equipped with one 8 inch electric hot plate and two 10 inch electric grilles for warming and for light cooking. Utensils used with equip- ment in these kitchens, are furnished through the office of the Surgeon General. Note: Where Officers' or Nurses' Mess and Kitchen occur in hospitals, they should have similar and proportionate equipment to general mess and kitchen, with a slight difference in arrangement. Cafeteria Classification : Cafeterias are classified as follows : (1) The Hospital Cafeteria, which is arranged and equipped to serve a limited bill of fare from bulk quantities, during a period of about one hour and a quarter. (2) The Housing or Industrial Plant Cafeteria, which is arranged and equipped to serve a more varied bill of fare over a longer period of time. Counter Service: (a) The service counter for both classes of cafeterias should be approximately 35 feet long, for a seating capacity of 250 to 350. With a seating capacity of 350, one thousand men can be fed in about one hour and a quarter. (b) The counter equipment for Hospital Service consists of a battery of urns, figured at the rate of ten cups to a gallon and a steam table containing up to 8 large size containers as shown on Plate No. 136. (c) The counter equipment for Housing or Industrial Plant Cafeterias, consists of a battery of two ten gallon coffee urns with one fifteen gallon water urn, a steam table arranged with two meat platters and ten three gallon china containers to provide for a more varied bill of fare. Equipment : Kitchen equipment needed for kitchens and cafeterias of various sizes, is given on Plate No's 134 and 135. It should be of sanitary design, neat in appearance and should be constructed in accordance with approved standard equipment. BAKERIES. A central or post bakery of sufficient capacity should be provided for each cantonment. The i capacity as given in the following schedule is based on operating twenty-four hours a day. Section C, Page 104, Bakery Equipment : Pictures 1 Oven Bake Oven, 130 sq. ft 1 Bread Racks .'; 12 Dough Troughs ;..■:;......... 1 2 Barrel Dough Mixer . . 1 3 Barrel Dough Mixer. - Refrigerator . , , 1 4 ft. 6 in. X 3 ft. 6 in, x 7 ft. 6 in. Refrigerator 5 ft. X 3 ft. 6 in. X 7 ft. 10 in. 1,000 Capacity, Men to 10,000 2 Oven 3 Oven ^ Oven 2 3 .4 25 40 . 50 15 24 30 10,000 25,000 35,000 to to to 20,000 35,000 50,000 HEATING. General : It is the general policy of the Construction Division to provide stoves or room heaters, for heating all buildings where such equipment can be used with a reasonable degree of safety, comfort and convenience, for ' their occupants, or where suitable to the purposes for which the building is to be used. Such buildings include principally barracks and cantonment buildings in general. Buildings which do not come under the above classification are steam heated, either by means of individual or central plants. Such buildings include hospitals, where safety and com- fort of the occupants are of first importance ; warehouses, repair shops, fire stations, laundries, etc., where stoves are unsuitable; and officers' quarters, medical infirmaries, dental infirmaries, etc., where the large number of small rooms makes stove heating impracticable. Note: The general information contained under this heading or on the Plates pertaining to this subject, are not to be considered as adequate specifications for materials to be furnished or for work to be done. Standard heating plans have been prepared for hosf)ital buildings, ware- houses, cantonment buildings, laundries, reclamation units, etc., etc., and are available upon ap- plication to the Washington office. Before actvtal work is begun on any project, or standard building, consideration must be given to existing conditions and necessary modifications should be made in general conformity with the established design. Computation of Heat Loss: The heat loss from buildings is computed in the same manner, whether })i}ildings are to be steam-heated. or stove-heated. Section C. Page 105. Computations for the usual cantonment type of construction, consisting of studding with boards and building paper on the outside and wall-board on the inside, are based on the fol- lowing co-efficients, expressed in B. T. U. per hour per degree difference in temperature between inside and outside: (1) Net exposed wall surface per sq. ft 35 (2) Glass surface per sq. ft 1.0 (3) Crack around outside windows and doors per lin. ft 1.8 (4) Cold floors per sq. ft. 3 (5) Cold ceiling per sq, ft . i , .35 (Allowance for loss by leakage is computed as indicated under item No. 3, instead of basing it on the cubic contents of the heated room.) Special attention is paid to the inside temperature requirements for buildings of various types and such requirements are classified in so far as is practicable. Thus, hospital wards and bath rooms are heated to 70 degrees, operating and recovery rooms for hospitals are heated to 80 degrees. Barracks and officers' quarters are heated to 60 degrees and warehouses are, in general, heated to 45 degrees. The heating plants for various types of buildings are standardized in so far as possible and heating equipment is designed with reference to three temperature zones, which are indicated on a map of the United States, see Plate No. 139. These zones are based on minimum tempera- tures as follows : "A or Z" Plus 30 degrees, F. "B or Y" Zero, F. "C or X" Minus 30 degrees, F. Standard heating plans used throughout the United States, are figured with reference to location in either of the zones above mentioned. Note: An exception should be made to the temperature zones as indicated on the above mentioned map insofar as coast defense posts on the Pacific Coast are concerned, including those in the vicinity of San Francisco and south of San Francisco. Heating computations in these localities should be based on a minimum outside temperature of plus 40 degrees Fahrenheit. STEAM HEATING. ClvASSlFlCATION : Iti general, hospitals are heated from central plants, in order to keep noise and dirt away from the buildings and to provide for convenient operation. In the case of certain types of construction, such as buildings at ordnance proving grounds, gas plants, etc., where it is extremely important to minimize fire risk, central plants are installed even though the first cost may be materially increased thereby. Other steam-heated buildings are usually provided with separate plants, due to the fact that such buildings are usually more or less isolated and to the necessity for keeping the cost of in- stallation at a minimum. Unless buildings are closely grouped, the installation of individual plants is usually more economical of time, labor and material than is the installation of a large central heating plant. Warehouses and other buildings at interior storage depots and port terminals, and manufact- uring plants in general, are usually heated from central plants. Section C. Page 106. Cdntrai, Plants : Boiler Plants are standardized in so tar as possible, the units generally installed being 150 HP boilers of the horizontal return tubular type. These boilers are of the commercial type most readily obtainable in any market throughout the country. The 150 HP unit has been found to be the most economical size from the manufacturer's viewpoint, and is usually adaptable to condi- tions met with in the work of the Construction Division. Standard types and sizes of boiler plant equipment, such as feed water, heaters, boiler feed pumps, vacuum pumps, receiving tanks, etc., have been used in so far as possible and typical methods of connecting such equipment are shown on Plate' No's 140, 141, 142, 14:3, 144 A, 144 B, 145 C, 145 D, 146 A, 146 B, 146 C, 146 D. Feed water heaters of the open type are generally used, due to their value in removing tem- porary hardness from feed water. Boiler feed pumps of the 6-inch by 4-inch by 6-inch size, have been generally used as stand- ard with a normal rating of 400 boiler horse power, with steam at 100 Vbs. working pressure. Due to the difficulty in obtaining steel plate, boiler plants of 600 HP and over have gen- erally been provided with radial brick smoke stacks. Under normal conditions this practice would be modified to some extent. Main Distributing Piping in connection with central heating plants is for the most part, run on poles or in buildings, rather than undergrouad, thus effecting a minimum of cost arid time for installation. Plate No's 145 A, ] Jij B. Where interconnecting corridors occur, the mains run either at the ceiling or below the floor of coi ridors as conditions indicate. Special attention should be given to the matter of expansion in connection with distributing piping, particularly where high or medium pressure steam is used : and packied exparisioh joints, anchors and swipg joints are employed to provide for this condition. High pressure steam piping is usually desigiied on the basis of one pound drop in 100 feet, in order to insure adequate capacity for possible future extensions. Thus it is possible to in- crease the carrying capacity of steam mains in some instances as much as 100 per cent. For hospital work, the distributing system of piping usually consists of high or medium pressure mains, condensation returns from heating system and steam line drip piping. Return mains for central heating systems are often omitted in connection with temporary or semi-permanent construction, unless buildings are closely grouped. Where boiler fe,ed water contains a large amount of hardness, return systems are, however, generally installed. Where funs of return piping are comparatively short and where sufficient grade can be obtained to provide for gravity return of condensation, vacuum pumps are not generally used, but returns are brought back. to an open receiver in the boiler house by gravity. Where such condi- tions do not exist, vacuum pumps should be used to accelerate the return of condensation. Insulation for steam distributing piping is obtained by means of built-up covering consisting of 1-inch asbestos air-cell covering and 1-inch of hair felt or other suitable slow-burning mate- rial. The hair felt is covered with two-ply roofing paper, and the whole bound together with wire and painted with asphaltum paint. At joints the paper is to be soaked with pitch and lapped atieast 3 inches. It has been found that the saving of labor in the field, justifies the manufacture of this covering as described, in built up units 3 ft. long. Where underground mains are installed in connection with temporary construction, same are generally enclosed in boxiiig constructed of 3-inch creosoted planks. ' .. ,, Suction C. Page 107. ■: All; '^team.^d return fjping, valvesaiid^fittings ,in\'buildi^^^ in hfeated rooms, are covered with 1-inch air cell ^ectionatcoyjenng With , canvas jacket and metal bands. Heating Systems in Buildings: At points where steam pipe enters building, pressure is brought down to about 3 pounds by means of a pressure reducing valve, and steam is dis- tributed to, radiating surface? throughout the building, through a system of main and i-eturn distributing> piping. ' ' , : , Jn connection with temporary or senii-permanent construction, steam, main is usually run at the ceiling of first story, with one-pipe connections to second story radiators (jf any) takeii out of the top of main. Second story radiators are provided with angle valveg. Connections to first story radiators are taken out of the bottom of main, each connection being provided with a drip to the return main below floor. One-pipe connections to first story radiators are taken out of drop riser above floor, each connection being provided with a gate valve. See Plate No. 144 D. • Return piping below floor is collected at one or more points and arranged to discharge through steam traps of the float or thermostatic type, to main return piping Teaidiiig to boiler house. Where no main return system is installed, the heating drips from each building are collected in a system of return pipes run beneath floor and discharged to dry well or to sewer through a suitable cooling sump as may be required. Where conditions warrant, in the case of permanent construction or elsewhere, a standard system of vacuum returns is installed, and the return end of each radiator is equipped with a thermostatic trap. See Plate No. 144 C. Automatic Tumpeeature Control: In general, the use of automatic temperature controlling apparatus is not favorably con- sidered in connection with work of a temporary character. Temperature controlling apparatus should, however, be installed in heated warehouses where a minimum inside temperature of 45 degrees or 50 degrees F. is satisfactory, as the automatic maintenance of this low temperature will inevitably result in a large saving in fuel. In connection with certain industrial and cheinical processes, ammunition storage, etc., auto- matic temperature regulation is essential. In connection with permanent work of any magnitude, particularly in the case of hospital work, consideration should be given to the installation of automatic temperature controlling apparatus. Indirect Heating and Ventilation : Where buildings containing rooms w^th large volumes of air are to be heated, such as mechanical repair shops, auditoriums, garages or class rooms, a blast system of beating, with motor or engine driven fan and heating polls, should be used. The so-called unit heater with a motor driven blowej and coil in a single housing, may be used in large rooms where the air can be recirculated. Systems of mechanical ventilation, with fans and distributing ducts are installed for office and administrative portions of large watehouses, where crowded floor space and insufficient opening to outside air make it necessary. Section C. P%e 108. The requirements for ventilation in chemical plants for laboratory work, the special limita- tions and conditions imposed by work in loading and testing: areas of proving grounds; all require study of each project, the results of which cannot be described in detail. Individual Plants : Isolated buildings, such as officers' quarters, medical infirmaries, dental infirmaries, and repair shops for motor transport, fire stations, telephone exchanges, etc., are usuillly provided with individual steam heating plants employing cast iron boilers. Individual systems are of the g;ravity return type, with steam main at first story ceiling dripped at each first floor radiator con- nection, or with one pipe circuit main below first floor, as may be best suited to existing tondi- tions. See Plate 144 D, for one pipe gravity system. Boiler Houses: When individual heating plants are provided with separate boiler houses, they are located at the lowest points available, adjacent to building or buildings to be heated. Boiler houses are constructed of wood with concrete floors and concrete walls up to a point about 4 feet above boiler house floor level. Where possible, boilers are located in cellars beneath, build- ings to be heated. Flooi; level of the boiler house or of cellar in which boiler is located, must be such as to briiig"the water line of boiler at least 20 inches below the bottom of the Lowest radiator^, qr in the case of the one pipe system, below the bottom of steam supply main where lowest branch connection to radiator is taken off. ' - Drainage from boiler room floor is connected to sewer where possible. Where such connec- tion cannot be made, a sump is constructed and bilge pump is provided. Piping Notes: Any steam or return piping between boiler house and buildings to be heated, is covered in the same manner as described in connection with central heating plants. Steam piping is usually suspended on poles, where boiler house is at any considerable dis- tance from building to be heated. See Plate No's 145 A, 145 B. The return pipes are placed above the water line of boilers where possible to keep the runs "dry" and to prevent freezing when plant is shut down. "f. Pipe Schedules (Steam); One Pipe Mains, without drips, up to 300 feet runs. Inches Rad'n sq. ft. Inches Rad'n sq. ft. 1 0-40 3 451-850 1V4 41-85 3J4 851-1250 W2 86-135 4 1251-1800 2 136-375 5 1801-3400 2J4 376-450 6 3401-5600 Pipe Steam, dripped at every radiator branch, and return size. Steam Return Steam Return ' Inches Inches Rad'n sq. ft. Inches Inches Rad'n sq. ft, 1 1 0-65 3 2 ^ 666-1192 1J4 1 66-136 3K 2 1193-1740 ■ IK , 1 137-:212 4 . 2y2 1741-2380 2 IM . 213-384 5 . ^ 2y7. ' 2381-4180 2^A 2^ 385-665 " 6' .. : 3 , . 4181-67.50 SECTION C, PLATE. 12.9 iC^ f ::g 1^1 §«l ^vSK ciO i5; ^ i lit ) l.v^'ll ^^§.i "^^ ^h ^""^^l-^i^ M A/o//onoJ /4rmy and NoHono/ Guard Camps, Camp J(hox , Ca/np Srva^ and o//>er /Itmy fhsts /jeccssary /by/'ve me Zone Baundrtes arcy/ve/?. CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OF THE ARMY TEMPERATURE MAP STEAM HEATIN6ZONES-A'&C•SrOVEH5^T1N6ZONES-X-Y-Z• mi^r- SECTION C. PLAT H 40 APPftOHIMATiE WSlSmS Ftm. ONE CO BfiTTEliY OF rm (z) ISO H- ff ediiixs S£t up complets. JufpeN^ev wei6HTSr fiWLEKS, TUBES, WAYSR, BTC. - @4000 Z-jU'SmcKS ANP 00i ^^ 4-/S"l BEAMS & 4Z* '- 3400 > CONCK.ETE M/X: I - Z - 4- MoRTAIi mix: lb iAh/J>, -f l/MSiACfOS) iMi:, ICfliOlf. P/fie B/S/Cfe: PiPPS.Z> lA/ F/KE CJ.AY /^OK7>'\&.. CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OF THE ARMY SETTING DETAILS FOR ONE BATTERY 150 H.P. BOILERS 6'0'X18'0" 3E.CTION C. PLATLI4I HOOD. THMBLK, »■ n/KSHm.-. SjOLLCK. 3CAA/NG5 AVJ>~. P/lLOtV RlOCKS. &IAST <^7 ^aorwes 72» »£ CAKa/£v Tb soun> 8arroi>i. FEDNT ELEVATION OT BATTERY SETTING. FOR VET/ML5 OF SETTING SEE D'WQ. 4IZ.Z-IS. CONSTRUCTION DIVISPN OF THE ARMY TY PICAL DETA BOLER HOUSE PIPING a EQUIPMENT 5EEA LS 5E.CTION C, PLATE. I4a ^a STACK., 31DE ELEVATION OF BOILER SETTING N W ^ -••-SAFETY VALV£ ffLO\^^OrF, Pips fob. each VALVE'. Coll AS. &■ thimble,. UnioiJ.-^ •CHAIM -HANOER . ]U—TUIZf/BUCKLE. WOBM M«p GEAB. MAHX> 2)AMP£B. COffTSOL. ■COLZ> mrSR. HEAPEJi^. -steam lead to msabeiz. -Angle, valve.. ■Z>eAiv. -Aux. Steam NEADee-.-r^ ■PeESS. Regulator if -PAMf!ejb T&ESUIATOIZm. * IfMTEK. COHAfECr/Ot/. ■ Section or Wall on ^ of SatterY' Openivh to Be. -TACE OF SOILED.. Llh/EP W/ru # /O (J. S. S GfirUGE "BlACK /IZON. r-Ht'AMcmje tm-is 3'o.c X^'OKRATING fZOJ>. '/ifS 10 U.S. S. GAU6E BLACK. IRO^/ A IS. DUCTS. _^ AlROlitT LMItfe *I0 V.S.S. & IKE PeOViPE C /. l/VTElS OVER OPEW*/GS TO SUFneT 8>iJCK MKtf ABOVIB SECT/ON PLAN SHOWING AlQ. PUCT5. V.t.S.eMliEZSAK., SlMTSAn IZX»-(,, I^IO U.S.S. GAuec BlACK 'AUCmit BOLTS 8"o.c 70 U.SS OAOSE lu 3 - J tj C r _ ^. Ci o a: fc * •« — V^ ^ U4 Z tu lU •;( o o A ==» » *^ z gss£ fe « e •« oi ^ •""> « S -^ So, ,< « s g -— 'c< "mi to S - 5 wi w c ■^ (=i ,o K 3 So « "^ a: v %o <: ^ -J M ^ Ui o S (u S S z -I ? a !s •- It s^ - Uj Z ^ ^ o •;: ^ XT II n H II 11 » X II II tf^J Icififi or < to o a. uJ w, _ aS '^ VI £o S 5— •- UJ UJ ^ In o t = z z 5 -J " « o -^ >^ S UJ 11 C^ tKj p» go »? 5 <. OdpS u. \J 'T BJ tn V] (^ flO — UJ^-Jt 5u.»-^ UJ s 3S >■ B^ lU S- u-z 0. /& UI Is uiSJ U. Wl Zu. r K UJ S •-^ S ui ^s: ^ UJ UJ ^ 2 tr S 2 t z ««: 1 UJ o w _J 32 %^ '''IS to K as 2 3 Z S B s l.Al/^. All PAaa TV at caitiTMMCrsp soastb AUMf KmMtsrtMfJNStiffff/a. f/aap, fiAomte, Aja ■ntmSL* Tvtx /o tiAi>e£ ' Au ^wrsjMAtL Beanx enB 0)g>at ■\»- OF AmtarEPOKAmre stack, mvr ' Bemae Mipmie,A/aeMet>6»armeAeex nmvr^ /RMuev /*•« m/o ft) AM>/r»Kiu. ePHKs Afmx x^acnoAi- ' TOTAL t»mtetfr Aiwrnve /o% SazAf* IS 7SO povaTV. MfTES-- 3iftiMC//M» Mar i» sm i wmiiinw or MATHttAI. iJOmxa. TtiAM^IO u.s.S SAUSK. xw/^fjaoMf f MerrBBmt-l. T>Q.INCIPAL PIMENSiONS /=ga. SJS.EECMIN^, CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OF THE ARMY TYPICAL DETAILS HOOD FLASHINGgTHinBLE F0R45°SmKESrACKS SECTIOWC. PLArtMW t\ * 1 X, PL AW. NOTES: Au PARTS -TO 0£ COfi/STtfUCTCD JO AS TO ALLOW FeX N£S7m& W SHIPPING. HOOD, riASMUG, AND THmait! TO B0 /« GAUOC Slacm /sou. All pakts shall ftecEiVE one 0} AocP coat of AfPKJOfEP CtJiPSire^ ITACK FAIHT UFOKe SMiPPtNQ , AtOf eNQUQM OF 7H£ ABOVE. PAIffT PKOWOSD FOX TtvO (Z) APB/TtOffAL COATS AFTER CBECTION. CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OF THE ARMY TYPICAL DETAILS HOOPg FLASHING FOR 36'SMOKE STACKS 5E.cnONC. PLATEI44CI IV q^^"- arc AM MA If/. PAtiT/T/Of/ r=^ r V ., * -W-^^^^^v '1 AfK* A/A/FfAT Jtyx^nr F*o/MT yr^e^M 0rovKT*9M /f* s/%s ccev»a CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OF THE ARMY TYPICAL DETAILS TWO PIPE VACUUM HEATING SYSTEM SECTION C PLATE.I4-*«. aKTu-m,ii ' /*iAiW. CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OF THEARMY TYPCAL DETAIL FOR ONE PI PE SRAVITy STEAM "HEATING SYSTEM atCTIONC. PLATE.f4ff* sT/tA^ ufifrr re t ysTT ; I -4 CONSTRUCTION DMSfON OF THE ARMY TYPICAL DETAILS OVERHEAD STEAM MAIN SUPPORT 3F-CTI0N C-. PL*TC \Ah » StCTIOBC PLATI_I4»C T-^ Jkar-a^l •S^ ■i.- Tii I .'.I-. •.!•■•■■ itr'i •■^ '.''^TJJ^i Pi" PLAN. CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OF THE ARMY -TYPICAL DETAILS CONCRETE BLOW-OFFTANK ELEVATIONS. CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OF THE ARMY STANDARD DE;TAtL POLE HANGER StCTIOM C. PLKTt.l4Bd !i-i — 1 JntfMn MAUHOLC II xis CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OF THE ARMY RECBVIN6 TANK ^£.CT)10M C- PLMLl^gpL ACCTJON C. PtATEI4*b AN9iM VfkVifMS. "PK'f B^V DOA///. - Daip Connections foa Boilee. Feep Pump. - fb« Orwse Cohhect/ohs see I^tail. Bsiot^. - ^fSC/fAeae MeApmz-. £xttAUsr AiOt.STXAM HeaPkiz. lufimxAraa.f : 5nAM Heapeh*. T ff Pumps. -^ucnofi. CAtT tBOH ZfKfP PAM. MTE : AUOKf 3-0 'MEA» FKDM S£ OF PUMP Cytfffoee, 3-< \ABo^ pmtStM» nc00C. - Toe. I>e.ip Co/ffi/Ecr/Of/s see. veiail /taoVE - *'/^o7£. : z>ise/*AB.G£. Oimrr of sel/et^ )/Ai.vE w se s^r so AS TO ViSCttARGe TO Ti-CX>B>. GONSTRUCTDN DIVISION OF THE ARMY TYPICAL DETAILS CONNECTIONS FOR A BOILER FEEDPUMP ^(houst Obosl- ^fPripteiwer- :| ncahing, Col lor Ot Thimble- V^atiiaye. from HeotMh^ TctM CiQCK Pmoa. Valve Check \«v«- lacgulcxtor' Ma^ia.- Mal<« ty Waler- cw. Ey noss — &.PR Auction - Plt^p 5uctton- Oicrte. \ialve.- \Z'5eal- ^oltQm OF Heater C-0"- ot>cM&Tlnl*ed ftoor -^eAifit,- ■2>Ba/m. —p£/p Heasek to bo. jump \i. OF Pump C^umosk S'-o' \AEove FiniSHEff rtoop^. CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OF THE ARMY TYPICAL DETAILS CON N ECTIONS-FOR-AVACUU M-PUM P SECTION C. PLATE. I48d 4i /-%" ^s^ /-re OfA- ofOOHE. CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OFTHE ARMY TYPICAL DETAILS DAMPER-0PERAIDR-GUIDE8LEVER Section C. Page. 109. Pressure Reducing Valves. Radiation sq. ft. Inches ' 213-384 -^^ Ij4x2 385-665 l^xai/i 666-1193 114 X 3 . 1193-1740 2 x3}4 1741-2380 2 x 4 2381-4180 214 X 5 , 4181-6750 3 x6 STOVE AND FURNACE HEATING. Room Heaters: Room Heaters are of heavy cast iron construction with galvanized iron casings. For ar- rangement of the castings and casing, see Plate No's 148 and 149. The cold air is drawn from the floor through the space just below the casing and is delivered heated, through the top of the casing, where it is deflected to all parts of the room. The Rating of Room Heaters is expressed in terms of grate diameter and is based upon the area of the grate, the heating surface and the weight. The sizes of Room Heaters used are from 14 inch diameter grate to 28 inch diameter grate, inclusive. The assunlptions made in determining the capacity, are indicated in table which fol- lows this subject. Room Heaters are generally placed directly in the center of the room to be heated. In the case of a two story barrack, the heater on the second floor is placed directly above the heater on the first floor. Each heater has a separate smoke pipe and where the smoke pipe runs through the floor or ceiling a thimble should be provided ; a special roof flashing is installed where the smoke pipe goes through the roof. Warm Air Furnaces and Pipei,ESS Furnaces : Warm Air Furnaces and Pipdess Furnaces are both of heavy cast iron construction but differ in the type of casings with which, they are inclosed. Illustrations showing the arrangement of castings and casings, are shown on Plate No's 148 and 149. Warm Air Furnaces are generally used in Construction Division housing projects. The fur- nace is placed in a central location in the basement of the house to be heated. The cold air is drawn from outdoors throiigh an opening placed below the grate line and the heated air is conducted from the furnace, by light weight tin or galvanized iron pipes, to the various rooms in the house. A recirculating connection which provides for using indoor air should also be provided. . Pipeless Furnaces used by this office have been limited to heating the second floor of build- ings which are divided off into several rooms. The furnace is placed on the first floor, in such location, that the heated air may be discharged into the corridors of the second floor. The rating of Warm Air Furnaces and Pipeless Furnaces is expressed in terms of grate diameter and is based upon the area of the grate, the heating surface and the weight. The sizes of Warm Air Furnaces and Pipeless Furnaces used are from 14 inch diameter grate to 28 inch diameter grate, inclusive. Section C. Page 110. Cannon Stoves: Cannon Stoves are of heavy cast iron construction; with plain surfaces, larger fire-doors and deep fire-pots. An illustration is given on Plate No. 149. Oinnon stoves heatby direct radia- tion and are usually placed in small rooms and work rooms. The rating of cannon stoves is expressed in terms of grate diameter anji is based upon the area of the grate, the heating surface and the weight. The sizes of Cannon Stoves used are from 7 inch diameter grate to 16 inch diameter grate, inclusive. The assumptions made in determining the capacity are indicated in the table which follows : Capacity Table Room Heaters and Cannon Stoves. Cannon Stoves Calorific No. of Pounds of Value of Thermal B. T. U. Firepot Grate Grated , Coal per hr. Coal, Efficiency of per horn- Diam. Diam. Area per sq. ft of B. T. U. Heater delivered Inches. Inches. sq. ft. Grate Area. per lb. per cent. ' by Stove. 10 7 .268 4.5 12000 50 ' 8000 12 9 .443 5 12000 50 14000 14 10 .545 5 12000 50 17000 16 12 .785 5.5 1200O 60 33000 18 14 1.07 5.5 12000 60 43000 20 16 1.4 6 Room Heaters 12000 60 61000 18 14 1.07 5.5 \ 12000 60 43000 30 16 1.4 6 12000 60 61000 22 18 1.77 6 12000 60 77000 24 20 2.18 6 12000 60 95000 26 22 2.64 6.5 12000 60 124000 28 34 3.14 . 6.5 12000 60 148000 30 26 3.7 7 12000 60 187000 32 38 4.28 7 13000 60 215000 The capacities of Warm Air Furnaces and Pipeless Furnaces may be determined in a man- ner sin)ilar to that followed in the case of Room Heaters. In choosiiig the proper size of fur- nace, due consideration must be given, Jiowever, to the facts that radiation from casing is gen- erally ineffective and that, air entering, easing may be much lower in temperature than in the case of Room Heaters. The fire hazard involved by the use of stoves and furnaces has been reduced to a minimum by the establishment of standard "Instructions for Installation and ErejCtion," which have been approved by the Advisory Engineer on Fire Protection, detailed by the National Board of Fire Underwriters^ to this office. These instructions are^iyen on sheets !f^o's 620-339, 626-330 and 6316-101 in the files of the Construction Division and certain details of installation are shown on Plate No. 147. Note: In addition to the above, "Instructions for InSjtall^tipn and Erection" are given on the sheets noted, for : Army Ranges, Family Ranges, Gas Ranges, Tank Heaters, and Gas Heaters. ^Z4- Goh /ran McM Cop. Omii f/oles in l^a//Thimi/es. 5E.CTION C. PLATE. 147 !^ FJaor^fjfa "J iw>^ _ zzz: F/ue. H. e.' 3^' 7- ^r e- 4-k' S' 4^" /o- S±' "^r CAa/nier J^/> *Z4B.I.Plp& S^ir^ *UB.I.Pipe.. Gah-fron 1/ Openings in F/oor ~(^Z40./.Co//ar Floor les^^:^:.^>^ iSm/lar. Ja4o/c£ Pipe Hajhing. ^poke Flue Jo bequye Ptipefyfhh A^ 73 Dim. "Br 14 F l Comer. 4dd///onol~//anjers /oSepm^/ded cuAere p/a/e /s seamed. ^ Deflector Plate JypE A- MrDriginaJ,JesDrau//n^s <^0-J2S, CZS-J3C^ <^3l&-/0/ ■iCAS--^3^^'s\&-C^-(^ 7-0' f4 /6 /a R. Jeu ZO R. SOs R. •Sci, \zi R. Sc^ 26 R 7^ \Z8 R. CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OF THE ARMY DETAILS FOUNDATION HEARTHS THIMBALiS Ft-UE SUPPORT DE F L E^CTQR PUATES SMOKE PtPE FLASHINGS v^/ 5LCTION C. PLATE! I4S ar/eaar Cpooye ? I I / " \o//otjufor4V\ \A>C£e/u/eeh\ \f/]G hasG onifi i \f/oor. ' I fu/^NACB Casing. F/oor ffeoisfcr'^ Casino f^/nos Trip/^. Casjno. At Jjpoc&. Inner Casino mast Thrminohr of /easf- tZ'oiwe. ihe. hose of Fufnoc& "cy I 1 1 1 1 1 1 /(boAi /Heater OlS/A/G AfOTB ^ See Sheef on Ojsings for the C6/}s/rucf/on of Room Heafers and /vrnoces a/so fhe. e/c/a// ofCoj/ iron Sno/Ce Pipe Tgg and support which musi 6g provided as Pffrf of each. Specificonons one/ /nsfruc/ions ifor ins/a //o/ion ar& ^ven e/seu/here in "This ^anuo/ Dp/fsd Lines shouu Cas/ioQ^. L CON STRUCmON DIVISION OF THE ARMY CASINGS 'ARM AH? FUPNACE-ROOn HEATER PIPELESS FURNACE CS'S SLCTIONC. PLATE. 149 Jmake Pipe. Cothr. '^ ^ Comiusf/on Chombei' B re Door- n'raM, Caa/a/on Srai/E. Heater and Fura/ace. Cannon stoves ranoe insije from 7'D/am.ffrafe. Poom Heaters e, li/rnaces range m sne from j..,^.^: J /v , -i — s- ';„^^p(^ J4''DJam.yfvtesto28'D/omyrvfesjt^sur '^k^- SeeSheGfonGTS/ngsforfheTypeofCo5/nyuS€c/forJ('oo/n /VOTE . Heaters e^Eornaces Specifications e, Instructions tor fostof/at/cn cre.O/ven etsea/here m tf/s /nonuat CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OF THE ARMY CASTINGS CASriRON SMOKE PIPE TEE-CANNON STOVE-HEATER^FUKNACE SECTION C Page 111. LAUNDRIES. Camps and Cantonments : Laundry machinery for camps and cantonments, is at present designed and scheduled by the Salvage Division, of the Purchase, Storage and Traffic Division of the General Staff. Laundry buildings are, however, erected, and all laundry equipment is installed therein by the Construction Division ; which also designs and installs steam generating, heating and plumb- ing equipment. Plate No. 68 shows floor plan and machinery layout of a camp laundry designed to accom- modate from 10,000 to 20,000 men. Plate No. 67 shows schedule of laundry buildings of various capacities. Following is a tabulation showing the steam and hot water requirements in connection with laundries of various sizes. Table oe Capacithbs. Based on One 8-Hour Shift per Day. Units (Men) 1,000-2,000 5,000-10,000 10,000-20,000 .«0,000-40,000 Gals. Cold Water per Hour 600 1800 4200 6500 Gals. Hot Water per Hour (190° F.) 500 1500 3600 5400 Boiler Horse Power for Laundry Mach 30 75 140 175 Boiler Horse Power for Water Heating 18 52 125 190 Boiler Horse Power for Heating 5-10 15-30 35-70 50-100 Total Boiler Horse Power 53-58 142-157 300-335 415-465 Note: Steam required for heating varies with the outdoor temperature conditions encoun- tered. Laundries are not provided in connection with hospitals at camps or cantonments where camp laundries are available. General hospitals, when constructed at a distance from any camp- or cantonment, are usually provided with laundries. Following is a list of Laundry Equipment which should be provided for hospital work to- accommodate 1,000 men : Based on an eight hour working day and six dc^ys per week. 1 — 40 in. X 96 in. cylindrical Washer. 1 36 in. Underwear Solid Curb Extractor with belted motor. 1.^60-gal. Soap Tank. 1 30 in. X 42 in. reversing type, motor driven Drying Tumbler. SECTION C. Page 112. 1—100 in. three roll Flat Work Ironer. 1 — Motor driven Marking Machine. 1 — Motor driven Sewing Machine. 2 — 38 in. Clothes Presses. , ,, : _. 3 — Wooden Truck Tubs mounted on casters. * • ' 6 — ^Wood bottom Laundry Baskets on casters. 2 — Ironing Tables with electric irons and suspension bracket. 2 — 54 in. Stationary Two-part Laundry Tubs. 1 — 15-gal. Starch Cooker. 1 — 3 ft. X 6 ft. Zinc covered Starch Table. 1— 4b-gal. itelieabh Jar. ■ , .' ' '■ 1 — 36 in. x'54 iti. x96 in. Disinfector w'ith formialdehyde generator. l-^34.in. X 50 in. Sterilizer Washer.. REFRIGERATION. PrEUMinary : The following considerations or suggestions are not to be taken as adequate information for designmg or constructing ilefrigerating and Ice Making Plants. Detailed drawings and specifica- tions for the standard plants, in the files of the Construction Division, must be used and may be obtained on application to the Washington Office. ;: Cold Storage Plants: ,! ■■■',., Provisions for cold storage or ice-making equipment and storage at cantonments or camps should be made only after a careful survey of conditions at the camp, in question. Careful con- sideration as to present and future needs should be given. Cold storage and ice-making are widely different probleriis, and should be studied; as such. A general standardization of plants has been made, basfed partly on camp: population, and a tabulation thereof shown on Plate No. 150, includes the fourteen general types recommended. The capacities are more or less elastic, SO' that a modferate increase in the population of the camp would not necessitate an increase in refrigeration capacity. This is particularly true of cold storage facilities, as increase may be provided for by more frequent purchases by the Sub-Depot Quartermaster. Each storage build- ing as showuMMithe tabulation provides- for 2j4 to 3 days provisions for the corresponding popu- lation. vThuS'^Type "A" plant will furnish 'Bufificient cold storage for a camp of twenty-five. to thirty thousand men. Type "D" plant provides the same storage space and in .addition has ice- making equipment^ of 15 tons raw watejr iqe. per twenty-four hours. Type "M" is typical of Refrigerating arid Ice Making plants f'oVcarttps, described on Plate ^fo. 150 and shown oh Plate No. 151. Ice-Making Equipment : , The installation of ice-making equipment in camps or cantonments is rather more complex than cold storage plants and requires careful consideration. In general, if ice is available at a price equivalent to, or less than that St v^hich the Government can produce it (due allowance SECTION CPkATE I50 SECTION C- PLATE 151 LND lLevatioH CJL055 5E.CTI0K i ik-F TXO»l S 1 OH S PTLOV I. 5 I OK S t=::: ■ ~fc"tT"F r^ lCJO"Si KS:- . nAcdKL l-oon I- 5b^- eortftiS 4» ' - »" f I JL5T fLOOt PLAH 1= SMEE^TJ a'C3-JI9-V-ll9J5 "!;!l«t;' in '^^fj l^^i^— Mil II. I I I ■! I ■ ' J II »»■ II . 1 ' '■ ■ CONSTRUCrnON DIVISION OF THE ARMY REFRIGERATING & ICE MAKING PLANT TYPETl" 5E.CTION C. PLATL 152 gi TTnTrmr O so ISO ISO 200 ""■'■"■' ' ■ — ■